Siemens 8DN8 Operation Manual

8DN8型金属封闭气体绝缘开关设备
额定电压高达145KV
Metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear 8DN8

for rated voltage up to 145 kV
Operating instructions 操作说明

Order No.: 926 01050 174 C 订购号： 926 01050 174 C
Siemens AG 西门子股份公司
All rights reserved. 版权所有。
© Siemens AG 2012 © Siemens AG 2012
926 01050 174 C -1

The manufacturer of this switchgear 开关设备制造商
Siemens AG 西门子公司
Energy Sector 输电集团
Power Transmission Division 动力传输和分配组
High Voltage Switchgear Systems Business Unit 高压部门
has introduced and uses an environmental management 分别引进并应用了符合ISO 14001标准要求的环境管理体
system as per ISO 14001 and a quality management 系和符合ISO 9001标准要求的质量管理体系。
system as per ISO 9001.
Evidence was provided to the DQS (Deutsche 1996年首次获得DQS (德国质量管理体系认证协会) 环境
Gesells-chaft zur Zertifizierung von 管理体系的认证，而1989年则首次获得质量管理体系的认
Qualitätsmanagement-Systemen = German Association 证。
for Certification of Quality Management Systems) for the
first time in 1996 for the environmental management
自1992年以来，制造商的电气测试场和材料技术实验室连
system and in 1989 for the quality management system.
续通过了德国鉴定机构根据DIN EN 45 001标准进行的认
The electrical testing laboratories of the manufacturer
证。
have been certified since 1992 by the German
Accreditation Body in accordance with DIN EN 45 001.
Reproduction in any form, even of extracts, and passing 若未经西门子公司的书面许可，不允许进行包括摘录在内

on to third parties is only permissible with the written 的任何形式的复制，不得转发给第三方。
permission of the Siemens AG.
If you require further copies of the operating instructions, 如果您需要此操作说明的更多样本，请向相关负责的西门
please order them from the appropriate Siemens office, 子办事处进行订购，订购时请给出封页上的标题和订购号。
indicating the title and order number shown on the title
page.
出版者
Published by:
Siemens AG
Siemens AG
能源领域
Energy Sector
输电集团
Power Transmission Division
高压部门
High Voltage Switchgear Systems Business Unit
柏林GIS工厂
GIS Factory Berlin
D-13623 柏林
D-13623 Berlin
如有更改，恕不另行通知。
Subject to change.
印于德意志联邦共和国
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
2012年3月 E T HS 部门
03.2012 E T HS
D-2 926 01050 174 C

Contents 目录
0 General 0 概述
0.1 Manual structure 3 0.1 手册结构编排 3
0.1.1 Sub-division 3 0.1.1 分述 3
0.1.2 Cross references 4 0.1.2 参引 4
0.1.3 Numbering of chapters, sections, 0.1.3 章、节、段落和部件的编号
paragraphs and sub-parts 4 4
0.1.4 Communication by means of the 0.1.4 通过操作说明来进行沟通
operating instructions 5 5
0.2 Safety Instructions 7 0.2 安全指南 7
0.2.1 Prescribed use 7 0.2.1 按规定进行使用 7
0.2.2 Operator's responsibility 8 0.2.2 操作人员的责任范围 8
0.2.3 Safety instructions in the 0.2.3 操作说明中的安全指导
operating instructions 8 8
1 Technical Data 1 技术参数

1.1 Electrical and mechanical parameters 3 1.1 电气和机械参数 3
1.1.1 Main identification data 4 1.1.1 主要特征值 4
1.1.2 Nominal insulation level 5 1.1.2 额定绝缘水平 5
1.1.3 Operating times 6 1.1.3 开关操作时间 6
1.1.3.1 Circuit-breaker 6 1.1.3.1 断路器 6
1.1.3.2 Disconnector and earthing switch module 7 1.1.3.2 隔离和接地开关模块 7
1.1.3.3 Work-in-progress earthing switch 7 1.1.3.3 检修接地开关 7
1.1.3.4 High-speed earthing switch 8 1.1.3.4 快速接地开关 8
1.1.4 Current transformers and voltage 1.1.4 电流互感器和电压互感器
transformers 8 8
1.1.5 Local control cabinet 8 1.1.5 就地控制柜 8
1.1.6 Anti-condensation heating units 8 1.1.6 防凝露加热装置 8
1.2 Motor drives 9 1.2 电动机驱动装置 9
1.2.1 Motor drive for circuit-breaker 10 1.2.1 断路器的马达驱动 10
1.2.1.1 Technical data for the auxiliary switch 11 1.2.1.1 辅助开关技术参数 11
1.2.1.2 Opening and closing releases 12 1.2.1.2 合闸和分闸脱扣线圈 12
1.2.2 Motor drive for disconnector and 1.2.2 隔离开关和接地开关模块的电动机驱动装置
earthing switch module 14 14
1.2.2.1 Technical data for the operating 1.2.2.1 操作机构的技术参数
mechanism 14 14
1.2.3 Motor drive for work-in-progress 1.2.3 快速和工作接地开关的电动机驱动装置
and high-speed earthing switches 16 16
mechanism 16 16
1.3 Gas monitoring 19 1.3 气体监控装置 19
1.3.1 Terms 20 1.3.1 术语 20
1.3.2 Gas pressures and operating values 21 1.3.2 气压和动作值 21
1.3.2.1 Gas pressures and the operating 1.3.2.1 断路器的气压和动作值
values of the circuit-breaker 21 21
1.3.2.2 Gas pressures and operating values 1.3.2.2 系统的气压和动作值（无电压互感器）
of the system (without voltage
transformer) 23 23
1.3.2.3 Gas pressures and the operating 1.3.2.3 电压互感器的气压和动作值
values of the voltage transformer 25 25
1.4 Nameplates 27 1.4 铭牌 27
1.5 Dimensions and weights of switchgear modules 31 1.5 开关设备模块的尺寸和重量 31
926 01050 174 C D-1

2 Description 2 说明
2.1 General features of switchgear 8DN8 3 2.1 8DN8型开关设备的一般特性 3
2.1.1 Switchgear modules 3 2.1.1 开关设备模块 3
2.1.2 Gas, gas compartments, gas monitoring 4 2.1.2 气体、气室和气体监控 4
2.1.3 Circuit-breaker 4 2.1.3 断路器 4
2.1.4 Busbar modules 5 2.1.4 母线模块 5
2.1.5 Disconnector and earthing switch 2.1.5 隔离和接地开关模块、
module, work-in-progress earthing 工作中接地开关和
switches and high-speed earthing 快速接地开关.
switches. 5 5
2.1.6 Current transformer 5 2.1.6 电流互感器 5
2.1.7 Voltage transformer 6 2.1.7 电压互感器 6
2.1.8 RC voltage divider 6 2.1.8 RC分压器 6
2.1.9 Arresters 7 2.1.9 避雷器 7
2.1.10 Cable connection module 7 2.1.10 电缆连接模块 7
2.1.11 Overhead line connection module 7 2.1.11 架空线连接模块 7
2.1.12 Single-pole output line 7 2.1.12 单极输出线 7
2.1.13 Local control cabinet 8 2.1.13 就地控制柜 8
2.2 Electrical control 9 2.2 电气控制 9
2.2.1 Range of application 9 2.2.1 应用范围 9
2.2.2 Design 9 2.2.2 设计 9
2.2.3 Installation 11 2.2.3 安装 11
2.3 Gas monitoring 13 2.3 气体监控装置 13
2.3.1 Use 13 2.3.1 应用范围 13
2.3.2 Construction 14 2.3.2 结构 14
2.3.3 Gas monitoring diagram 15 2.3.3 气体监控图 15
2.3.3.1 Symbols 15 2.3.3.1 符号 15
2.3.3.2 Example of various models 15 2.3.3.2 各类构型的示例 15
2.4 Monitoring, test and diagnostic attachments 17 2.4 监控、测试和诊断附加装置 17
2.4.1 Sight window (optional) 17 2.4.1 观察窗（可选） 17
2.4.2 Camera mount (optional) 18 2.4.2 摄像机支架（可选） 18
2.4.3 Arc detector (optional) 19 2.4.3 电弧检测装置（可选） 19
2.4.4 Voltage testing connection (optional) 20 2.4.4 电压测试连接（可选） 20
2.5 Circuit-breaker 23 2.5 断路器 23
2.5.1 Use 23 2.5.1 应用范围 23
2.5.2 External design 24 2.5.2 外部结构 24
2.5.3 Internal design 26 2.5.3 内部结构 26
2.5.3.1 Design of conducting path 26 2.5.3.1 导电路径的结构 26
2.5.3.2 Design and function of the 2.5.3.2 开关系统的结构和功能
switching system 26 26
2.5.4 Design and function of the 2.5.4 操作机构的结构和功能
drive system 29 29
2.5.4.1 Version with common drive (G) 29 2.5.4.1 共用驱动装置型 (G) 29
2.5.4.2 Version with single pole drive (E) 32 2.5.4.2 单极驱动装置型(E) 32
2.6 Disconnector and earthing switch module 35 2.6 隔离和接地开关模块 35
2.6.1 Use 35 2.6.1 应用范围 35
2.6.3.1 Conducting path 37 2.6.3.1 导体 37
2.6.3.2 Work-in-progress earthing switch variants 38 2.6.3.2 检修接地开关型号 38
2.6.3.3 Function of the disconnector 2.6.3.3 三位置开关模块的功能
and earthing switch module 39 39
2.6.4 Design and function of the drive 41 2.6.4 驱动装置的结构和功能 41
D-2 926 01050 174 C

2.7 Cable disconnector 45 2.7 电缆隔离开关 45
2.7.1 Use 45 2.7.1 应用范围 45
2.8 Earthing switches 49 2.8 接地开关 49
2.8.1 Use 49 2.8.1 应用范围 49
2.8.4 Drive 54 2.8.4 操作机构 54
2.9 Current transformer 59 2.9 电流互感器 59
2.9.1 Use 59 2.9.1 应用范围 59
2.9.3.1 Conductor and core-and-coil 2.9.3.1 导体与铁芯及线圈组合
assembly 63 63
2.9.3.2 Secondary terminal 66 2.9.3.2 二次端子 66
2.9.4 Terminal designations 68 2.9.4 端子指示 68
2.10 Voltage transformer 71 2.10 电压互感器 71
2.10.1 Use 71 2.10.1 应用范围 71
2.10.3.1 Core-and-coil assembly 74 2.10.3.1 铁芯与线圈组合 74
2.10.3.2 Terminal box 75 2.10.3.2 端子箱 75
2.10.4 Terminal designations 76 2.10.4 端子指示 76
2.11 RC voltage divider 77 2.11 RC分压器 77
2.11.1 Use 77 2.11.1 应用范围 77
2.11.4 Connection 79 2.11.4 连接 79
2.12 Expansion joints 81 2.12 膨胀节 81
2.12.1 Use 81 2.12.1 应用范围 81
2.12.2 Types of structure 82 2.12.2 结构类型 82
2.12.2.1 Pressure-balanced sliding 2.12.2.1 压力平衡型滑动式膨胀节
expansion joint 82 82
2.12.2.2 Removal link 83 2.12.2.2 移除连接 83
2.12.2.3 Lateral expansion joint 84 2.12.2.3 横向膨胀节 84
2.13 Busbar 85 2.13 母线 85
2.13.1 Use 85 2.13.1 应用范围 85
2.13.2 Construction 85 2.13.2 结构 85
2.14 Three-pole connection modules 91 2.14 三相连接模块 91
2.15 Overhead line connection module 97 2.15 架空线连接模块 97
2.15.1 Use 97 2.15.1 应用范围 97
2.16 Cable connection module 101 2.16 电缆连接模块 101
2.16.2 Construction 102 2.16.2 结构 102
2.17 Covers, filter mounts, rupture disk 2.17 盖子、吸附剂支架和防爆膜的总成
assemblies 105 105
2.17.1 The use of covers, filter mounts 2.17.1 盖子、吸附剂支架和防爆膜的应用
and rupture disks 105 105
2.17.2 Design 106 2.17.2 结构 106
2.17.2.1 Covers and filter holders without 2.17.2.1 不带防爆膜装置的盖子和吸附剂支架
rupture disc devices 106 106
2.17.2.2 Covers and filter holders with 2.17.2.2 带有防爆膜装置的盖子和吸附剂支架
rupture disc devices 107 107
926 01050 174 C D-3

2.18 Housing and conductor connections 109 2.18 壳体和导体连接 109
2.18.1 Housing and housing connections 109 2.18.1 壳体和壳体连接 109
2.18.1.1 Housing manufacture and testing 109 2.18.1.1 壳体制造和测试 109
2.18.1.2 Flanges 110 2.18.1.2 法兰 110
2.18.1.3 Bushings 111 2.18.1.3 绝缘盆 111
2.18.2 Conductor connections 112 2.18.2 导体连接 112
3 Shipment and storage 3 装运和储存

3.1 Packaging 3 3.1 包装 3
3.1.2 Design and manufacture 5 3.1.2 设计和制造 5
3.2 Markings 7 3.2 标志 7
3.2.1 Symbols on packages 7 3.2.1 包装符号 7
3.2.2 Identification of the shipping assemblies 8 3.2.2 装运总成的识别 8
3.3 Receipt and handling of shipments 9 3.3 装运的接收和搬运 9
3.3.1 Shipment 9 3.3.1 装运 9
3.3.1.1 Transport to the site 10 3.3.1.1 运输至现场 10
3.3.1.2 On-site transport 11 3.3.1.2 现场运输 11
3.3.2 Receipt of goods 12 3.3.2 货物的接收 12
3.3.2.1 Make sure the delivery is complete 12 3.3.2.1 确保交付的完整性 12
3.3.2.2 Check the goods against 3.3.2.2 检查货物的外部损坏情况
external damage 14 14
3.3.2.3 Checking sealed packing 15 3.3.2.3 密封包装的检查 15
3.3.3 Unpack goods and check for 3.3.3 拆封货物并检查运输中导致的损坏情况
damage incurred during transport 15 15
3.3.4 Storage of goods 16 3.3.4 货物的储存 16
3.3.4.1 Time-limited storage of shipments 16 3.3.4.1 可进行限时储存的装运货物 16
3.3.4.2 Storing of spare parts 18 3.3.4.2 备件的储存 18
3.3.5 Action to be taken in the event 3.3.5 损坏或遗失时采取的措施
of damage or loss 20 20
3.4 Handling of sealed packages 21 3.4 密封包装的处理 21
3.4.1 Basic information of sealed packing 21 3.4.1 密封包装的基本信息 21
3.4.2 Recognizing sealed packing 22 3.4.2 密封包装的识别 22
3.4.3 Unpacking 22 3.4.3 拆封 22
3.4.4 Repair of sealed packing 22 3.4.4 密封包装的修复 22
3.4.4.1 Opening of the sealed packing 22 3.4.4.1 密封包装的打开 22
3.4.4.2 Renewing the desiccant 23 3.4.4.2 更新干燥剂 23
3.4.4.3 Reconditioning the desiccant 23 3.4.4.3 复原干燥剂 23
3.4.4.4 Resealing the foil 24 3.4.4.4 薄膜的重新密封 24
4 Assembly and 4 安装和调试

Commissioning
4.1 Prerequisites 3 4.1 先决条件 3
4.1.1 Documentations 3 4.1.1 文档资料 3
4.1.1.1 Operating instructions 3 4.1.1.1 操作说明 3
4.1.1.2 Drawings 3 4.1.1.2 图纸 3
4.1.1.3 Schematics 4 4.1.1.3 电气图纸 4
4.1.1.4 Further documentation 4 4.1.1.4 其它文档 4
4.1.2 Personell prerequisites 4 4.1.2 人员要求 4
4.1.2.1 Responsibility 4 4.1.2.1 责任 4
4.1.2.2 Erection and maintenance personnel 5 4.1.2.2 安装和维护人员 5
4.1.3 Transport routes, hoisting gear 4.1.3 运输路径、起重设备和运输设备
and transport equipment 5 5
D-4 926 01050 174 C

4.1.4 Tools, devices, expendable 4.1.4 工具、设备、消耗材料和登高设施
materials, gantries 6 6
4.1.5 Requirements with regard to the 4.1.5 对安装现场及其设施的要求
building site and its equipments 6 6
4.1.5.1 Location of the switchgear 6 4.1.5.1 开关设备的安装区域 6
4.1.5.2 Storage areas 6 4.1.5.2 存储室 6
4.1.5.3 Offices, day rooms, sanitation 7 4.1.5.3 办公室、休息室及卫生设施 7
4.1.5.4 Lighting, venting, power and 4.1.5.4 照明、通风、供电及供水
water supplies 7 7
4.1.6 Clean work requirements 7 4.1.6 清洁度要求 7
4.1.7 Fire and accident prevention 7 4.1.7 防火和事故预防 7
4.1.8 Keeping records of Installation 4.1.8 安装和调试的记录报告
and Commissioning 8 8
4.2 Preparatory work 9 4.2 准备工作 9
4.2.1 Customer building prerequisites 9 4.2.1 客户安装场所的先决条件 9
4.2.2 Instruction of third-party personnel 10 4.2.2 对外来人员的指导 10
4.2.3 Drawings 10 4.2.3 图纸 10
4.2.4 Circuit diagrams 10 4.2.4 电路图 10
4.2.5 Delivery documentation 10 4.2.5 交付文档 10
4.2.6 Checking the delivery units 11 4.2.6 运输单元的检查 11
4.2.7 Tools/Instrumente 11 4.2.7 工具/仪器 11
4.2.8 Check the dimensions of cut-outs 4.2.8 检查地面、天花板及墙面的开孔尺寸
in the floor, ceiling and walls 11 11
4.2.9 Check the cable ducts in the floor 12 4.2.9 检查地面的电缆沟 12
4.2.10 Measuring the bearing points 12 4.2.10 预埋件的测量 12
4.3 Installing the switchgear 13 4.3 开关设备的安装 13
4.3.1 Set up switchgear according 4.3.1 根据主平面图定位开关设备
to main drawing 14 14
4.3.2 Install bays 14 4.3.2 安装间隔 14
4.3.3 Check for visible damage to assemblies 15 4.3.3 装配过程中的视觉检查 15
4.3.4 External cleaning of the assemblies 15 4.3.4 装配中的外部清洁 15
4.3.5 On assemblies that have to be 4.3.5 如果组件在安装时需打开，
opened for installation, check insides for 则应对其内部的清洁
damage and cleanliness 16 与损坏情况进行检查 16
4.3.6 Flange and O-ring treatment 16 4.3.6 法兰和O型密封圈的处理 16
4.3.7 Gas-tight and gas-permeable bushings 16 4.3.7 透气绝缘盆和不透气绝缘盆 16
4.3.8 Installation of tie-rods and 4.3.8 安装连杆和测量间隔宽度
measurement of bay width 17 17
4.3.9 Insert filter in switchgear gas 4.3.9 气室内放置吸附剂
Compartments 18 18
4.3.10 In the case of an extension: Check 4.3.10 在进行扩建时，对开关设备新旧部分间的
the primary conductor between the 一次导体相位分布进行检查
old and the new system. 18 18
4.3.11 Install system earthing in 4.3.11 根据接地图安装开关设备的接地系统
accordance with the earthing plan 18 18
4.3.12 Laying control cables 19 4.3.12 现场铺设控制电缆 19
4.3.13 Checking tightness of vacant 4.3.13 检查备用电缆配件的密封性
cable fittings 19 19
4.3.14 Earth the transformer and 4.3.14 对互感器电缆和控制电缆的
control cables shielding at both ends. 19 屏蔽层两侧进行接地 19
4.3.15 Check colour treatment, carry out, 4.3.15 检查和修复漆面处理
repair 19 19
4.3.16 Application of signs and lettering 19 4.3.16 附上标记和标签 19
4.3.17 Fitting the voltage transformer 19 4.3.17 安装电压互感器 19
4.3.18 Installing the RC voltage divider 20 4.3.18 安装RC分压器 20
4.3.19 Apply corrosion protection to 4.3.19 对位于户外的附件采取防腐措施
attachments located outdoors 20 20
4.3.20 HV terminals on Air bushings 21 4.3.20 在户外套管上安装高压接线柱 21
926 01050 174 C D-5
4.4 Putting the gas-insulated switchgear 4.4 气体绝缘开关设备的调试.
into service 23 23
4.4.1 Check that the actual arrangement 4.4.1 检查间隔中设备的实际分布
of the devices in the bays corresponds 是否与单线图一致
to that shown in the circuit block
diagram. 23 23
4.4.2 Resistance measurement of main 4.4.2 主回路的电阻测量
current path 23 23
4.4.3 SF6 gasfilling and measurement 23 4.4.3 充入和测量SF6 气体 23
4.4.4 Checking the internal cover of the density 4.4.4 检查密度监视器的内部盖板
monitor 24 24
4.4.5 Function test of three-position 4.4.5 三位置隔离开关和接地开关的功能测试
disconnector, earth switch 24 24
4.4.6 Checking operation of circuit-breakers 24 4.4.6 断路器的操作功能测试 24
4.4.7 Checking alarms 24 4.4.7 报警信号的检查 24
4.4.8 Check that MCB’s are free of reverse 4.4.8 检查所有小型断路器是否有反馈电压
voltage 24 24
4.4.9 Removing the stickers and/or plastic 4.4.9 去除通风口的临时塑料封堵
stopper at ventilation tubes 24 24
4.4.10 Checking anti-condensation 4.4.10 检查防凝露加热装置
heating units 24 24
4.4.11 Checking operation of control system 24 4.4.11 控制系统的操作功能测试 24
4.4.12 Checking the HV testing systems 24 4.4.12 高压测试系统的检查 24
4.4.13 Customer informed of pending 4.4.13 通知客户即将进行的高压试验
high-voltage tests 24 24
4.4.14 Check the condition of the cable 4.4.14 检查电缆终端密封套的状态
end closing bush 24 24
4.4.15 Alternating current test 25 4.4.15 交流高压试验 25
4.4.16 Checking current transformer 25 4.4.16 检查电流互感器 25
4.4.17 Checking seal in terminal box 25 4.4.17 检查接线盒的密封 25
4.4.18 Voltage converter tests 25 4.4.18 电压转换器测试 25
4.4.19 Weather-protection cover, c 4.4.19 接线盒防雨盖的中心安装位置检查
heck central bolt 25 25
4.4.20 Checking RC voltage divider 25 4.4.20 检查RC分压器 25
4.5 Other 27 4.5 其它 27
4.5.1 Revision of design drawings 27 4.5.1 装配图纸的修订 27
4.5.2 Revision of schematics 27 4.5.2 电路图的修订 27
4.5.3 Check whether anomalies entered 4.5.3 检查是否通过NCR（不符合报告）
in NCR (Non Conformity Report) 27 对偏差进行了记录 27
4.5.4 Inspection reports written 27 4.5.4 核查试验报告 27
4.5.5 Check return of material and 4.5.5 对返回材料和设备进行检查
equipment 27 27
4.5.6 Check warnings regarding 4.5.6 对未投入使用的开关设备部件
non-operational parts of the plant 27 的警告标志进行检查 27
4.5.7 Closing the ventilation ducts when 4.5.7 如果防凝露加热器未开启，则封闭通风口。
the anticondensation heaters are
not connected 27 27
4.5.8 Acceptance of switchgear accessories 27 4.5.8 开关设备附件的移交 27
4.5.9 Preliminary / Final Acceptance-Report 27 4.5.9 初步验收报告/最终验收报告 27
5 Operation 5 操作
5.1.1 Basic requirements 3 5.1.1 基本要求 3
5.1.2 Specific measures for accident 5.1.2 火灾和事故的专门防护措施
and fire prevention 5 5
5.1.3 Procedure if ambient temperatures 5.1.3 当环境温度过高或过低时应采取的措施
are too high or too low 6 6
D-6 926 01050 174 C

5.2 Manual operation 7 5.2 手动操作 7
5.2.1 Manual operation in local control 5.2.1 在弃置开关设备的联锁条件后，
with the switchgear interlock deactivated 8 通过就地控制系统进行手动操作 8
5.2.2 On the motor drive manually switch 8 5.2.2 机构的手动操作开关 8
5.2.2.1 Manual operation of the earthing ’ 5.2.2.1 接地开关电动机驱动机构的手动操作 9
switch on the motor drive 9
5.2.2.2 On the drive, manually switch 5.2.2.2 将隔离开关和接地开关模块
disconnector and earthing switch module 13 手动切换至驱动机构 13
5.2.3 Operating a circuit-breaker manually 16 5.2.3 对断路器进行手动操作 16
5.3 Checks, alarms, causes, remedial measures 21 5.3 检查、报警、原因及纠正措施 21
5.3.1 Checks during operation 21 5.3.1 运行过程中的检查 21
5.3.2 Alarms for the circuit-breaker 22 5.3.2 断路器的警报 22
5.3.2.1 CB: Loss of SF6 22 5.3.2.1 断路器: SF6气体的泄漏 22
5.3.2.2 LS: General lockout SF6 23 5.3.2.2 LS: SF6闭锁 23
5.3.2.3 CB: On-spring unloaded 24 5.3.2.3 断路器: 合闸闭锁 24
5.3.2.4 Motor protection 24 5.3.2.4 电动机保护 24
5.3.2.5 Motor run time monitoring 25 5.3.2.5 电动机运行时间监控 25
5.3.2.6 Autoreclosure interlocking: 26 5.3.2.6 自动重合闸锁定 26
5.3.2.7 Pole discrepancy alarm 26 5.3.2.7 电极差异警报 26
5.3.3 Signals from switchgear modules 27 5.3.3 开关设备模块的信号 27
5.3.3.1 Loss of SF6 27 5.3.3.1 SF6气体的泄漏 27
5.3.3.2 Minimum SF6 density 28 5.3.3.2 SF6 气体绝缘性能的减弱 28
5.3.3.3 SF6 pressure rising 28 5.3.3.3 SF6压力上升 28
5.3.4 Fault position 29 5.3.4 故障位置 29
6 Maintenance 6 维护
6.1.1 Basic safety measures 3 6.1.1 基本安全措施 3
6.1.2 Secure drive against operation 6 6.1.2 操作安全驱动机构 6
6.1.2.1 Electrically lock earthing switches 6.1.2.1 接地开关在马达驱动机构上的电气闭锁
on the motor drive 6 6
6.1.2.2 Mechanically block earthing switches 6.1.2.2 接地开关在马达驱动机构上的机械闭锁
on the drive linkage 7 7
6.1.2.3 Electromechanical lock the disconnector 6.1.2.3 隔离/接地开关模块的电气和机械闭锁
and earthing switch module 8 8
6.1.2.4 Disconnector and earthing switch 6.1.2.4 机械闭锁的隔离和接地开关模块
module to be mechanically blocked 9 9
6.1.2.5 Securing locking and/or blocking 6.1.2.5 采用挂锁的安全锁定和/或闭锁
with a padlock 10 10
6.1.3 Assignment of personnel 10 6.1.3 人员委派 10
6.1.4 Maintenance kits 10 6.1.4 维修用具包 10
6.1.5 Responding to malfunctions 11 6.1.5 发生故障时的对应措施 11
6.2 Intervals and maintenance service 13 6.2 维修服务周期 13
6.2.1 Influences on the maintenance interval 14 6.2.1 影响维修周期的因素 14
6.2.1.1 Influences through mechanical 6.2.1.1 机械磨损和/或开关操作的影响
wear and/or switching operations 14 14
6.2.1.2 Damaging environmental influences 14 6.2.1.2 外界环境的影响 14
6.2.2 Starting date 15 6.2.2 起始日期 15
6.2.3 Maintenance service 16 6.2.3 维护服务 16
6.2.4 Inspection of the contact system 18 6.2.4 触头系统的检查 18
6.2.4.1 Inspection of the circuit-breaker 6.2.4.1 根据开断电流对断路器的触头系统进行检查
contact system, depending on
the breaking current 18 18
6.2.4.2 Inspection of the high-speed earthing 6.2.4.2 快速接地开关触头系统的检查
switch contact system 18 18
6.3 Maintenance work 19 6.3 维护工作 19
926 01050 174 C D-7

7 General considerations 7 一般注意事项及操作指南
and instructions
7.1 Checking external system condition 3 7.1 检查开关设备的外部状态 3
7.2 Evacuating, filling and emptying the gas 7.2 对气室进行抽真空、充气和排空操作
compartments 5 5
7.2.1 Evacuating and filling the gas 7.2.1 对气室进行抽真空和充气操作
compartments 6 6
7.2.2 Emptying and venting the gas 7.2.2 气室的排空和通风
compartments 7 7
7.3 Testing the gas monitor 9 7.3 检查气体监控装置 9
7.3.1 Mounting and removing density monitor 9 7.3.1 密度监视器的安装和移除 9
7.3.1.1 Density monitor with test connection 9 7.3.1.1 带有测试连接器的密度监视器 9
7.3.1.2 Density monitor with test connection 10 7.3.1.2 带有测试连接器的密度监视器 10
7.3.2 Check density monitor 10 7.3.2 密度监视器的检查 10
7.3.2.1 Test the density monitor without the 7.3.2.1 对不带测试连接器的密度监视器进行检查
test connector. 10 10
7.3.2.2 Test the density monitor with the 7.3.2.2 对带有测试连接器的密度监视器进行检查
test connector. 11 11
7.4 Checking for leaks in gas compartments 13 7.4 气室密封性能的检查 13
7.4.1 Check pressure of the gas filling 7.4.1 通过精密压力计检查充气压力
with precision pressure gauge 14 14
7.4.2 Leakage detection 14 7.4.2 泄漏检测 14
7.5 Measuring the moisture content and 7.5 气体湿度和SF6含量的测量
SF6 content of the gas 15 15
7.5.1 Measuring the moisture content 7.5.1 气体湿度的测量（露点）
of the gas (dew point) 16 16
7.5.2 Measuring the SF6 percentage 7.5.2 SF6 气体含量或空气含量的测量
or air content 16 16
7.6 Preparing and assembling conductor 7.6 导体连接和法兰连接的预处理和装配
and flange connections 17 17
7.6.1 Spare parts, expendable materials 7.6.1 备件、消耗材料和工具
and tools 17 17
7.6.2 Preparing and connecting flanges 18 7.6.2 法兰的预处理与连接 18
7.6.3 Preparing conductor connections 20 7.6.3 导体连接的预处理与建立 20
7.7 Laying cables 21 7.7 铺设电缆 21
7.7.1 Basic requirements for the laying 7.7.1 电缆铺设和连接的基本要求
and joining of cables 21 21
7.7.2 Measures to ensure electromagnetic 7.7.2 确保电磁兼容性的措施
compatibility 21 21
7.8 Testing the disconnectors, earthing and 7.8 隔离开关、接地开关和快速接地开关的测试
high-speed earthing switches 23 23
7.8.1 Visual check and inspection of the 7.8.1 对电动机驱动机构加热装置进行检视和测试
heating unit of the motor drive 23 23
7.8.2 Function test 24 7.8.2 功能试验 24
7.9 Check spring accumulator drive for 7.9 断路器弹簧储能驱动机构的检验
circuit breaker 25 25
7.9.1 Check auxiliary switches 26 7.9.1 检查辅助开关 26
7.9.2 Checking the dampers for leakage 26 7.9.2 检查缓冲器的密封性能 26
7.9.3 Checking that the releases and 7.9.3 检查脱扣器与闩锁是否固定
latching blocks are affixed tightly 27 . 27
D-8 926 01050 174 C

7.10 Checking the electronic circuit-breaker 7.10 断路器电气控制系统的检测
control 29 29
7.10.1 Check anti-pump function 29 7.10.1 检查防跳功能 29
7.10.2 Checking the releases 29 7.10.2 检查脱扣器 29
7.10.3 Checking the double excitation 29 7.10.3 检查双励磁装置 29
7.10.4 Closing spring motor 30 7.10.4 合闸弹簧电动机 30
7.11 Checking the control functions 31 7.11 控制设备的检测 31
7.11.1 Checking the control and alarm circuits 31 7.11.1 控制和报警回路的检测 31
7.11.2 Checking measuring, display 7.11.2 测量、显示和计数设备的检测
and counting devices 32 32
7.11.3 Checking the electric interlock 32 7.11.3 电气联锁的检测 32
7.11.4 Checking the anti-condensation 7.11.4 防凝露加热装置的检测
heating units 33 33
7.12 Checking the current transformer 35 7.12 电流互感器的检测 35
7.12.1 Visual inspection 35 7.12.1 目检 35
7.12.2 Polarity test 36 7.12.2 极性测试 36
7.12.3 Testing the secondary circuits 36 7.12.3 二次回路的测试 36
7.13 Testing the voltage transformer 37 7.13 电压互感器的检测 37
7.13.1 Visual inspection 37 7.13.1 目检 37
7.13.2 Insulation test 37 7.13.2 绝缘测试 37
7.13.3 Checking the secondary circuits 38 7.13.3 二次回路的测试 38
7.14 Checking RC voltage divider 39 7.14 RC分压器的检测 39
7.14.1 Visual checks 39 7.14.1 目检 39
7.14.2 Preparation of the RC voltage 7.14.2 开关设备高压测试用RC分压器的预处理
divider for high voltage test of the
switchgear 39 39
7.14.3 Check secondary current circuits 39 7.14.3 二次电流回路的测试 39
7.15 Check cable sealing end 41 7.15 检查电缆终端头 41
7.16 Testing the primary part 43 7.16 一次回路的检测 43
7.16.1 Measuring voltage drop 43 7.16.1 电压降测量 43
7.16.2 High voltage test 44 7.16.2 高压试验 44
7.17 Inserting/replacing filter material 47 7.17 放置/更换吸附剂 47
7.17.1 Preparatory work 47 7.17.1 准备工作 47
7.17.2 Inserting filter material 48 7.17.2 放置吸附剂 48
7.17.3 Replacing filter material 49 7.17.3 更换吸附剂 49
7.18 Fitting the rupture disks 51 7.18 防爆膜的安装 51
7.18.1 Unpacking the rupture disc 51 7.18.1 防爆膜的拆封 51
7.18.2 Fitting the rupture disk 52 7.18.2 防爆膜的安装 52
7.19 Cleaning 55 7.19 清洁 55
7.19.1 Cleaning agents 55 7.19.1 清洁剂 55
7.19.2 Cleaning equipment 56 7.19.2 清洁设备 56
7.19.3 Cleaning work 57 7.19.3 清洁工作 57
7.19.4 Disposal 59 7.19.4 清除处理 59
7.20 Corrosion protection, greasing and oiling 61 7.20 防腐、润滑脂和润滑油 61
7.20.1 Application of anti-corrosion agent 61 7.20.1 采取防腐措施 61
7.20.1.1 Overview of anti-corrosive 7.20.1.1 防腐措施总览
measures to be taken 61 61
7.20.1.2 Open-air and indoor with corrosive 7.20.1.2 户内和户外腐蚀性环境条件
environmental conditions 62 62
7.20.1.3 indoor conditions under normal 7.20.1.3 正常情况下户内条件
conditions 65 65
7.20.2 Prescribed anti-corrosion and 7.20.2 规定的防腐剂和密封剂
sealing agents 65 65
7.20.3 Prescribed paints 67 7.20.3 规定的油漆 67
7.20.4 Greasing and lubrication 69 7.20.4 润滑脂和润滑油 69
926 01050 174 C D-9

7.20.4.1 For all lubricating points and 7.20.4.1 若未规定其它的润滑剂，则适用于
non-hot-galvanized bolts, provided 所有的润滑部位和未经热镀锌处理的螺栓
no other lubricant is specified 69 69
7.20.4.2 For sealing rings and anti-friction 7.20.4.2 适用于拐臂和驱动机构SF6 轴封的密封圈
bearings of the SF6 shaft seal on the 和滚动轴承
corner gears and on the operating
mechanism 70 70
7.20.4.3 For the threads of all hot-galvanized 7.20.4.3 适用于所有热镀锌螺栓的螺纹
bolts 70 70
7.20.4.4 For hinges, articulated joints, 7.20.4.4 适用于铰链、接头和辅助开关轴
auxiliary switch shafts 70 70
7.20.4.5 For termination faces of high-voltage 7.20.4.5 适用于高压导线的连接面
lines, bolted and fixed contacts, 以及螺旋触头和固定触头、
earthing bar and busbar bolted 接地及和母线螺栓连接
connections 70 70
7.20.4.6 For 0-rings 70 7.20.4.6 适用于O型密封圈 70
7.20.4.7 Disconnector and earthing switch pins 71 7.20.4.7 隔离开关和接地开关管脚 71
7.21 Remove the spring accumulator drive 7.21 拆除断路器的弹簧储能驱动机构（G型）
of the circuit breaker (Version G) 73 73
7.21.1 Structure of the blocking device 74 7.21.1 锁止装置的结构 74
7.21.2 Fitting the blocking device 74 7.21.2 安装锁止装置 74
7.22 Timing charts 77 7.22 时间图 77
7.23 Pressure-temperature diagram for SF6 81 7.23 SF6气体的压力-温度图表 81
7.24 Bolted joints, tightening torques, 7.24 螺栓连接/拧紧扭矩和锁片
locking tabs 83 83
7.24.1 Assembling a bolted joint 83 7.24.1 建立螺栓连接 83
7.24.2 Identifying the strength class 85 7.24.2 强度等级的识别 85
7.24.3 Locking tabs 87 7.24.3 锁片 87
7.24.4 Checking a bolted joint 87 7.24.4 检查螺栓连接 87
7.25 Advice on handling SF6 89 7.25 关于SF6气体处理的建议 89
7.25.1 Physical and chemical properties 89 7.25.1 物理和化学特性 89
7.25.2 Health hazards and general 7.25.2 对健康的危害性和一般工作卫生要求
work-hygienic requirements 90 90
7.25.3 Equipment for handling SF6 90 7.25.3 SF6气体的处理装备 90
7.25.3.1 Carrying out gas-related work 7.25.3.1 在气室外进行与气体相关的工作
outside the gas compartment 91 91
7.25.3.2 Working in open gas compartments 7.25.3.2 在无SF6 气体分解产物的情况下，
if no SF6 decomposition products 在开放的气室内工作
are present 91 91
7.25.3.3 Working in open gas compartment 7.25.3.3 在有SF6 气体分解产物的情况下，
if SF6 decomposition products 在开放的气室内工作
are present 91 91
7.25.4 Work in gas compartments 92 7.25.4 气室内的工作 92
7.25.4.1 Basic requirements 92 7.25.4.1 基本要求 92
7.25.4.2 Additional requirements in the case 7.25.4.2 在大功率短路开断操作情况下的特殊要求
of heavy-duty switching operations 92 92
7.25.5 Cleaning and disposing of used 7.25.5 对使用后的材料和设备进行清洁和清除
materials and equipment 93 93
7.26 Cleanliness on site 95 7.26 现场清洁 95
7.26.1 Completing work on the building 95 7.26.1 建筑物的竣工 95
7.26.2 Packing material 95 7.26.2 包装材料 95
7.26.3 Cleaning the switchgear room 96 7.26.3 开关设备室的清洁 96
7.26.4 Cleanliness and order when working 7.26.4 对拆封后的组件加以清理
with open assemblies 96 96
7.26.5 Cleanliness of tools 97 7.26.5 工具的清洁 97
7.26.6 Preventive measures for work likely 7.26.6 对可能造成污染的作业采取预防措施
to create dirt 97 97
7.26.7 Person responsible for cleanliness 7.26.7 清理工作的负责人
and tidiness 97 97
7.27 Disposing of high-voltage switching 7.27 高压开关设备装置的处理
devices and systems 99 99
D-10 926 01050 174 C

0 General 0 概述
926 01050 174 C 0-1

0-2 926 01050 174 C
0.1 Manual structure 0.1 手册结构编排
These operating instructions are valid for the type and 本操作说明适用于封页上所描述的气体绝缘金属封闭开关
version of the metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear 设备的型号与规格。操作人员可通过本操作说明熟悉该类
specified on the title page. They should familiarize the 型开关设备的结构设计与工作原理，并了解其在操作、装
operating personnel with the design and function of the 配及维护方面的信息。
switchgear. In addition, they contain notes for operation
and provide information on installation and maintenance
It is advisable for the operating personnel to familiarize 建议操作人员尽早熟悉本操作说明, 并在所提供的其它文

themselves as early as possible with the instructions, 档资料的帮助下，以获得开关设备及其特征等方面的进一
and with the aid of other documents supplied to gather 步信息。
any relevant further information on the switchgear and its
features.
Note 提示
The manual contains instructions for the 本手册包含了正确操作开关设备的指导说明。
proper operation of the switchgear. Safety 安全注意事项表明了目前可能存在的危险及
precautions indicate existing residual 避免这些危险应采取的相应措施。
hazards and the corresponding measures to
avoid them.
Should further information be desired or 如需进一步的信息或出现了在本操作说明中

should particular problems arise which are 未加详细说明的特殊情况，可向当地西门子办
not covered sufficiently in the operating 事处索取所需的信息。
instructions, the matter should be referred to
the local SIEMENS sales office.
The contents of these instructions shall not become part 本说明内容不得为先前或现有协议、承诺或关系的节选部

of or modify any prior or existing agreement, commitment 分，或不得对现有协议、承诺或关系进行任何修改。
or relationship.
The respective sales contract contains all the obligations 相应的销售合同包括了西门子的所有义务。销售合同内规
of Siemens. The warranty contained in the sales contract 定的条款是西门子完整和唯一的保证条款。本说明中任何
is the complete and sole warranty of Siemens. Any 条款均不对保证条款的范围进行任何修改。
statements contained in these instructions neither extend
nor limit the warranty.
0.1.1 Sub-division 0.1.1 分述
The operating instructions are organised as follows: 本操作说明可划分为下列各章：
Chapter 0: General 第 0 章：概述
Chapter 1: Technical Data 第 1 章：技术参数
Chapter 2: Description 第 2 章：说明
Chapter 3: Shipment and storage 第 3 章：装运和储存
Chapter 4: Erection and commissioning 第 4 章：安装和调试
Chapter 5: Operation 第 5 章：操作
Chapter 6: Maintenance 第 6 章：维护
Chapter 7: General considerations and instructions 第 7 章：一般注意事项和说明
In general: 原则上：
– The chapters are subdivided into sections, each – 各章再细分为进行单一主题描述的独立小节。 .

section dealing with one particular subject.
926 01050 174 C 0-3

Note 提示
Chapter 7 contains sections on topics 第7章中各节的内容综合了各章主题。

affecting the whole manual.
This more detailed information is referred 这些更为详细的信息在安装和调试、操作

to in several secions of the chapters 和维护等章的各节中都有所引用。因此，
Erection and commissioning, Operation 应始终结合相关章节阅读第7章节内容。
and Maintenance. The sections of 例如，只有当阅读了典例“放置/更换吸附
chapter 7 should always be read in 剂”小节后，才能了解“维护工作”这一节的
combination with that particular section. 内容。
For example, it only becomes clear in
section “Servicing works” when Typical
“Fit/ Replace Filter Material” is to be
observed.
– For each chapter of the printed documentation, all – 对本操作说明打印文档中所有章节的页码进行了连

pages have been numbered, beginning with "1". 续编号，其首页的编号总是为“1”。
0.1.2 Cross references 0.1.2 参引
Cross-references will be distinguished using the 由下列图形表示不同类型的参引:

following pictogram:
– References to sections that are part of the operating – 引用的章节是本操作说明的一部分。例如在技术参数

instructions (e.g. for the section Electrical and 这一章中的电气和机械参数章节:
mechanical parameters in the chapter Technical
data):
Electrical and mechanical parameters; 电气和机械参数；
[=>1.1] [=>1.1]
– References to documents that are not part of the – 引用的文件虽不是本操作说明的一部分，但是订购文
operating instructions but are, however, part of the 档的组成部分:
order documentation:
Order Documentation 订购文档
Cross-references to designation of parts in illustrations 通过在正文中给出位置编号来引用插图中的零部件名称，

are made in continuous text, stating the item number, 例如杠杆[1]。
e.g. Lever [1].
The figures entered and annotiations with *), 1), 2), 附有*）、1）、2）、3）的填写与补充的内容仅适用于相
3) ... apply only to the section concerned or to a 关的章节及图表。
illustration or table.
0.1.3 Numbering of chapters, sections, 0.1.3 章、节、段落和部件的编号

paragraphs and sub-parts
– Chapters, sections and paragraphs are marked – 章、节和段落均以十进制数字标记。
with decimal numbers.
– The parts are numbered in ascending order. The – 部件以升序的形式加以编号。编号仅适用于本操作

numbering always applies to the corresponding 说明中的个相关章节。
section in the operating instructions only.
0-4 926 01050 174 C

0.1.4 Communication by means of 0.1.4 通过操作说明来进行沟通
operation instructions
In written or verbal communications, please provide a 在书面或口头交流中，应提供操作说明的完整名称，请只
complete designation from the operating instructions and 使用在此所应用的名称和零部件编号，并提供其相关章节
use only designations and numbers for sub-parts as 的编号，以及必要时在操作说明中的页码。
indicated in the chapter, the series number of the section
and the page number of the instructions (if applicable).
For clear identification of modules, modular assemblies 从安装完毕的开关设备的电路图中可获取有关开关设备结

or individual components, details of the switchgear 构的说明资料，从而明确识别模块、组件以及单一零部件。
structure are required; these are given in the circuit
diagram for the switchgear installed.
This will serve to avoid any misunderstandings. 通过此种方式可避免产生误会。
926 01050 174 C 0-5

0-6 926 01050 174 C
0.2 Safety Instructions 0.2 安全指南
The switchgear, together with the equipment and special 本开关设备以及一同供应的装置与专用工具符合在交付使
tools also supplied, is in conformity with the statutory 用时的有效法律，规章和标准，尤其是与安全、健康相关
laws, rules and standards applying at the time of 的规定。
delivery, especially those regulations concerning health
and safety.
Provided that the conditions specified in these operating 只要符合本操作说明中所规定的前提条件以及遵守本操作

instructions are applied and kept to (and the safety 说明中或对产品所提出的安全指导，则本开关设备不会对
instructions given in the operating instructions and/or on 人员、物资及环境造成任何危害。这点适用于开关设备的
the product are followed) the switchgear will not cause 整个使用寿命，即从交付、装配、运行直至拆卸与清除。
any danger to persons, property or the environment. This
applies throughout its entire service life, i.e. from supply
(and during erection and operation) right up to the time of
dismantling and disposal.
The quality assurance system assures a uniform high 制造商企业内部的质量保证体系确保开关设备在各方面达

standard of quality, with particular regard to compliance 到高质量标准，尤其是在遵守安全健康规则方面。
with specifications concerning health and safety.
0.2.1 Prescribed use 0.2.1 按规定进行使用

The switchgear is deemed properly used when 在下列情况下，开关设备的使用被视为符合规定:
– it is operated in accordance with the agreed terms – 按照协定的交付条件和技术参数对开关设备进行操作

and conditions of supply and the technical data and 使用。
– the equipment and special tools supplied are used – 随同开关设备一起提供的装置和专用工具仅限于指定

exclusively for their intended purpose and in 用途的应用。
accordance with the provisions of these operating
instructions.
Any other use is forbidden, unless the express consent 若未经西门子股份有限公司明确表示同意，禁止开关设备

of Siemens AG has been obtained. 用作其它任何用途。
If the above-mentioned conditions are not observed or 如果未能遵守上述前提条件或未能遵循安全指导，则可能

the safety instructions are not followed, there can be 产生由以下各项引起的危险:
danger from
– Voltage – 电压
– gas systems under pressure – 受压气体系统
– charged springs – 储能弹簧
– SF6 gas and its decomposition products – SF6气体及其分解产物
– falling and/or tilted parts, and also confined spaces – 坠落或翻倒的部件以及由移动部件造成危险的狭小空

as a result of moving parts. 间
This can result in death, serious injury, considerable 由此可能会导致死亡、严重的身体伤害、巨大的财物损失

material damage and damage to the environment. 以及环境污染。
926 01050 174 C 0-7

0.2.2 Operator’s responsiblity 0.2.2 操作人员的责任范围
In order to avoid accidents, faults, damage or 为了避免事故、故障、损伤或对环境造成的不良影响，负
impermissible adverse effects on the environment the 责运输、安装、操作、维护和处置开关设备或零部件的人
party responsible for transportation, erection operation, 员必须确保以下各项：
maintenance and disposal of the switchgear or of parts
thereof must ensure
– that only qulified and instructed personnel are – 仅允许采用经过专业培训的合格人员，

assigned to work,
– that before starting work, regularly thereafter and – 定期在作业前后以及在发生特殊事件后向操作人员说

following any unusual occurrences, personnel are 明潜在的危险与必要的安全防护措施，
instructed concerning the possible dangers and also
the safety measures required to prevent such,
– that regulations and instructions for safety at work – 工作人员可随时查阅安全作业的规章与操作指导以

(together with instructions on action to be taken in 及对在发生事故与火灾时所应采取措施的相关指示，
the event of accidents and/or fire) are at all times 必要时将其陈列在工作地点，
available to personnel and, if necessary, displayed
at the place of work,
– that the equipment and facilities required for work – 为了提高作业安全所需的仪器设施以及某些特殊任务

safety and also the personal protective clothing etc. 所需的人员保护装备的供应及使用，
necessary for certain procedures are available and
are used, and
– that the prescribed maintenance intervals are – 遵守所规定的维护周期，只采用经由制造商批准的备

adhered to and that only those spare parts, 件及润滑剂与辅助材料。
lubricants etc. approved by the manufacturer are
– 如果GIS及其IBS框架组件的涂层系统/防腐蚀措施、
used.
维护或其它工作或环境影响发生任何变化/造成任何
– In the event of any changes/damage to the coating 损坏，则必须按照第4章至第7章规定的细节要求进行
systems/corrosion protection measures on the GIS 涂层系统/防腐蚀措施的技术恢复。否则，可能会导
and ist components in the framework of the IBS, 致开关设备及其组件损坏或发生故障。
maintenance or other work or environmental
influences, the technical restoration of the coating
system/the corrosion protection in accordance with
the details diven in Chapters 4 to 7 must be carried
out. Otherwise, damage and malfunction of the
switchgear or ist components may result.
0.2.3 Safety instructions in the 0.2.3 操作说明中的安全指导

operating instructions
本操作说明中包括了对潜在的危害具有预防作用的安全指
These safety instructions shall form a part of these
导。安全规章分别位于安装、操作和维护等各章内容的开
operating instructions, wherever this is necessary for 始。此外，在各项操作处理/工作步骤前也附有必要的安
warding of any residual risks. These safety instructions 全指导。
are appended before the sections on installation,
operation and maintenance repectively. In these 根据因未遵循安全指导而可能导致的不同后果具有以下约
sections any necessary safety instructions are also given 定:
prior to descriptions of the relevant actions/procedures.
With regard to the possible consequences of

non-compliance with these safety instructions, the
following shall apply:
0-8 926 01050 174 C

Warning 警告
This shall denote a possibly 表示一种潜在的危险状况。如果不能避免
dangerous situation. If such a 该状况，可能导致死亡或严重的伤害。
situation is not avoided, death or
severe injury can result.
Attention 注意
This shall denote a possibly dangerous 表示一种潜在的危险状况。如果不能避免
situation. If such a situation is not 该状况，可能导致轻微的伤害和/或财产损
avoided, minor injuries and/or property 失。
damage can result.
Note 提示
This shall denote a possibly dangerous 表示一种潜在的有害状况。如果不能避免

situation. If such a situation is not 该状况，可能导致产品或其附件物品的损
avoided, the product or anything in its 坏。
vicinity can be damaged.
In addition to the above-mentioned safety instructions, 除上述安全须知外，还通过斜体的形式来对特别需要引起
any information to which personnel should pay special 工作人员注意的信息加以标注。
attention is denoted in italics.
926 01050 174 C 0-9

0-10 926 01050 174 C
1 Technical Data 1 技术参数
926 01050 174 C 1-1

Note: 提示：
The representations in the follwing 以下图中所述内容可能全部或部分不同于

illustrations can differ, in total or in 交付型号。这尤其适用于当前的追踪指
part, from the delivered version. This 南、套管及辅助设备的安装位置和实施情
applies particularly to the current 况。
track guiding, the location and
execution of the bushings and the
ancillary equipment.
1-2 926 0150 174 C

1.1 Electrical and mechanical 1.1 电气和机械参数
parameters
This section contains information about 本章节包含以下有关内容
– The main identification data – 主要特征值
– Rated insulation level – 额定绝缘水平
– Operating times of the circuit-breaker – 断路器的开关操作时间
– Operating times of the disconnector and – 隔离开关、检修接地开关以及快速接地开关的开关操
work-inprogress earthing switch as well as the 作时间。
high-speed earthing switch
– Notes on the identification data for current – 电流互感器和电压互感器特征值的说明

transformers and voltage transformers
– Data concerning the local control cabinet. – 就地控制柜的相关数据。
Basic information: 基本信息：

Motor drives [=> 1.2] 电动机驱动机构 [=> 1.2]
Nameplates [=> 1.4] 铭牌 [=> 1.4]
Dimensions and weights of switchgear 开关设备模块的尺寸和重量 [=> 1.5]

modules [=> 1.5]
The figures entered and annotations with *) apply only to 所输数据和带 *) 的注解仅适用于相关表格。
the table concerned.
926 01050 174 C 1-3

1.1.1 Main identification data 1.1.1 主要特征值
Rated voltage 额定电压 kV 72.5 100 123 145

Rated frequency 额定频率 Hz 50 / 60
Rated normal current 额定标称电流
– Feeder (bay) – 馈线 (间隔) A ≤ 3150
– Busbar – 母线 A ≤ 3150
Rated short-time withstand current 额定短时耐受电流 kA ≤ 40
Rated duration of short-circuit 额定短路持续时间 s ≤3
Rated peak withstand current (IEC) 额定峰值耐受电流 (IEC)
– 50 Hz – 50 Hz kA 2.5 x 40 = 100
– 60 Hz – 60 Hz kA 2.6 x 40 = 104
Ambient temperature (range) 环境温度（范围）
– Indoor – 户内 °C – 30 ... + 40
– Outdoor – 户外 °C – 30 ... + 40
Circuit-breakers: *) 断路器： *)
Rated short-circuit breaking current 额定短路开断电流 kA 40
Rated short-circuit making current (IEC) 额定短路关合电流 (IEC)
– 50 Hz – 50 Hz kA 2.5 x 40 = 100
– 60 Hz – 60 Hz kA 2.6 x 40 = 104
Pole factor *) 电极因素 *)
– for effectively earthed mains – 有效接地电源 p. U. 1.3
– for non-effectively earthed mains – 无效接地电源 p. U. 1.5
Operating sequence (IEC) 操作顺序 (IEC) O – 0.3 s – CO – 3 min – CO
*) Pole factor according to IEC 62271.100 *) 电极因素符合IEC 62271.100标准要求。
1-4 926 0150 174 C

1.1.2 Nominal insulation level 1.1.2 额定绝缘水平
The nominal insulation level in accordance with IEC / 符合IEC / VDE标准的额定绝缘水平由以下因素所确定：
VDE is ascertained by
– the clearance between high-voltage and earth – 高压和地电位之间的，金属壳体内高压零部件机械的
potential, the mechanical rating and design of the 额定值和设计的绝缘距离
highvoltage parts within the metal enclosure and by
– the pressure or the density of the insulating gas – 金属壳体内绝缘介质（SF6气体）的压力或密度
(SF6) inside the metal enclosure.
The figures in the table apply for 20 °C and minimum 表格内的数据适用于20 °C 以及SF6气体为最小工作密度
operating density of SF6. 时的情况。
Rated voltage 额定电压 kV 72.5

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 额定雷电冲击耐受电压 (1.2/50 μs)，峰值
μs), peak value (max): (最大值):
– Phase to earth – 相对地 kV 325
– Between phases – 相位间 kV 325
– across the isolating distance – 隔离断口间 kV 375
– across the isolating distance at AC – 交流电压时隔离断口间 kV 325 + 50
Voltage
– across the open circuit-breaker – 断路器断口间 kV 325
Rated power frequency withstand voltage (1 额定工频耐受电压 (1 min)，均方根值：
min), rms value:
– Phase to earth – 相对地 kV 140
– Between phases – 相位间 kV 140
– across the isolating distance – 隔离断口间 kV 80 + 80
– across the circuit-breaker – 断路器断口间 kV 140
926 01050 174 C 1-5

1.1.3 Operating times 1.1.3 开关操作时间
1.1.3.1 Circuit-breaker 1.1.3.1 断路器
The terms used in the diagrams are used to describe the 下图中的术语用来描述开关操作过程。
switching process.
Breaker open — initiation of

auxiliary powerto activate
BCurrent starts to flow in

(galvanic separation) —
Breaker closed —apply
BContact separation
the conducting path

closing movement
Extinction of arc
Contacts touch
(preignition)
the release
start of arc
Opening time Arcing time Make time
Break time / Interrupting time Dead time
Reclosing time
Closing time
Breaker open — initiation of
auxiliary powerto activate
BCurrent starts to flow in

(galvanic separation) —
Breaker closed —apply
BContact separation
the conducting path

closing movement
Extinction of arc
Contacts touch
(preignition)
the release
start of arc
Opening time Arcing time Make time
Break time / Interrupting time Dead time
Reclosing time
Closing time
Breaker closed – apply auxiliary power to activate the 断路器闭合 —— 应用辅助动力激活脱扣器

release
Contact separation (galvanic separation) – start of arc 触头分离（电分离）—— 起弧
1-6 926 0150 174 C

Extinction of arc 灭弧
Breaker open – initiatior of closing movement 断路器开断 —— 开始闭合操作
Current starts to flow in the conducting path 导电路径中开始出现电流（预击穿时间）
( preignition)
Contacts touch 触头接触
Opening time 分闸时间
Arcing time 燃弧时间
Make time 闭合时间
Break time / Interrupting time 开断时间
Dead time 无电流时间
Reclosing time 重合闸时间
Closing time 合闸时间
Fig. 1 Break-Make operation with automatic reclosing (to IEC 图 1 带自动重合闸的分合闸操作（根据 IEC / VDE / ANSI）
/VDE / ANSI)
926 01050 174 C 1-7

All values for these times (see table) refer to an ambient 所有时间参数（参见表格）适用于+20 ºC（+68 ºF）的环
temperature of + 20 °C (+ 68 °F), nominal supply voltage 境温度、额定电源电压及SF6 气压。分闸时间参数适用
and SF6 pressure. Data for the opening times apply to 于在SF6气压为额定值时三极端子短路情况下的最大燃弧
max. arcing time in the event of a triple-pole terminal 时间。
short circuit, measured at nominal values for SF6
pressure.
Version with common drive (G) 普通驱动型号 (G)
脱扣器
Operating times 开关操作时间
脱扣器
Opening time 分闸时间 ms 32 ±3
(Opening time) 50 / 60 Hz (分闸时间) 50 / 60 Hz
Arcing time 50 / 60 Hz (燃弧时间) 50 / 60 Hz ms 22.4
Break time 50 / 60 Hz (开断时间) 50 / 60 Hz ms 55.0
Closing time 合闸时间 ms 55 ±6
(Closing time) 50 / 60 Hz (合闸时间) 50 / 60 Hz
Version with single pole drive(E) 单极驱动型号(E)
脱扣器瞬时脱扣器瞬时脱扣器 1)

Operating times 开关操作时间
脱扣器瞬时脱扣器瞬时脱扣器 1)
Opening time 分闸时间 ms −−− −−− 24 ±2

(Opening time) 50 / 60 Hz (分闸时间) 50 / 60 Hz
Arcing time 50 / 60 Hz (燃弧时间) 50 / 60 Hz ms −−− −−− 22.4 / 21.7
Break time 50 / 60 Hz (开断时间) 50 / 60 Hz ms −−− −−− 47.0 / 45.6
Closing time 合闸时间 ms 60 ±6 50 ±5 −−−

(Closing time) 50 / 60 Hz (合闸时间) 50 / 60 Hz
1) 2-cycle performance optimized 1) 优化的2个周期
1.1.3.2 Disconnector and earthing switch 1.1.3.2 隔离和接地开关模块

module
Movement time CLOSE 合闸时间(隔离、检修接地开关) s ≤6

(Disconnector and .
work-in-progress earthing switch) .
Movement time OPEN 分闸时间 (隔离、检修接地开关) s ≤6
(Disconnector and .
work-in-progress earthing switch) .
1.1.3.3 Work-in-progress earthing switch 1.1.3.3 检修接地开关
Movement time CLOSE 合闸时间 s ≤5

Movement time OPEN 分闸时间 s ≤5
1-8 926 0150 174 C

1.1.3.4 High-speed earthing switch 1.1.3.4 快速接地开关
Closing time 合闸时间 ms < 50

Opening time 分闸时间 s <8
1.1.4 Current transformers and voltage 1.1.4 电流互感器和电压互感器

transformers
The weights of transformers are extremely dependent on 互感器的重量主要取决于铁芯的数量与类型。电压互感器
the number and type of cores. Refer to drawings for gas 的气压/充气量及专有技术参数可在图纸中查阅。
pressure / gas filling of the voltage transformer and
special technical data.
The maximum load capacitance of the voltage 电压互感器负荷电容的上限值（放电强度）为:
transformer (discharge strength) is:
当电压值等于Um √2 √3时,负荷电容的上限值为12 μ F
This corresponds to a cable length of 40 up to 100 km or 此极限值相当于长度为40 至100 km 的电缆或2000 至

an overhead line lenght of 2000 up to 2600 km; 2 2600 km 的架空线在连续两次放电后中断1 个小时后再
discharges in succession with subsequent pause of 1 进行下一次的放电。
hour prior to next discharge.
1.1.5 Local control cabinet 1.1.5 就地控制柜

In the local control cabinet are accomodated the 就地控制柜里安装有助于确保间隔中开关电器安全操作的
equipment for protected actuation of the switching 设施以及间隔的光学指示与信号/报警设备。详情可参考
devices of a bay and also the optical indications and 相应图纸。
signals/alarm for the bay. Details are shown in the
drawings.
1.1.6 Anti-condensation heating units 1.1.6 防凝露加热装置

For information on the anti-condensation heating units, 关于防凝露加热装置的数据可参考技术参数以及订购文
refer to the Technical Data and the Order 档。
Documentation.
926 01050 174 C 1-9

1.2 Motor drives 1.2 电动机驱动装置
This section contains information about 本章节包含以下有关内容
– the identification data for the motor drives and – 电动机驱动装置的识别数据以及
– the identification data for the auxiliary switches. – 辅助开关的识别数据
Electrical and mechanical parameters 电气和机械参数 [=> 1.1]

[=> 1.1]

modules [=> 1.5]
The identification data for the auxiliary switches are 辅助开关的识别数据由时间图构成，显示了单个辅助触头
completed by the timing charts which show the switching 在主断流器开启和闭合过程中的切换位置。此识别数据不
position of the individual auxiliary contacts in the course 包括时间数据。时间数据包含在常规测试记录中。
of switching the main interrupter on or off. This does not
contain time data. The time data are provided in the
routine test records.
Timing charts [=> 7.22] 时间图 [=> 7.22]
1-10 926 0150 174 C

1.2.1 Motor drive for circuit-breaker 1.2.1 断路器的马达驱动
The motor drive for the circuit-breaker is an AC or DC 断路器马达驱动装置是通过励磁绕组励磁的交流或直流马
motor excited via field winding. It drives the gear to 达。它驱动传动装置去拉伸合闸弹簧。如果其电源发生
tension the closing spring. The motor drive can be 故障，则此马达驱动装置能够靠手动去操作（手动操作）。
operated by hand if its supply fails (manual operation).
DC motor design type with common drive (G) 普通驱动装置（G）的直流马达结构类型
V
Rated motor voltage 额定马达电压 110
(DC)
Permissible voltage deviation IEC 允许电压范围 IEC % +10 ... -15
Max. load current 最大负荷电流 A 5.5
Starting current (±10%) 启动电流（±10%） A 18.0
DC motor with single pole drive (E) 单极驱动装置(E)的直流马达
V
Rated motor voltage 额定马达电压 48 110 220
(DC)
permissible voltage deviation IEC 允许电压范围 IEC % +10 ... -15
Max. load current 最大负荷电流 A 14.0 6.5 3.5
Starting current (±10%) 启动电流（±10%） A 21.5 17.5 10.0
Three phase AC 50 Hz motor design type with 普通驱动装置（G）的三相50 Hz交流马达结构类型

common drive (G)
Rated motor voltage 额定马达电压 V(AC) 127 127 133 220 230 240
Permissible voltage deviation 允许电压范围 % +10 ... -15

Max. load current 最大负荷电流 A 11.0 11.0 11.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Starting current (±10%) 启动电流（±10%） A 30.0 37.0 39.0 21.0 22.0 22.0
Three phase AC 50 Hz motor with single pole drive 单极驱动装置（E）的三相50 Hz交流马达

(E)
Rated motor voltage 额定马达电压 V(AC) 120 127 133 220 230 240
Permissible voltage deviation 允许电压范围 % +10 ... -15

Max. load current 最大负荷电流 A 14.5 13.0 13.0 7.0 7.0 7.5
Starting current (±10%) 启动电流（±10%） A 21.5 18.5 19.5 17.0 17.5 18.0
92601050 174 C 1 -11

1.2.1.1 Technical data for the auxiliary 1.2.1.1 辅助开关技术参数
switch
One auxiliary switch per drive, mechanically driven. The 每个驱动装置带有一个辅助开关，机械驱动。对可用到的
available contacts are routed out; they are available for 触点进行接线；开关装置的操作者可以使用辅助触点。连
the operator of the switchgear. See the circuit diagram / 接和结构的详细资料参见线路图/回路文件。
circuit documentation for details of the connections and
design.
Auxiliary switch type 辅助开关类型 3SV92
Rated voltage 额定电压

– DC – DC V 250
– AC – AC V 240
Rated current 额定电流 A 10
Contacts (freely assignable) 触点（可自由分配）

– NC contact – 常开触点 8
– NO contact – 常闭触点 8
– Wipe contact – 滑动触点 1
Switching capacity for control voltage V (DC) 48 110 125 220 250
and time constant T = 20 ms 控制电压和时间常数T=20ms的开关容量
– Inductive load – 感性负载 A 9 4 3.5 2 2
– Ohmic load – 阻性负载 A 10 5 5 2.5 2.5
– Alternating current 40 to 60 Hz / – 交流电40至60HZ/250V W 2200
250 V
1-12 926 0150 174 C

1.2.1.2 Opening and closing releases 1.2.1.2 合闸和分闸脱扣线圈
The CLOSE and OPEN releases of the 弹簧储能机构的合闸脱扣线圈和分闸脱扣线圈为电磁式设
spring-storedenergy mechanism are of electromagnetic 计。
design.
For data concerning the version supplied and the 对于关于供电种类的数据和相关的偏差参见示意图。
relevant tolerances, see the schematics.
Version common drive (G) 普通驱动装置型号 (G)
额定电压（V）线圈额功率（W）
Design type 设计类型
Normal release CLOSE 常规合闸脱扣线圈 48 227
110 242
125 312
220 225
250 291
Fast release CLOSE 快速合闸脱扣线圈 48 2306
110 1533
125 1488
220 1274
250 1645
Normal release OPEN 常规分闸脱扣线圈 48 227
110 242
125 313
220 225
250 291
Fast release OPEN 快速分闸脱扣线圈 48 2306
110 1533
125 1488
220 1274
250 1645
926 01050 174 C 1-13

Version with single pole drive (E) 单极驱动装置型号(E)
Design type 设计类型
Normal release CLOSE 常规合闸脱扣线圈 48 227
110 242
125 312
220 225
250 291
Fast release CLOSE 快速合闸脱扣线圈 48 2306
110 1533
125 1488
220 1274
250 1645
Normal release OPEN (2-cycle 常规分闸脱扣线圈（2周设计结 48 186
design) 构） 110 204
125 211
220 202
250 211
Tolerance control voltage: 控制电压偏差：

– 15% to + 10% – 15% 至 + 10%
Functioning range of releases IEC / VDE: IEC/VDE标准脱扣线圈工作范围：
CLOSE release: – 15% to + 10% 合闸脱扣线圈： – 15% 至 + 10%
OPEN release: – 30% to + 10% 分闸脱扣线圈： – 30% 至 + 10%
1-14 926 0150 174 C

1.2.2 Motor drive for disconnector and 1.2.2 隔离开关和接地开关模块的电动机驱
earthing switch module 动装置
The motor drive for the disconnector and earthing switch 隔离开关和接地开关模块（三位置开关装置）电动机是
module (three position switches device) is a permanently 一种永久励磁直流电动机。它驱动行星和正齿轮组装
magnetic excited DC motor. It drives the gear, which is a 置。通过连杆导轨，输出轴可转动到三个位置。它在
combination of planetary and spur gearing. Output is 每个位置都能够自锁。
achieved with gate leading for 3 switch positions. It locks
itself automatically in every position.
The motor drive can be operated by hand if its supply 如果其电源发生故障，则此马达驱动装置能够靠手动去操
fails (manual operation). 作（手动操作）。

mechanism
V
Motor rated voltage 电机额定电压 48 110 125 220 250
(DC)
Permissible deviation 允许偏差 % +10 +10 +12 +10 +12
–15 –15 –28 –15 –28
Max. load current 最大负荷电流 A 8.0 3.2 3.2 1.8 1.8
Starting current 启动电流 A 19.0 7.4 7.4 4.5 4.5
Gear transmission 齿轮传输 243 : 1
Rated motor output 额定电机输出 W < 120
Rated torque (drive) 额定扭矩（驱动装置） Nm 100
Short-circuit protection: (See Order
短路保护（参见订购文档）
Documentation)
Heater rating anti-condensation heating 防冷凝加热加热器等级 W 30 ... 40
Internal supply cables (multi-cable) 内部电源电缆（多股电缆） mm2 1.5
Protection rating interior space / open air 室内空间/室外保护等级 IP 43 / 55

Weight approx. 近似重量 kg 20
926 01050 174 C 1-15

switch

– DC – DC V 250
– AC – AC V 240

– NC contact, extended – 常开触点，可伸展 1
– NO contact, extended – 常闭触点，可伸展 1
Switching capacity for control voltage and V (DC) 48 110 125 220 250
控制电压和时间常数T=20ms的开关容量
time constant T = 20 ms
– 感性负载
– Inductive load A 9 4 3.52 2 2
– 阻性负载
– Ohmic load A 10 5 5 2.5 2.5
1-16 926 0150 174 C

1.2.3 Motor drive for work-in-progress 1.2.3 快速和工作接地开关的电动机驱动装
and high-speed earthing switches 置
The motor drive for the earthing for work and highspeed 此用于快速和工作接地开关的电动机驱动装置是一种电动
earthing switch is an electrically actuated drive for two 驱动装置，它具有将接地开关接通和断开的两个选择方向。
rotational directions for closing and opening earthing 它在每个位置都能够自锁。
switches. It is self-locking in every position.
The motor drive can be operated by hand if its supply 如果其电源发生故障，则此马达驱动装置能够靠手动去操
fails (manual operation). 作（手动操作）。

mechanism
Motor rated voltage 电机额定电压 V (DC) 48 110 125 220 250
Permissible deviation 允许偏差 % +10 +10 +12 +10 +12

–15 –15 –28 –15 –28
Max. load current - Work-in-progress A 4.6 2.1 2.2 1.2 1.2
最大负载电流—— 工作接地开关
earthing switch
Starting current - Work-in-progress A < 15.5 < 7.0 <8 < 4.5 < 4.5
启动电流—— 工作接地开关
earth-ing switch
Max. load current - High-speed A 9.0 4.4 4.4 2.8 2.8
最大负载电流—— 快速接地开关
earthing switch
Starting current - High-speed A < 17 <9 <9 <5 <5
启动电流—— 快速接地开关
earthing switch
Transformation ratio 变比 867 : 1
Rated motor output 额定电机输出 W 200
Rated torque (drive) 额定扭矩（驱动装置） Nm 225
Short-circuit protection: (See Order
短路保护：（参见订购文档）
Documentation)
Heater rating anti-condensation
抗冷凝加热热加热器等级 W 30 ... 52
heating
Internal supply cables (multi-cable) 内部电源电缆（多股电缆） mm2 1.5
Protection rating interior space /
室内空间/室外保护等级 IP 43 / 55
open air
Weight approx. 近似重量 kg 5.5
926 01050 174 C 1-17

switch

– DC – DC V 250
– AC – AC V 240

– NC contact, extended – 常开触点，可伸展
– NO contact, extended – 常闭触点，可伸展
Switching capacity for control voltage and 控制电压和时间常数T=20ms的开关容 V (DC) 48 110 125 220 250
time constant T = 20 ms 量
– Inductive load – 感性负载 A 9 4 3.52 2 2
– Ohmic load – 阻性负载 A 10 5 5 2.5 2.5
1-18 926 0150 174 C

926 01050 174 C 1-19
1.3 Gas monitoring 1.3 气体监控装置
In this section 在本章节中
– the terms used are explained in the context in which – 对所使用术语在其上下文中的含义进行了解释以及
they are used and
– the gas pressures and the operating values for the – 介绍了气体监控装置的气压和工作值
gas monitoring system are illustrated.
Electrical and mechanical parameters 电气和机械参数

[=> 1.1] [=> 1.1]

Nameplates [=> 1.4] 铭牌 [=> 1.4]
All pressure values stated in this section and 若非特别指定压力为绝对值，所有在本章节中以及别处所

elsewhere are gauge values, unless special 提及的压力值均为测量值。
reference to absolute pressure is made.
Special gas monitoring drawings are produced for every 为每个开关设备制定了专门的气体监控图。气体监控图中
switchgear installation supplied. These contain details 包括了每个气室的下列数据
(for each gas compartment) on
– the volume of the gas compartment, – 气室容积，
– the gas filling pressure referred to an ambient – 在+ 20 °C的环境温度下的充气压力，
temperature of + 20 °C,
– the gas weight (in kg), – 气体重量 (单位为 kg),
– the operating pressure of the rupture disk, – 防爆膜的动作压力值，
– the operating values for the gas monitoring system. – 气体监控装置的工作值。
1-20 926 0150 174 C

1.3.1 Terms 1.3.1 术语
The pressure-temperature diagram shows in context the 此压力-温度图显示了在下表中所使用的在上下文中气压
gas pressure values used in the following tables. 值。
1 max. service density (= filling density) 1 最大工作密度（= 充气密度）
2 min. service density 2 最小工作密度
A Filling pressure at 20 °C A 20 °C时的充气压力
B Min. operating pressure at 20 °C (Dielectric test pressure) B 20 °C时的最小工作压力（绝缘测试压力）
C Max. service pressure C 最大工作压力
D Operating pressure range at 20 °C D 20 °C时的工作压力范围

E Service pressure range at permissible ambient temperature E 在允许的环境温度范围内的工作压力范围
range
P Pressure P 压力
T Temperature T 温度
T min min. permissible ambient temperature T min 最小允许环境温度
T max max. permissible ambient temperature T max 最大允许环境温度
△T Max. temperature increase in operation (increased △T 最大工作温升（在现有环境温度上所提升的温度）

temperature added to existing ambient temperature)
Fig. 1 SF6 Data – terms 图 1 SF6 气体参数 – 术语
926 01050 174 C 1-21

1.3.2 Gas pressures and operating 1.3.2 气压和动作值
values
1.3.2.1 Gas pressures and the operating 1.3.2.1 断路器的气压和动作值
values of the circuit-breaker
Rated filling pressure at 20 °C without

20 °C时的额定充气压力，无 Iprim kPa 560
Iprim
Rated operating density in the entire
整个温度范围内的额定工作密度 kg/m3 43.0
temperature range
Min. operating pressure at 20 °C
20 °C时的最低工作压力，无 Iprim kPa 500
without Iprim
Min. operating density in the entire
整个温度范围内的最小工作密度 kg/m3 38.8
temperature range
Max. service pressure 最高工作压力

at 40 °C + 40 K current temperature 40 °C时的 + 40 K电流温升 (Iprim = 最
increase (Iprim = max.; T = 80 °C) and 大值.; T = 80 °C) 和额定工作密度 kPa 720
rated operating
density
Operating pressure range at 20 °C:
from min. operating density and Iprim = 20 °C时的工作压力范围
0A 从最小工作密度和 Iprim = 0 A
kPa 500 ... 670
to rated filling density and + 40 K 到额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
current temperature increase (Iprim = (Iprim = 最大值.; T = 60 °C)
max.; T = 60 °C)
Operating pressure range at
permissible ambient temperature
在允许的环境温度范围内的工作压力
range:
范围
from - 5 °C
从 - 5 °C
from min. operating density and Iprim
从最小工作密度和 Iprim = 0 A kPa 440 ... 720
=0A
到 + 40 °C
to + 40 °C
在额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
at rated filling density and + 40 K
(Iprim = 最大值.; T = 80 °C)时
current temperature increase (Iprim =
max.; T = 80 °C)
range:
范围
from - 25 °C
从 - 25 °C
at min. operating density and Iprim = 0
在最小工作密度和 Iprim = 0 A时 kPa 390 ... 720
A
到 + 40 °C
to + 40 °C
max.; T = 80 °C)
1-22 926 0150 174 C

range:
范围
from - 30 °C
从 - 30 °C
at min. operating density and Iprim = 0
在最小工作密度和 Iprim = 0 A时 kPa 380 ... 720
A
到 + 40 °C
to + 40 °C
max.; T = 80 °C)
Alarms / Danger alarms 警报 / 最低压力
"SF6 loss" "SF6气体泄漏" kPa 520
"General lockout SF6" SF6闭锁 kPa 500
Structural pressure 结构压力 kPa 800

Rupture disk operating pressure 防爆膜动作压力 kPa 940 ... 1040
926 01050 174 C 1-23

1.3.2.2 Gas pressures and operating 1.3.2.2 系统的气压和动作值（无电压互感器）
values of the system (without
voltage transformer)

20 °C时额定充气压力，无 Iprim kPa 450
Iprim
Rated service density in the entire
整个温度范围内的额定工作密度 kg/m3 35.3
temperature range
20 °C时的最小工作压力，无 Iprim kPa 400
without Iprim
Min. service density in the entire
整个温度范围内的最小工作密度 kg/m3 31.9
temperature range
Max. service pressure 最大工作压力 kPa 580

at 40 °C + 40 K current temperature 40 °C时的 + 40 K电流温升(Iprim = 最大
increase 值.; T = 80 °C) 和标称工作密度
(Iprim = max.; T = 80 °C) and
nominal operating density
Operating pressure range at 20 °C: 20 °C时的工作压力范围 kPa 400 ... 540
from min. operating density and Iprim = 从最小工作密度和 Iprim= 0 A
0A 到额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
to rated filling density and + 40 K (Iprim = 最大值.; T = 60 °C)
max.; T = 60 °C)
Operating pressure range at 在允许的环境温度范围内的工作压力范
permissible ambient temperature 围
range: 从 - 5 °C
from - 5 °C 从最小工作密度和 Iprim= 0 A
from min. operating density and Iprim = 到 40 °C
kPa 350 ... 580
0A 在额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
to 40 °C (Iprim = 最大值.; T = 80 °C)时
max.; T = 80 °C)
range: 从 - 25 °C
from - 25 °C 在最小工作密度和 Iprim= 0 A时
at min. operating density and Iprim = 0 到 40 °C
kPa 310 ... 580
A 在额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
max.; T = 80 °C)
1-24 926 0150 174 C

range: 从 - 30 °C
kPa 300 ... 580
max.; T = 80 °C)

"SF6-pressure rising" *) “SF6气体压力上升" *) kPa 520
"Min. SF6service density" "SF6气体最小工作密度" kPa 400
Structural pressure 结构压力 kPa 600

*) 仅适用于相邻气室具有更高压力时SF6 气体可流入的气室
*) only for gas compartments into which SF6 can flow as a result of higher pressure in a neighbouring gas
compartment
926 01050 174 C 1-25

1.3.2.3 Gas pressures and the operating 1.3.2.3 电压互感器的气压和动作值
values of the voltage transformer

20 °C时额定充气压力，无 Iprim kPa 560
Iprim
Rated operating density in the entire 3
整个温度范围内的额定工作密度 kg/m 43.0
temperature range
20 °C时的最小工作压力，无 Iprim kPa 500
without Iprim
Min. operating density in the entire
整个温度范围内的最下工作密度 kg/m3 38.8
temperature range
Max. service pressure 最高工作压力 kPa 720

at 40 °C + 40 K current temperature 40 °C时的 + 40 K电流温升(Iprim = 最
increase 大值.; T = 80 °C) 和额定工作密度
(Iprim = max.; T = 80 °C) and
Rated operating density
Operating pressure range at 20 °C: 20 °C时的工作压力范围 kPa 500 ... 670
from min. operating density and Iprim 从最小工作密度和 Iprim= 0 A
=0A 到额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
to rated filling density and + 40 K (Iprim = 最大值.; T = 60 °C)
max.; T = 60 °C)
Operating pressure range at 在允许的环境温度范围内的工作压力 kPa 440 ... 720
permissible ambient temperature 范围
range: 从 - -5 °C
from - 5 °C 从最小工作密度和 Iprim= 0 A
from min. operating density and Iprim 到 40 °C
=0A 在额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
max.; T = 80 °C)
range: 从 - -25 °C
max.; T = 80 °C)
1-26 926 0150 174 C

range: 在-30 °C时
at - 30 °C 从最小工作密度和 Iprim= 0 A
from min. operating density and Iprim 到 40 °C
=0A 在额定充气密度和 + 40 K 电流温升
max.; T = 80 °C)
"Min. SF6density" "SF6气体最小密度" kPa 500
Design pressure 设计压力 kPa 800

926 01050 174 C 1-27

1.4 Nameplates 1.4 铭牌
Basic information: 基本信息:
[=> 1.1]
电动机驱动机构 [=> 1.2]
Motor drives [=> 1.2]
Gas monitoring [=> 1.3] 气体监控装置 [=> 1.3]

modules [=> 1.5]
Each bay of the switchgear has its own rating plate. It is 开关设备的每个间隔都有一个安装在各自驱动和控制柜外
fixed outside the drive and control cabinet. Other rating 的铭牌。其它铭牌则位于电流互感器及电压互感器的壳体
plates are attached to the outside of the housings of 上。
current and voltage transformers.
The works serial number (under "year of manufacture/ 铭牌上包含工厂系列号(即“制造年份/序号”)、充入气体的

no."), the weight of the gas filling and the weight with gas 重量及包含充入气体的重量的整个间隔的重量。
filling given on the rating plate apply to the entire bay.
A plate with information for gas monitoring is located 标有气体监控相关参数的铭牌位于驱动和控制柜内部或母

inside the drive and control cabinet or on a separate 线上单独的固定架上。
plate holder on the busbar.
1-28 926 0150 174 C

Year of manufacture / No. 生产日期 / 序列号
Type 8DN8 型号 8DN8
Rated voltage Ur kV 额定电压 Ur kV
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage Up kV 额定雷电冲击耐受电压 Up kV
Rated power-frequency withstand voltage Ud kV 额定工频耐受电压 Ud kV
Rated frequency fr Hz 额定频率 fr Hz
Rated normal current 额定标称电流
Busbar Ir A 母线 Ir A
Feeder Ir A 馈线 Ir A
Bus Coupler Ir A 母联 Ir A
Rated short-time withstand current Ik kA 额定短时耐受电流 Ik kA
Rated duration of short-circuit tk S 额定短路持续时间 tk S
Circuit breaker 断路器
Rated short-circuit breaking current Isc kA 额定短路开断电流 Isc kA
First-pole-to-clear factor kpp 首相开断系数 kpp
Rated operating duty 额定操作规程
Rated out of phase breaking current Id kA 额定失步开断电流 Id kA
SF6 – pressures see inside SF6 气压参照温度-压力（密度）曲线
Closed SF6 – pressure system 封闭的SF6气压系统
Weight of SF6 - filling m Kg SF6气体重量 m Kg
Weight including SF6 - filling M t 间隔重量（包括SF6气体） M t
Temperature class ℃ 温度环境 ℃
c标准 IEC-Publ. 62271-203 标准： IEC-Publ. 62271-203
MADE IN GERMANY 德国制造
Fig. 1 Nameplate of a bay with circuit-breaker (example) 图 1 带断路器的间隔铭牌（示例）
926 01050 174 C 1-29

1 Manufacturer 1 制造商
2 Year of manufacture 20. . / Serial No. 2 制造年份20.. / 序列号
3 Rated thermal short-time current 3 额定热稳定电流
4 Rated dynamic short-time current 4 额定动稳定电流
5 Type designation 5 型号名称
6 Insulation level 6 绝缘水平
7 Rated frequency 7 额定频率
8 Measuring range (additional details for special 8 测量范围（特殊订单的附加信息）
orders)
9 Secondary terminal markings 9 二次接线端名称
10 Accuracy class and overcurrent factor 10 精度等级和过电流因数
11 Rated power 11 额定功率
12 Transformation ratio 12 变比
13 (Data for) Core No. 1 13 1号铁芯的数据
14 IEC regulations for current transformers 14 电流互感器的IEC标准
15 Module No. 15 模块编号
Fig. 2 Nameplate for a current transformer (example) 图 2 电流互感器的铭牌（示例）
16 Year of manufacture 16 制造年份

17 Serial no. 17 序列号
18 after weighting 18 承重后
Fig. 3 Nameplate of a voltage transformer (Example) 图 3 电压互感器的铭牌（示例）
1-30 926 0150 174 C

16 Serial no. 16 序列号
17 Year of manufacture 17 制造年份
18 after weighting 18 承重后
Fig. 4 Nameplate for a RC divider (example) 图 4 RC分压器的铭牌（示例）
1-31 926 01050 174 C

1.5 Dimensions and weights of 1.5 开关设备模块的尺寸和重量
switchgear modules
When switchgear is installed, modular assemblies must 在安装开关设备时，模块组件也必须一起装配并单独进行
be both assembled together and individually transported, 运输、提升、降落和/或放置在支架上。本章节对各模块
raised, lowered and/or placed on supports. This section 的尺寸和重量进行了描述。
contains the required dimensions and weights.
The weight information applies to the 3-pole version (as 若未在图示标题中指明模块为单相，则重量数据所指的为
long as a single-pole version has not been specified in 未充入SF6 气体的三相模块。
the legend) and without SF6 filling.
Model-related deviations are possible. For the 下列给出的模型与实际外形可能有偏差。可在运货单中查
measurements and weights of the shipping units, see the 阅发运货物的尺寸和重量。
consignment notes.
Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] 安全指导 [=> 0.2]
Receipt and handling of shipments [=> 发运件的接收与处理 [=> 3.3]

3.3]
Fig. 1 Circuit-breaker (shared drive) 图 1 断路器（共享驱动装置）
1,050 kg 1,050 kg
1-32 926 0150 174 C

Fig. 2 Circuit-breakers, single pole drive 图 2 断路器，单相驱动装置
1300 kg 1300 kg
Fig. 3 Y component 图 3 Y 组件
260 kg (without carrier) 260 kg (不包括支架)
Fig. 4 Cross module, active 图 4 十字形模块，有源模块

370 kg 370 kg
Fig. 5 Cross module, passive 图 5 十字形模块，无源模块
275 kg 275 kg
1-33 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 6 Earthing switch, 图 6 接地开关，
70 kg 70 kg
Fig. 7 Current transformer, type 1 图 7 电流互感器，型号1
130 kg, in addition approx. 430 kg core-and-coil assembly 130 kg, 此外再加上约 430 kg的铁芯和线圈标准壳体
(depending on the number and version of the cores) （具体取决于铁芯的数量和型号）
Fig. 8 Current transformer, type 2 图 8：电流互感器，型号2


1-34 926 0150 174 C

500 kg 500 kg
Fig. 12 Voltage transformer type 2 (with isolating distances, Fig. 12 电压互感器型号2 （带隔离端口，手动操作）
manual operation) 650 kg
650 kg
Fig. 13 Voltage transformer type 2 (with isolating distances, 图 13 电压互感器型号2 （带隔离端口，马达驱动）
motor drive) 650 kg

650 kg
Fig. 14 RC-Voltage divider, approx. 90 kg (3-poles) 图 14 RC分压器，约为90 kg (3相)
1-35 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 15 Cable connection module, type 1 图 15 电缆筒，型号1
420 - 445 kg 420 - 445 kg
250 kg 250 kg

390 kg 390 kg
1-36 926 0150 174 C

Fig. 18 Cable disconnector 图 18 电缆隔离开关
470 - 495 kg 470 - 495 kg
Fig. 19 End module, type 1 图 19 终端模块，型号1
85 kg 85 kg
Fig. 20 End module, type 2 图 20 终端模块，型号2
20 kg 20 kg
Fig. 21 Link for expansion purposes, 100 mm 图 21 膨胀节, 100 mm
35 kg 35 kg
Fig. 22 Busbar extension, type 1 / 2 (300 / 400 mm) 图 22 母线通管, 型号 1 / 2 (300 / 400 mm)
80 -110 kg 80 -110 kg
1-37 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 23 Busbar extension, type 3 / 4 (400 / 500 mm) 图 23 母线通管, 型号 3 / 4 (400 / 500 mm)
110 - 130 kg 110 - 130 kg
Fig. 24 Busbar extension, type 5 / 6 (500 mm) 图 24 母线通管, 型号 5 / 6 (500 mm)
180 - 200 kg 180 - 200 kg
Fig. 25 Extension component Type 1 (400 … 2000 mm) 图 25 通管型号 1 (400 … 2000 mm)
45 to 126 kg 45 至 126 kg
optionally with bushing (70 mm) 50 kg 可选配绝缘盆 (70 mm) 50 kg
Fig. 26 Extension component Type 2 up to 5 (900 … 7000 mm) 图 26 通管型号2 至 5 (900 … 7000 mm)
45 to 475 kg 45 至 475 kg
optionally with bushing (70 mm) 50 kg 可选配绝缘盆 (70 mm) 50 kg
Fig. 27 L / Angle module 图 27 L型 / 角模块
95 kg 95 kg
1-38 926 0150 174 C

Fig. 28 Axial expansion joint 400 / 700 mm 图 28 轴向膨胀节400 / 700 mm
120 - 225 kg 120 - 225 kg
Fig. 29 Lateral expansion joint 1000 mm 图 29 横向膨胀节 1000 mm
270 kg 270 kg
Fig. 30 Distributing module Type 1 (90°, 500 mm), 图 30 分相模块型号1 (90°, 500 mm),
230 kg 230 kg
Fig. 31 Distributing module Type 2, 0° 图 31 分相模块型号2, 0°
189 kg 189 kg
Fig. 32 Distributing module Type 3 (90°) 图 32 分相模块型号3, （90°）
198 kg 198 kg
1-39 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 33 Distributing module Type 4 (45°) 图 33 分相模块型号4, （45°）
212 kg 212 kg
Fig. 34 Arrester Type 3ES5-M 图 34 避雷器型号3ES5-M
350 kg 350 kg
Fig. 35 Outdoor bushing porcelain 图 35 户外瓷套管
130 ... 140 kg 130 ... 140 kg
Fig. 36 Outdoor bushing composite insulator 图 36 户外套管复合绝缘子
49 ... 130 kg 49 ... 130 kg
Fig. 37 Transition module on 8DN8 2/3 图 37 8DN8 2/3的转换模块
152 kg 152 kg
1-40 926 0150 174 C

Fig. 38 Integrated local control cabinet, outdoor version 图 38 集成就地控制柜，户外型
141 kg 141 kg
Fig. 39 Integrated local control cabinet, indoor version 图 39 集成就地控制柜，户内型
127 kg 127 kg
Fig. 40 Integrated local control cabinet, outdoor version 图 40 集成就地控制柜，户外型
194 kg 194 kg
Fig. 41 Integrated local control cabinet, indoor version 图 41 集成就地控制柜，户内型

180 kg 180 kg
1-41 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 42 Current transformer terminal box 图 42 电流互感器接线盒
18 kg 18 kg
1-42 926 0150 174 C

1-43 926 01050 174 C
2 Description 2 说明
926 01050 174 C 2-1

Note 提示
The representations in the follwing 以下图中所述内容可能全部或部分不同于

illustrations can differ, in total or in 交付型号。这尤其适用于当前的追踪指
part, from the delivered version. This 南、套管及辅助设备的安装位置和实施情
applies particularly to the current 况。
track guiding, the location and
execution of the bushings and the
ancillary equipment.
2-2 926 01050 174 C

2.1 General features of 2.1 8DN8型开关设备的一般特性
switchgear 8DN8
This section provides information about the general 本单元介绍了8DN8 型开关设备的一般特性。
features of a type 8DN8 switchgear.
Information regarding the specific implementation of a 对于用户的特殊订单信息必须在订购文档中注明。
customer order should be shown in the order
documentation.
Switchgear of type 8DN8 are metal-enclosed, 8DN8型开关设备是工作电压最高到 145kV 的金属封闭

gas-insulated switchgear units for operating voltages up 气体绝缘开关。它们由结构紧凑的独立间隔组成，独立安
to 145 kV. They consist of compactly constructed 装在室内或者室外
individual bays. They are set up free-standing, either
outdoors or indoors.
The modular system makes it possible to set up all the 模块化系统使得设备可能建立所有有用的接线型式。
usual switchgear circuit configurations. Switchgear of the 8DN8型开关设备既可用于新建楼宇，也可对现有的户内外
type 8DN8 is used both for new build and also for 空气绝缘开关进行扩建连接或更换。
extension or replacement of air-insulated open-air and
indoor switchgear.
2.1.1 Switchgear modules 2.1.1 开关设备模块

– Space requirements are clearly reduced, due to the – 由于采用紧凑构造的三相共箱模块和极小的构件尺
compact configuration from 3-pole system modules 寸，使得设备对空间的要求明显减少。
and extremely small component dimensions.
– The equipment is usually supplied in the form of a – 8DN8 开关设备通常以三相共箱的间隔型式供货，并
bay assembled on a triple-pole basis and 经过了工作测试。因此最大限度地减少了现场安装的
works-tested. This reduces the on-site erection 成本。
costs to a minimum.
– The casing with the cover and the expansion joints – 壳体、盖子和膨胀节一起构成了开关设备的气密性封
together form the pressure-tight encapsulation of 装。经过试验后，壳体内外会进行喷沙处理，然后涂
the switchgear. – After the tests, the housings are 上油漆。每个外壳都要进行氦气的耐压和泄露试验。
sandblasted and painted on the inside and outside.
Each housing is subjected to pressure and leakage
testing with helium gas.
– The conductor paths are connected via coupling – 导体回路通过耦合触头进行连接，所有可拆卸的连接
contacts; the connection points are accessible 点都可以通过模块外壳上的手孔进行操作。
where necessary via manways in the enclosures of
the modules.
926 01050 174 C 2-3

2.1.2 Gas, gas compartments, gas 2.1.2 气体、气室和气体监控
monitoring
– SF6 as a gaseous insulating and quenching – SF6 作为一种气体绝缘和灭弧介质注入外壳内相互
medium is present inside the enclosure in mutually 独立的气室中。
independent gas compartments.
– Filters in the gas compartments absorb moisture – 气室中的吸附剂用于吸收潮湿和分解物。
and decomposition products.
– The switch motor operating shafts are supported – 开关驱动轴通过支撑，并采用唇状密封防止超压和真
and provided with lip seals against overpressure 空泄露，确保抽真空时——调试前 ——不会渗入空
and vacuum loss, so that no air can penetrate 气，并且在运行时没有SF6气体逸出（此开关设备的
during evacuation – before commissioning – and no 泄露率每年每气室小于0.5%）
SF6 gas can escape during operation (the leakage
rate for the switchgear is < 0.5% per year and gas
compartment).
– All gas compartments are fitted with rupture disks – 所有的气室配有防爆膜，在必要的位置还带有导流
and, where necessary, diverters. The diverters are 罩。安装了导流罩就使得在防爆膜一旦破裂的情况
arranged in such a way that the flow of gas is 下，可将气体导向不会危害人员和设备的方向。
directed away from personnel and machinery if a
rupture disk fails.
– Decentralised monitoring of the gas compartments. – 气室的分散监视
Monitoring of the outdoor and transformer outgoing leads 对于户外和连接变压器的出线模块气室的气体监视为单相
is single-phase, the monitoring of the other gas 监视，其它气室的气体监视为三相监视。气体监视采用密
compartments is triple-phase. Monitoring is carried out 度表进行监视。
by means of density monitors.
In addition, the indicator of the pressure gauge monitor 另外，密度表的压力指示能够对气室的充气状态作出精确
display allows a precise assessment of the filling status 的评估。
of the gas compartments.
2.1.3 Circuit-breaker 2.1.3 断路器

– The circuit-breaker forms the basis for the bay – 断路器构成了整个间隔结构的基础，断路器的分合
structure. The switching system of the 闸系统由弹簧储能机构驱动。
circuit-breaker is activated by a
spring-stored-energy mechanism.
– The gas flow required for arc-quenching is produced – 分合闸系统通过自身压缩产生灭弧所需的气流。由
in the switching system by means of 于较低的驱动力，其释放的机械能量也很少。这样就
self-compression. The mechanical energies 将作用在断路器，外壳和基础上的负荷降至最低。
released are only slight due to the low level of drive
forces required. This minimises the load on the
circuit-breaker, the enclosure and the foundations.
– The contactor equipment is located in the drive and – 触点设备位于操作机构和控制柜内。

control cabinet.
– The position indicator of the circuit-breakers is – 断路器的位置指示器通过区柄机构连接到驱动系统。
connected to the drive system via a flexion wave.
– In the single pole drive, the position indicator is – 在单相驱动装置中，位置指示器与分闸连杆相连。
connected with the OPEN connecting rod.
2-4 926 01050 174 C

2.1.4 Busbar modules 2.1.4 母线模块
– 3-pole enclosed busbars. A distribution into several – 三相封闭母线。可采用不透气绝缘盆将母线分割成
gas compartments using airtight bushing is 若干独立气室。
possible.
– Expansion joints or extension modules connect the – 相邻间隔或间隔区的母线模块通过膨胀节或扩展模
busbar modules of adjacent bays or bay blocks. 进行连接。膨胀节能够补偿沿着母线方向的设计误
They elastically take up design tolerances and 差和热膨胀量。
movements through thermal expansion along the
– 母线模块导体通过耦合触头或弹性接头进行连接，使
busbar.
得导体可以补偿水平方向的热膨胀量。
– Busbar modules conductors are linked by coupling
contacts or flexible connectors which take up the
horizontal thermal expansion.
2.1.5 Disconnector and earthing switch 2.1.5 隔离和接地开关模块（三位置开关模

module, work-in-progress earthing 块），工作中接地开关和快速接地开
switches and high-speed earthing 关
switches.
– The disconnector and work-in-progress earthing – 隔离和工作中接地开关模块(三位置开关模块)一起封
switch module incorporates three-phase 装在三相共箱的壳体内。它结合了隔离开关和工作
encapsulation. It combines the function s of the 中接地开关的功能。 . 由于模块被设计成共用一个操
disconnector and the work-in-progress earthing 作机构的三位置单元，所以模块的隔离功能和接地功
switch. . The two functions are mutually interlocked 能是相互联锁的。
as a result of its design as a three-position unit with
a common drive.
Disconnector and earthing switch modules can be 隔离和接地开关模块可以用作出线模块、母线模块或者作
installed as outgoing modules, busbar modules or as 为母联隔离开关，并且可以与另外的工作中接地开关或快
bus-tie switch-disconnectors and can be equipped with 速接地开关连接。
additional work-in-progress or high-speed earthing
switches.
– Motor drives of the same design are used for – 快速接地开关和工作中接地开关的操作机构采用相
highspeed and work-in-progress earthing switches. 同的设计。对于快速接地开关，电动机操作机构为
In the case of the high-speed earthing switch, a 弹簧储能机构。
motor drive charges an additional spring.
– The auxiliary switch and the position indicator are – 辅助开关和位置指示器直接地和可靠地连接至操作
connected securely to the operating mechanism 机构连杆。
shaft.
– All disconnector and earthing switch modules, – 所有的隔离开关、工作中接地开关和快速接地开关都
workin- progress earthing switches and high-speed 能够进行手动操作。
earthing switches can be operated manually.
– Optional view ports allow monitoring of the switching – 可选配的观察窗可以检测隔离和接地开关的分合闸
position of disconnectors and earthing switches. 位置。
– Electromechanical contactors facilitate control and – 机电式触点便于控制和监测。
monitoring.
2.1.6 Current transformer 2.1.6 电流互感器

– The current transformer is designed as an inductive – 电流互感器采用感应式电流互感器设计。二次线圈
current transformer. The secondary windings are 固定在环形电极上。二次线圈可有若干抽头以适应
fixed on toroidal cores. Secondary windings may 不同的一次电流。所有的二次端子都以压接或夹钳
have several taps for adaptation to various primary 触头的形式预留在接线盒内。
currents. All secondary leads are provided in the
terminal box in form of crimp or clamp contacts.
926 01050 174 C 2-5

– There are various cores for instrument duty, – 各种铁芯用于仪表负载，测量和保护目的。
metering or protection purposes.
– The current transformer is triple-phase – 电流互感器为三相共箱。独立式电流互感器拥用2个
encapsulated. As a separate current transformer, it 壳体。
has a two-part enclosure. 断路器中集成式电流互感器安装在单个的壳体内。
As a current transformer integrated in the circuit 电流互感器与断路器构成一个共用气室。
breaker, it is executed as a one-piece housing. It
forms a common gas chamber with the circuit
breaker.
– The current transformer forms a common SF6 gas – 电流互感器自身或与若干相邻模块构成一个共用的
compartment for itself or with several adjacent SF6气室。
modules.
2.1.7 Voltage transformer 2.1.7 电压互感器
– The voltage transformer is an inductive voltage – 电压互感器为感应式电压互感器。电压互感器由铁

transformer. It consists of an iron core, the 芯、带有相应高压电极的整体式一次线圈和高压端子
single-step primary winding with the relevant HV 组成。在二次端子箱内可以进行电压互感器各种变
electrode and the HV terminal. Switchover to the 比的转换。
various transmission ratios of the voltage
transformer takes place in the terminal box.
– The voltage transformer is of triple-phase design. – 电流互感器为三相共箱式设计。
– It has its own enclosure sealed by a sealed bushing. – 电压互感器带有不透气绝缘盆密封的壳体。
– Electrical disconnection from live parts of the – 与开关带电部分的电气隔离可以通过移除连接导体

switchgear can be achieved in the isolated state by 并插入屏蔽罩的方法来实现。电气隔离也可通过采
removing a conductor connection and then inserting 用手动或马达驱动的绝缘装置得以实现。
shielding components. Disconnection can also be
achieved using an isolator with a manual or motor
drive.
2.1.8 RC voltage divider 2.1.8 RC分压器

– This operating voltage applied is reduced by RC – 采用RC分压器降低应用工作电压，和分压器比率一起
voltage dividers corresponding with the divider ratio 与测量仪器和连接保护装置二次侧的较低值相对应。
to values which are suitablly low on the secondary RC分压器将高精度输出值提供给主系统，作为模拟
side for measuring instruments and protective 信号。
devices connected. RC voltage dividers provide this
output value with a high precision to the overriding
system as an analogue signal.
– The power output is low, but is more than sufficient – 输出功率虽然很低，但足以满足现代化的保护系统和
for the demands of modern protection and energy 能源计算系统的需求。
counting systems.
– The divider ratio varies according to the different – 分频比根据连接系统的不同需求而异。
demands of the connectible systems.
– RC-Voltage divider are single-pole or triple-pole – RC分压器为单相或三相共箱式设计，与相邻模块构成
encapsulated and form a common gas 一个共用气室。可提供封闭式气室的型号。
compartment with the adjacent module. A version
as an enclosed gas chamber is available
2-6 926 01050 174 C

2.1.9 Arresters 2.1.9 避雷器
– To limit the occurring of overvoltages, a surge – 为限制过电压的产生，可在需要限制过电压部分连接
arrester can be connected upon request to limit the 避雷器。
occurrence of overvoltages.
– The active part of the encapsulated surge arrester is – 封闭式避雷器的有源部分由金属氧化物电阻制成。
made of metal oxide discharge resistors. Upon 一旦产生过电压，避雷器会进行导电，从而使过电压
occurrence of a surge, they become conducting and 限制在不会危害开关设备绝缘装置的安全值内。
thus limit the surge voltage to a value that does not
endanger the insulation of the switchgear.
– The surge arrester is in triple-pole design. – 避雷器为三相共箱式设计。
– It has its own enclosure sealed by a sealed bushing. – 避雷器带有不透气绝缘盆密封的壳体。
– Connections for equipment to monitor the arrester. – 避雷器监视设备的接头。
2.1.10 Cable connection module 2.1.10 电缆连接模块

– The cable connection module allows the connection – 电缆连接模块能与带有传统式或插拔式电缆头的所
of all standard-type high-voltage cables with 有标准高压电缆连接。为进行高压电缆试验，可拆
conventional or plug-in cable fasteners. For the 下电缆头和邻近出线模块的一次连接导体。
purpose of high-voltage testing, the primary
conductor connection can be removed between the
cable sealing end and the adjacent outgoing
module.
The cable connection module is of triple-phase 电缆连接模块为3相共箱式设计。
design.
A multi-conductor cable can be connected if the 电缆连接模块也可相应布置用于连接多芯电缆。
cable connection modules are arranged
accordingly.
2.1.11 Overhead line connection module 2.1.11 架空线连接模块

– The overhead line connection module makes it – 架空线连接模块可以有效地传输到架空线，户外变压
possible to effect transfer to overhead lines, outdoor 器或电感线圈的户外套管及高压电缆的户外封闭端。
bushings of outdoor transformers or inductance
coils and to outdoor sealing ends of high-voltage
cables.
The splaying of the connection points of the three 使用分相模块将与架空线连接的3相连接点分开，以达到导
phases to the required air gap for conductor 体所需的空气绝缘距离。
insulation is achieved with the use of a distributing
module.
2.1.12 Single-pole output line 2.1.12 单极输出线

– The transition module enables the transition to – 转换模块可以转换到单相输出线，例如连接变压器。
single- pole output lines, e.g. to connect
transformers.
926 01050 174 C 2-7

2.1.13 Local control cabinet 2.1.13 就地控制柜
The integrated local control cabinet contains all the 集成式就地控制柜包含了控制和监视开关设备间隔的所有
equipment necessary to control and monitor the 必需的设备。可实现下列间隔内的功能：
switchgear bay. The following characteristic bay level
functions can be implemented:
– Full-locking local activation and position indication – 全部联锁的本地启动和所有开关装置的位置指示。
of all switching devices
– Display of all essential operation and monitoring – 所有必要操作和监视信息及测量值的显示。
messages and measured values
– Protection of all auxiliary current and transformer – 所有辅助回路和互感器回路的保护。
circuits.
If the local control cabinet is separate from the bay, an 如果就地控制柜为与间隔分离的独立控制柜，则柜内的转
interchange terminator in the bay cabinet is the central 换端子是与开关间隔的中间界面。
interface to the switchgear bay.
2-8 926 01050 174 C

2.2 Electrical control 2.2 电气控制
Electrical control is achieved by the use of an 由机电控制系统实现电气控制。本章节描述了下述内容：
electromechanical control system. This section
describes
– the use of this control – 控制系统的应用
– the design of the control – 控制系统的设计
– the design of the installation. – 安装的设计
2.2.1 Range of application 2.2.1 应用范围

The components of the electromechanical control used 在间隔层使用的的机电控制元件，同变电站控制中心一起，
at the bay level, together with the devices of the bay 实现整个变电站的监控任务。
substation control centre, carry out all control and
monitoring tasks.
Integration of all the electromechanical control 在由高可靠性元器件组成的操作机构为基础的系统中，操
components into the drive of each module and the 作、安装和维修都是非常安全的。并且易于今后高压开关
stand-alone functionality this provides form the basis for 设备的进一步扩建。
the safe handling, installation and maintenance and
consequently for the high level of reliability of the
complete system. The switchgear can easily be
extended at a later date.
2.2.2 Design 2.2.2 设计
Relays monitor and control the active modules. 开关的操作机构由继电器监控。
Fig. 1 Control system in drive of rapid earthing switch 图 1 快速接地开关操作机构内的控制系统
Earthing switches [=> 2.8] 接地开关 [=> 2.8]
926 01050 174 C 2-9

Fig. 2 Control in the drive of the disconnector and earthing 图 2 隔离和接地开关模块操作机构内的控制系统
switch module
Disconnector and earthing switch module

隔离和接地开关模块 [=> 2.6]
[=> 2.6]
Fig. 3 Circuit-breaker control, Version shared drive (G) 图 3 断路器控制系统，共用操作机构型 (G)
2-10 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 4 Circuit-breaker control, Current transformer single pole 图 4 断路器控制系统，电流互感器单相操作机构 (E)
drive (E)
Circuit-breaker [=> 2.5] 断路器 [=> 2.5]
The exact design of the control as well as the motor 电动机保护及其它控制系统的详细设计请参见设计图纸。

protection can be found in the schematics.
2.2.3 Installation 2.2.3 安装

The wiring to the drives of the high-voltage switching 高压开关设备与密度继电器，电流、电压互感器之间是通
devices, to the density monitors and to the current and 过屏蔽的柔性电缆来连接的。
voltage transformers is via flexible, screened control
cables.
The control cables are clamped and routed out of the 从汇控柜和操作机构拉出的电缆是采用电缆夹头或重载连
cubicles and housings via cable conduits or using plugin 接器的方式固定，并沿电缆线槽铺设的。
connections.
The shielding of the control cables is earthed to the cable 电缆的屏蔽完成于电缆两端的电缆接头处。
conduits at both ends.
Fig. 5 Cable conduits on the rear of the local control cabinet 图 5 汇控柜背板上的电缆夹头固定方式
926 01050 174 C 2-11

Fig. 6 Plug connectors on the rear of the local control cabinet 图 6 汇控柜背板上的重载连接器固定方式
Details regarding installation, particularly the design of 汇控柜的设计和安装细节请参见订购文档。

the local control cabinet, can be found in the order
documentation.
2-12 926 01050 174 C

2.3 Gas monitoring 2.3 气体监控装置
This section 本章节
– defines the use of the gas monitoring – 列举了气体监控装置的应用
– describes the construction – 描述了气体监控装置的结构
– shows the illustration of the individual components – 显示了气体监控图中单个元件的符号
in the gas monitoring diagram.
Basic informations: 基本信息：
2.3.1 Use 2.3.1 应用

The task of the gas monitoring system is to ensure that 气体监控装置的任务是确保气室保持所规定的密度，并在
gas compartments maintain the specified density and to 偏差超过允许范围时发出信号。
signal any impermissible deviations.
The gas compartments are separated from each other by 通过不透气绝缘盆对气室加以隔离。如果一个气室由多个
gastight bushings. If a gas compartment consists of 模块构成，则使用透气绝缘盆对同一气室的模块进行连接。
several modules, these are connected using
gar-permeable bushings.
The bushings are labelled as follows: 绝缘盆的标记如下:
– gastight bushings with a black plate bearing the – 对不透气绝缘盆配以标有 ”气密” 字样的黑色标牌
legend "gastight"
– gas-permeable bushings with a white plate bearing – 对透气绝缘盆配以标有 ”透气” 字样的白色标牌
the legend “gas-permeable“.
The monitoring of the gas compartments is carried out 气室的监控为三相分散式进行，即直接在各气室上进行。
with three poles, decentrally, this means, directly on
each gas compartment.
The density of the gas is determined by a density 气体密度由密度继电器进行测定。
monitor.
926 01050 174 C 2-13

2.3.2 Construction 2.3.2 结构
The density monitor shows the trend of the filling status 密度继电器显示了气室充气状态的变化趋势。
of the gas chamber.
Fig. 1 Density monitor with trend indicator 图 1 带趋势指示器的密度继电器
The density monitor compares the density inside the gas 密度继电器把应受监控的气室密度和置于密度继电器内的
compartment to be monitored with that of a reference 参考气体空间的密度相比较。两种气体都处于同一环境温
gas volume inside the gas monitor. Both gas volumes 度下。因此，密度比较由两个系统内（气室– 参考气体空
are subjected to the same ambient temperature. The 间）的压力比较所取代。密度继电器仅在发生因泄漏引起
density comparison is therefore substituted by a 的压力变化时才作出反应; 而因温度引起的压力变化则忽
pressure comparison in both systems (gas compartment 略不计。
- reference space). The density monitor responds only to
changes in pressure as a result of a leak; pressure
changes resulting from variations in temperature do not
have any effect.
The density monitor is preset at the works to the required 密度继电器在出厂时被设置为所规定的极限密度。该极限
limit density. The limit density is defined by fixing the 密度由在特定温度下所确定的压力值所定义。之后则不需
pressure at a specific temperature. Subsequent 要也不可能对密度继电器重新进行设置。
adjustment is neither possible nor necessary.
The test connection allows testing of the density monitor 测试电路可在不改变气室压力的适当条件下，对密度继电
in the fitted condition without changing the pressure in 器进行测试。
the gas compartment.
The test connection is normally sealed by the insert and 通常采用插件和联管螺母对测试电路进行密封。插件管脚
a union nut. A pin in the insert holds the non-return valve 使逆止阀一直开启，在密度继电器和气室间建立电路连接。
open and establishes the connection between the
density monitor and the gas compartment.
When a test is carried out the union nut must be 在进行测试时，必须移除联管螺母。现在密度继电器和气
removed. Now the connection between the density 室间的电路连接中断。同时，密度继电器与测试电路的连
monitor and the gas compartment is shut off. At the 接启动。
same time, the connection from the density monitor to
the test connection opens.
The maintenance unit to be connected can be used to 可采用要进行连接的维修单元，缓慢增加或减少密度继电
slowly increase or reduce the pressure acting on the 器上的作用压力。出现提示信息时所应用的压力值应记录
density monitor. The pressure values applicable at the 在案。
moment of triggering the messages are documented.
The signals as well as their operating values can be 在技术参数表中能够找到动作信号值。
found in the technical data.
“Gas pressures and operating values”[=> “气体压力和动作值”[=> 1.3.2]
1.3.2]
2-14 926 01050 174 C

2.3.3 Gas monitoring diagram 2.3.3 气体监控图
The gas monitoring diagram lists: 在气体监控图中列举了:
– the gas compartments and relevant gas monitoring – 气室及相应的气体监控装置
– the maintenance connections and their nature – 维护接口及其结构
– the non-return and coupling valves – 逆止阀和连接阀
– the rupture disks. – 防爆膜
2.3.3.1 Symbols 2.3.3.1 符号
a) Gas compartment of the circuit-breaker a) 断路器气室

b) Numbers of the remaining gas compartments of the b) 间隔剩余气室的编号（2…n）; . . 并对电压互感器壳
bay (2 . . . n); voltage transformer housings are 体额外标以符号a。
additionally marked with index "a".
c) rupture disk c) 防爆膜
d) Maintenance connection W1 (DILO NW 20) with d) 带逆止阀的维护接口 W1 (DILO NW 20)

non-return valve
e) Density monitor with non-return valve e) 带逆止阀的密度继电器
2.3.3.2 Example of various models 2.3.3.2 各类构型的示例
Fig. 2 An example of gas monitoring by means of a density 图 2 采用密度继电器的气体监控装置示例

monitor
926 01050 174 C 2-15

2-16 926 01050 174 C
2.4 Monitoring, test and 2.4 监控、测试和诊断附加装置
diagnostic attachments
This section describes 本章节描述了下述内容：
– where the monitoring, test and diagnostic – 监控、测试和诊断附加装置的安装位置
attachments are located and
– the type of monitoring, test and diagnostic – 监控、测试和诊断附加装置的结构。
attachment.
2.4.1 Sight window (optional) 2.4.1 观察窗（可选）

View port allow monitoring of 可通过观察窗进行下列检查任务
– the switching state, in addition to the mechanical – 除了机械开关位置显示器外的开关位置显示
position indicators
– the contact position of moving contacts, earthing – 开关的动触头、接地的动触头或接地刀的状态。（根
moving contacts or earthing blades (depending on 据开关设备的结构而定）
the switchgear design).
The frame presses the view port against an O-ring and 观察窗底座将视窗朝O 型密封圈的方向挤压，从而确保了
seals the connector gastight and pressure-resistant. 连接口的气密性和耐压性。
Outdoor view ports are additionally provided with a 户外用观察窗会加装一个盖板。采用平垫圈对盖板密封。
cover. It is sealed against the cover via a flat gasket
Fig. 1 Sight window 图 1 观察窗
a) without cover a) 不带盖板

b) with cover b) 带盖板
926 01050 174 C 2-17

2.4.2 Camera mount (optional) 2.4.2 摄像机支架（可选）
Temporary fitting of a camera set can improve the quality 临时装配摄像机可以提高目检的质量。这样可将当前的开
of visual checks. This allows comparison of the current 关位置与参考照片进行比较，明确确定开关位置以及摄像
switch position with reference photographs, the 文件。
unequivocal determination of the switch position and
perhaps their photgraphic documentation.
The use of a camera set requires the use of a laptop with 使用摄像机时需要配备带安装软件的电脑，以及安装在观
installed software and an adapter mounted on the sight 察窗上的适配器。
window.
The fitting of the adapter can take place 适配器的装配应
– in the factory (only when installed indoors) – 在工厂内进行（仅在户内安装时）
– by the maintenance personnel immediately before – 由维护人员在安装摄像机之前立即进行。（在户外

fitting the camera. (For outdoor installation, the 安装时，必须先移除观察窗上的盖板。）
cover over the sight window must first be removed.)
The adapter is bolted to the cover with hexagon socket 采用六角插口螺栓将适配器固定在盖板上。
bolts.
The camera is inserted into the adapter and clicks in 将摄像机嵌入适配器，虽然卡塔一声归位，但摄像机仍然
position, it remains rotatable, however. 可以旋转。
The pressure pieces mounted in the adapter fix the 安装在适配器上的压力块将摄像机固定，并使其最佳定位

camera and position it optimally to the sight window. The 面向观察窗。固定好摄像机方向后可检查开关位置。
switching position can be checked after the camera has
be oriented.
After use, the camera can be removed from the adapter 使用完毕后，轻微拉伸就可将摄像机从适配器上移除。
by slight tensional pressure.
1 Housing flange 1 外壳法兰

2 Cover 2 盖板
3 Sight window 3 观察窗
8 Adapter 8 适配器
9 Pressure piece 9 压力块
10 Camera 10 摄像机
Fig. 2 Sight window with adapter and camera 图 2 带适配器和摄像机的观察窗
Details of design, function and 在专用说明手册中可获得摄像机结构、功

application of the camera set are 能和应用的详情。
available in the special instruction
manual.
2-18 926 01050 174 C
2.4.3 Arc detector (optional) 2.4.3 电弧检测装置（可选）
Arc detectors are fitted to a connector on the module. 电弧检测装置应安装在模块的连接口上。
Optoelectronic light detection allows the location of arcs 光电式光检测装置检测气室内部的电弧。
inside a gas compartment.
The optoelectronic light detection system consists of 光电式光检测装置系统包括
– a light beam receiver (of different lengths, – 光束接收器（不同长度，根据外壳安装情况而定）
depending on the housing installation)
– a fibre-optic link, and – 光纤连接
– an arc detection unit. – 电弧诊断单元
In the event of an arc the arc detector [11] carries the 当气室内部产生电弧时，电弧检测器[11]将光信号传送到
light from the gas compartment interior to the optical 位于光传感器尾部的光纤[14]上。 .
waveguide [14]. This is connected front-sided at the end
of the light sensor.
Any arcs occurring are signalled via the fibre-optic link to 任何发生的电弧都会通过光纤连接到电弧诊断单元。为了
the arc detection unit. To avoid spurious alarms, the arc 避免误动作，在开关操作的时候，会（通过开关装置的控
detection unit is shut down (by the switchgear control 制系统）关闭电弧诊断单元。
system) during a switching operation.
10 Sealing ring 10 密封圈

11 Arc detector 11 电弧检测器
13 Sleeve 13 护套
14 Optical waveguide 14 光纤
Fig. 3 Arc detector 图 3 电弧检测器
926 01050 174 C 2-19

2.4.4 Voltage testing connection 2.4.4 电压测试连接（可选）
(optional)
The voltage testing connections integrated in the 绝缘盆内集成式电压测试连接可用于
bushing are used:
– in connection with a test adapter and the voltage – 连接测试适配器和电压检测器，永久确定断电状态。
detector for a permanent determination of the
de-energised state
- in connection with a PD-adapter for the – 连接PD适配器，进行PD测量。
PD-measurement.
The voltage testing connections of a bushing are 采用绝缘盆电压测试连接进行如下任务
assigned as follows:
– for the voltage detection with three test adapters or – 连接三个测试适配器进行电压检测
– for the PD-measurement with a PD-adapter and two – 连接一个PD适配器和两个防尘暗盖，进行PD测量。
dust-proof blind covers.
Caution 注意
Removing the test adapter, a 移除测试适配器、PD适配器或暗盖可能因
PD-adapter or a blind cover, can 触及带电部件而造成人身伤害！
cause personal injury by touching live
parts!
• Do not operate the switchgear • 不要操作无适配器或暗盖的开关设

without an adapter or blind cover! 备。
Test adapter for voltage detection 电压检测用测试适配器
A dust-proof coaxial lead is routed out of the test adapter 防尘同轴线从测试适配器中引出，连接到就地控制柜内的
and connected to the voltage detection device in the 电压检测设备。由于测试适配器内的集成保护开关装置，
local control cabinet. Thanks to a protective switch 测试电压不构成任何危险。。如有必要，开关装置运行时
integrated in the test adapter, the test voltage poses no 也可以连接电压检测设备。
threat whatsoever. If necessary, the voltage detection
device may also be connected when the switchgear is in
operation.
Fig. 4 Test adapter for voltage detection 图 4 电压检测用测试适配器
2-20 926 01050 174 C

Blind cover 暗盖
Not-assigned voltage detection connections are 暗盖和电气短路对未指定的电压检测连接起保护作用。暗
protected by a blind cover and electrically short-circuited. 盖由四个六角插口螺栓拧紧固定。
The blind cover is screwed in with four hexagon socket
bolts.
Fig. 5 Blind cover 图 5 暗盖
926 01050 174 C 2-21

2-22 926 01050 174 C
2.5 Circuit-breaker 2.5 断路器
This section contains a description of 本单元描述了以下内容：
– use of the circuit-breaker – .断路器的应用；
– the external design of the circuit-breaker – 断路器的外部结构；
– the internal design of the circuit-breaker – 断路器的内部结构；
– design and function of the drive mechanism. – 驱动机构的结构和功能

[=> 1.1]

modules [=> 1.5]
Electrical control [=> 2.2] 电气控制 [=> 2.2]
2.5.1 Use 2.5.1 应用范围

The circuit-breaker forms the central element of the 断路器是构成气体绝缘开关装置的中心元件。它启动电流，
gas-insulated switchgear. It activates electrical currents, 不间断地进行控制电流的传输和断开。为了提高电网的稳
constantly controlling transmission and interruption. To 定性，3 相自动重合装置可以实现自动重合以提供限定时
increase the stability of the network, 3-pole 间和位置的去启动。
auto-reclosers can be implemented to provide
timespecific and location-specific deactivation.
The circuit-breaker can be installed for the connection of 断路器可被安装用于连接架空线、电缆馈线、互感器、电
overhead lines, feeders, transformers, reactors and 抗器和电容器。在带有多条母线的系统中，母联断路器作
capacitors. In systems with multiple busbars, it works as 为联接器可使电能从一条母线传输到另一条母线。
a coupling to enable energy transport from one bus bar
to the other.
926 01050 174 C 2-23

2.5.2 External design 2.5.2 外部结构
The 3-pole enclosed circuit-breaker forms the basis for 三相封闭式断路器构成了开关间隔设计的基础。
the switchgear bay design.
The housing [1] mounted on the bay frame [4] has three 安装在基座[4]上的壳体[1]具有三个法兰[3]，在这些法兰处
flanges [3] where the bay connection and/or one or two 可以进行间隔连接和/或连接一个或两个母线模块。
busbar modules are mounted.
The drive cabinet [2] is built onto the upper cover of the 操作机构箱[2]直接安装在断路器的曲轴箱上。
circuit-breaker
1 Housing 1 壳体
2 Drive cabinet 2 操作机构箱
3 Flange 3 法兰
4 Bay frame 4 基座
5 Position indicator 5 位置指示器
Fig. 1 Circuit-breaker, version shared drive (G) 图 1 断路器，共用操作机构型 (G)
2-24 926 01050 174 C

1 Housing 1 壳体
2 Drive cabinet 2 操作机构箱

3 Flange 3 法兰
4 Bay frame 4 基座
60 Spring position indicator 60 弹簧位置指示器
Fig. 2 Circuit breaker with single pole drive (E) 图 2 单相操作机构型(E)的断路器
926 01050 174 C 2-25

2.5.3 Internal design 2.5.3 内部结构
2.5.3.1 Design of conducting path 2.5.3.1 导电路径的结构
The conductor path consists of the switching system and 导电路径包括开关系统和导体。导体的不同性取决于断路
the conductors. The conductor varies dependent on the 器的应用。
application of the circuit breaker.
2.5.3.2 Design and function of the 2.5.3.2 开关系统的结构和功能

switching system
Switching system design 开关系统结构
The switching system consists of a base [12], a moving 三相中的每一个开关系统包括一个基座[12],一个动触头
contact [13] and a contact carrier [14] on each of three [13]和一个触头支撑件[14]。
poles.
The three bases are supported by an insulating plate [11] 这三个基座装配在一个绝缘支撑[11]上，该绝缘支撑与壳
and electrically insulated from the housing. The contact 体绝缘。触头支撑件是和三极支撑件[15]固定在一起的。
carriers are collectively support by the triple- support 弹簧储能操作机构带动动触头。操动力通过驱动杆[8]、
[15].
The spring-stored-energy mechanism switches the 杠杆[9]和操纵杆[8]传输到开关装置。
moving contact. The force is transmitted via the drive rod
[8], the lever [9] and the operating rod [10].
8 Drive rod 8 驱动杆
9 Lever 9 杠杆
10 Operating rod 10 操纵杆

11 Insulating plate 11 绝缘支撑
12 Base 12 基座
13 Moving contact 13 动触头
14 Contact support 14 触头支撑件

15 Triple-support 15 三极支撑件
Fig. 3 Switching system 图 3 开关系统.
2-26 926 01050 174 C

The main current path of the interrupter unit is created by 断流器主电流路径由触头支撑件[14]、在触头支撑件内呈
the contact carrier [14], contact laminations [24] 环行布置的触指[24]、热缸[21]和基座[17]构成。
arranged in a ring around the contact carrier, the heat
cylinder [21] and the base [17].
Due to the self-sprung contact laminations [24], the 触指[24]自身的弹簧性能，确保了开关合闸位置热缸[21]
required contact pressure on the heat cylinder [21] and 和触头支撑件[14]上所需的接触压力。
the contact carrier [14] is ensured in the switching
position CLOSE.
Arranged parallel to the main current path is the arcing 弧触头系统是相对于主电流路径平行布置的，它是由安装
contact system which is made up of the pin [25] located 在触头支撑件[14]上的触针[25]以及位于热缸内的管状动
in the contact carrier [14] and the moving tube contact 触头[22]组成的。触针和管状触头由只产生最少量的触头
[22] located in the heat cylinder. The pin and the tube 磨损的材料制成。
contact are made of materials that produce only minimal
contact erosion.
The tube contact [22], the piston [19] and the heat 管状触头[22],活塞[19]和热缸[21]是彼此机械固定在一起
cylinder [21] are mechanically fixed to each other and 的，然后再连接到操纵杆[16]。这些零件构成了开关系统
coupled to the operating rod [16]. They form the moving 的移动部件。
parts of the switching system.
The rear side of the piston [19] is equipped with a valve 在活塞[19]的后部安装了一个阀片[20]。阀片和阀门组[18]
plate [20]. Together with the valve group [18], the valve 一起组成用于灭弧的压缩单元。
plate makes up the compression unit for arc quenching.
14 Contact support 14 触头支撑件
16 Operating rod 16 操纵杆
17 Base 17 基座
18 Valve group 18 阀门组

19 Piston 19 活塞
20 Valve plate 20 阀片
21 Heat cylinder 21 热缸
22 Tube contact 22 管状触头

23 Nozzle 23 喷嘴
24 Contact laminations 24 触指
25 Pin 25 触针
Fig. 4 Interrupter unit (in switching position OPEN) 图 4 断流器 (位于开关分闸位置)
Switching system method of operation 开关系统的操作方式

In the first step of the opening operation, the main 在分闸操作的第一步，由触指[24]和热缸[21]组成的主触头
contact, consisting of the contact laminations [24] and 是断开的。由触针[25]和管状触头[22]组成的弧触头仍然
the heat cylinder [21], is opened. The arcing contact, 是关闭的，从而使电流流过弧触头(图b)。
consisting of the pin [25] and the tube contact [22], is still
closed so that the current commutates to the arcing
contact (Fig. b).
926 01050 174 C 2-27

During the continued course of the opening operation, 在分闸操作的过程中，弧触头打开产生电弧(图 c/d)。同
the arcing contact opens creating an arc (Fig. c/d). At the 时，热缸[21]向上移动压缩在活塞[19]和阀门组[18]之间的
same time, the heat cylinder [21] moves upward and 灭弧气体。这样就使得灭弧气体被迫向相对于动触头元件
compresses the quenching gas between the piston [19] 相反的方向移动，通过阀片[20]进入到热缸，再通过管触
and valve group [18]. This causes the quenching gas to 头[23]和灭弧喷嘴之间的间隙，从而将电弧熄灭。
be forced in the opposite direction to the movement of
the moving contact components, through the valve plate
[20] into the heat cylinder and through the gap between
the tube contact [23] and arc-quenching nozzle, thus
quenching the arc.
In the case of large short-circuit currents, the quenching 倘若发生大短路电流时，在灭弧室内围绕着触针[25]的灭
gas surrounding the pin [25] in the arcing chamber is 弧气体被电弧的能源加热并在高压作用下被推入到热缸
heated by the arc’s energy and driven into the heat [21]。当电流过零时，气体通过喷嘴从热缸流回来，并熄
cylinder [21] at high pressure. When the current passes 灭电弧。热缸[21]中的阀片[20]阻止高压力进入活塞[19]
through zero, the gas flows back from the heat cylinder 和阀门组[18]之间的气压室。
through the nozzle and quenches the arc. The valve
plate [20] in the heat cylinder [21] prevents the high
pressure from entering the compression chamber
between piston [19] and the valve group [18].
18 Valve group 18 阀门组
19 Piston 19 活塞
20 Valve plate 20 阀片
21 Heat cylinder 21 热缸
22 Tube contact 22 管状触头
23 Nozzle 23 喷嘴
24 Contact laminations 24 触指
25 Pin 25 触针
Fig. 5 Schematics of opening operation 图 5 断开操作的解析图
a) Switching position CLOSE a) 开关闭合位置
b) Interruption: Main contact in open position b) 分闸: 主触头在断开位置
c) Interruption: Arcing contact in open position c) 分闸: 弧触头在断开位置
d) Switching position OPEN d) 开关断开位置
2-28 926 01050 174 C

2.5.4 Design and function of the drive 2.5.4 操作机构的结构和功能
system
The compact drive system is located in the drive cabinet. 紧凑的操作系统位于操作机构箱内。它能够完成以下功
It performs the following functions: 能:
– charging of the closing spring, – 给合闸弹簧储能；
– closing, – 合闸操作；
– opening, – 分闸操作；
– operating sequence OPEN - CLOSE - OPEN. – 操作顺序：分闸 – 合闸 – 分闸。
Additionally installed in the drive cabinet are the heat 在操作机构箱内附加安装的是可阻止在驱动装置模块上产
resistors of the anti-condensation heating [31] which 生冷凝的抗冷凝加热器的加热电阻[31]和机电控制[30]。
prevent the build-up of condensate on modules of the
drive unit and the electromechanical control [30].
2.5.4.1 Version with common drive (G) 2.5.4.1 共用驱动装置型 (G)

The drive is a spring-stored-energy mechanism. When 驱动装置是一个弹簧储能机构。当打开操作机构箱时，我
the drive cabinet is open, one can clearly see the closing 们可以清楚地看见合闸弹簧[38]和分闸弹簧[37]以及它们
spring [38] and the opening spring [37] each with their 各自的连杆[40]或[36]。我们还可以看到操作杆[39]以及弹
connecting rod [40] or [36] and operating lever [39] as 簧状态指示符[27]。开关系统是用开关杆和驱动杆[8]来操
well as the spring status indicator [27]. The switching 动的。
system is actuated with the switch lever and the drive rod
[8].
30 Electrical control 30 电气控制
27 Spring status indicators 27 弹簧状态指示符
31 Heat resistor for the anti-condensation heating 31 抗冷凝加热器的加热电阻
36 Connecting rod of the opening spring 36 分闸弹簧的连杆

37 Opening spring 37 分闸弹簧
38 Closing spring 38 合闸弹簧
39 Switching lever 39 操作杆
40 Connecting rod of the closing spring 40 合闸弹簧的连杆
Fig. 6 Opened drive cabinet 图 6 打开的操作机构箱
926 01050 174 C 2-29

The shafts are set into roller bearings. 轴安装在滚柱轴承里。
Spring lifting for charging the closing spring is achieved 合闸弹簧的储能是由驱动电机[47]和免维护的自由运行缠
with a tension motor [47] and maintenance-free, 绕齿轮[45]提升弹簧而获得的。
freerunning winding gear [45].
27 Spring status indicator 27 弹簧状态指示符
35 OPEN release 35 分闸弹簧脱扣线圈：
44 CLOSE release 44 合闸弹簧脱扣线圈：
45 Charging mechanism 45 储能机构
47 Charging motor 47 储能电机
Fig. 7 Rear view of spring-stored-energy mechanism (cover 图 7 弹簧储能机构的后视图 (盖板移除)

removed)
2-30 926 01050 174 C

The following function chart provides a first primary 如下的功能图提供了断路器在合闸弹簧储能（箭头A）、
overview of the sequence of motions that the 合闸（箭头B）和分闸（箭头C）过程中通过弹簧储能机构
circuitbreaker makes with the spring-stored-energy 所产生的主要动作顺序。随后将对操作方法进行详细的说
mechanism during charging of the closing spring (arrow 明。
A), during closing (arrow B) and during opening (arrow
C).
28 Cam 28 凸轮
29 Backstop 29 逆止块
30 Lever 30 杠杆
31 Damper (for closing) 31 阻尼器（用于合闸）

32 Operating shaft 32 操作轴
33 Damper (for opening) 33 阻尼器（用于分闸）
34 OPEN latch 34 分闸锁定

36 Connecting rod of the opening spring 36 分闸弹簧的连杆

38 Closing spring 38 合闸弹簧
39 Switching lever 39 操作杆

40 Connecting rod of the closing spring 40 合闸弹簧的连杆
41 Charging shaft 41 储能轴

42 Cam disc 42 凸轮盘
43 CLOSE latch 43 合闸锁定
46 Free-wheel (Free-wheel) 46 自由轮
Fig. 8 Function diagram of the spring-stored-energy 图 8 弹簧储能机构功能图示，共用驱动装置型

mechanism, version shared drive
926 01050 174 C 2-31

2.5.4.2 Version with single pole drive (E) 2.5.4.2 单极驱动装置型号(E)
When the cabinet doors are open, the opening springs 打开操作机构箱门时，可以看见分闸弹簧[37]、弹簧状态
[37] and the spring status indicators [27] and the position 指示符 [27] 和位置指示器。还可以看见分闸弹簧脱扣线
indicators [5] are visible. Even the OPEN release [35] 圈[35] 和合闸弹簧脱扣线圈[44]。
and the CLOSE release [44] are visible.
The heat resistors of the anti-condensation heating [31] 抗冷凝加热器的加热电阻 [31] 可阻止操作机构元件上发
prevent the build-up of condensation on drive unit 生冷凝现象。
components.
5 Position indicators 5 位置指示器
27 Spring status indicators 27 弹簧状态指示符

31 Heat resistor of the anti-condensation heating 31 抗冷凝加热器的加热电阻
Fig. 9 Spring-stored-energy mechanism with open cabinet 图 9 打开的操作机构箱内的弹簧储能机构

doors
2-32 926 01050 174 C

The shafts are set into roller bearings. 轴安装在滚柱轴承里。
Spring lifting for charging the closing spring is achieved 合闸弹簧的储能是由驱动电机[47]和免维护的自由运行缠
with a tension motor [47] and maintenance-free, 绕齿轮[45]提升弹簧而获得的。
freerunning winding gear [45].
27 Spring status indicator 27 弹簧状态指示符

Fig. 10 Rear view of spring-stored-energy mechanism (cover 图 10 弹簧储能机构的后视图 (盖板移除)
removed)
926 01050 174 C 2-33

The following 3D-illustration offers an overview of the 以下3D图解可概述操作机构的结构元件及其功能作用。
structural components and their cooperation.
15.8.3 External lever 15.8.3 外部杠杆

15.9 Coupling linkage 15.9 相引连锁
15.9.2 Coupling linkage 15.9.2 相引连锁
16 Isolator 16 绝缘体
16.9 Switching rod 16.9 操作杆
18.1 Motor 18.1 电动机
18.1.1 Manual lifter 18.1.1 手动升降装置
18.2 Charging mechanism 18.2 储能机构
18.3 Free-wheel 18.3 自由轮
18.10 Connecting rod (for closing spring) 18.10 连杆（用于合闸弹簧）
18.11 Opening spring 18.11 分闸弹簧
18.14 Charging shaft 18.14 储能轴
18.15 Damper (for opening) 18.15 阻尼器（用于分闸）
18.16 CLOSE release 18.16 合闸弹簧脱扣线圈：
18.17 CLOSE latch 18.17 合闸锁定
18.20 Cam 18.20 凸轮
18.22 Operating shaft 18.22 操作轴
18.24 Switching lever 18.24 操作杆
18.27 Connecting rod (for opening spring) 18.27 连杆（用于分闸弹簧）
18.27.1 Drive rod 18.27.1 驱动杆
18.28 Cam brake 18.28 凸轮闸
18.4 Closing spring 18.4 合闸弹簧
18.5 Claw coupling 18.5 爪式连接器
18.6 Cam disc 18.6 凸轮盘
18.7 Lever 18.7 杠杆
18.8 OPEN release 18.8 分闸弹簧脱扣线圈：
18.9 OPEN latch 18.9 分闸锁定
22 Interrupter 22 断流器
Fig. 11 Spring-stored-energy mechanism, Current transformer 图 11 弹簧储能机构，电流互感器单相驱动机构
single pole drive
2-34 926 01050 174 C

2.6 Disconnector and earthing 2.6 三位置开关模块（隔离和接地
switch module 开关模块）

The following section will address: 本章节将主要描述：
– The disconnector and earthing switch module in use – 三位置开关模块的应用
– The external design of the disconnector and – 三位置开关的外部结构
earthing switch module
– the contact system – 三位置开关的触头系统
– The various versions of the conducting path – 不同功能的导体
– Design and function of the motor drive. – 电动机驱动装置的结构和功能

[=> 1.1]
Nameplates [=> 1.4] 铭牌 [=> 1.4]
modules [=> 1.5]
2.6.1 Use 2.6.1 应用范围

The disconnector and earthing switch module unites the 三位置开关模块集成了隔离开关和检修接地开关的功能。
functions of disconnectors and work-in-progress earthing 当与回路断开以后，它能提供一个电路系统安全操作的隔
switches. After isolating the appropriate switchgear 离断口，或是提供回路的三相短接接地。
parts, one can either establish an isolating distance for
secure work on electrical systems or create the earthing
and short-circuiting.
As a result of the design of the three position switches 由于是三位置开关的设计结构，隔离开关和接地开关之间
device, both functions are interlocked back-to-back. 有可靠的机械闭锁。
The disconnector and earthing switch module is also in 三位置开关模块也可在不连接检修接地开关的情况下进行
operation without work-in-progress earthing switches. 操作。
Disconnector and earthing switch modules can be 三位置开关模块可以用作出线模块、母线模块或者作为母
installed as outgoing modules, busbar modules or as 联隔离开关，并且可以与另外的检修接地开关或快速接地
bustie switch-disconnectors and can be equipped with 开关连接。
additional work-in-progress or high-speed earthing
switches.
The insulated contact system version of the 检修接地开关的绝缘触头系统与壳体绝缘。操作过程中绝
work-inprogress earthing switch is insulated against the 缘系统是通过接地排完成的。在启动相应的开关部分后，
enclosure. This insulation is bridged via the earthing bar 出于测试目的可移除接地排。
during operation. It may be removed for measuring
purposes after activating the corresponding part of the
switchgear.
926 01050 174 C 2-35

The external design of the disconnector- and earthing 三位置开关模块的外部结构由外壳[2]、绝缘盆[3]和电机驱
switch-module consists of the housing [2], the bushings 动装置[1]组成。
[3] and the motor drive [1].
The gas-tight bushings and/or permeable bushing 三位置开关的导体及触头固定在透气和/或不透气绝缘盆
versions carry the current path with the contact systems. 上。
The module is fitted with a rupture disk assembly [4]. 模块配有防爆膜 [4]。
Different kinds of testing and monitoring devices may be 不同的测试和监控设备可配置不同的法兰。
assembled with the provided flanges.
1 Motor drive 1 电动机驱动装置
2 Housing 2 壳体
3 Bushing 3 绝缘盆
4 Rupture disk assembly 4 防爆膜
Fig. 1 External view of the disconnector and earthing switch 图 1 三位置开关模块的外观
module
When using the disconnector and earthing switch 将三位置开关用作母线模块时，可根据不同的母线选用不

module as a busbar module, depending on the version of 同的开关型号，以抵消热膨胀和错位现象。
the busbar, different variants are used to compensate
the thermal expansion and dislocation.
Busbar [=> 2.13] 母线 [=> 2.13]
2-36 926 01050 174 C

The isolated 3-pole contacts leading out from the 绝缘接地开关的接地触头通过接地排[5]使三相短接，然后
housing on the insulated earthing switch are connected 通过两个接触点[6]与外壳[5]连接。
to each other with the earthing bar [5] and connected to
the housing [5] with two contact points [6].
For measuring purposes, all screws that fixate the 如要进行测试，则固定接地排的所有螺栓都必须拆下。随
earthing bar must be unscrewed. Subsequently, the 后，可拆下接地排和触片。
earthing bar and contact pieces may be disassembled.
The outdoor version of the earthing bar is protected by a 户外安装型接地排采用盖板进行保护。
cover.
2 Housing 2 壳体
5 Earthing bar 5 接地排
6 Contact piece 6 触片
Fig. 2 Earthing bar of the work-in-progress earthing switch, 图 2 检修接地开关的接地排，绝缘型（无盖板图示）
insulated version (illustration without cover)

2.6.3.1 Conducting path 2.6.3.1 导体
The disconnector and earthing switch module may be 三位置开关模块普遍应用于工程设计中。为了满足需要内
placed universally in any switchgear design. This results 部导体也呈现了多样性。
in multiple possibilities for current path leads.
The conductors are fixed to the bushing at flange A. 在A、B、C、D法兰处固定在绝缘盆上的导体，可根据需
Flange B, C and D may be assigned variably, for 要连接到以下部件：
example with
– a bushing that has a fixed conductor connection – 具有固定导体连接的绝缘盆
– the bushing of the adjacent module and a conductor – 相邻模块的绝缘盆和导体插头连接
plug connection
– a high-speed earthing switch module or a – 快速接地开关模块或检修接地开关模块
work-inprogress earthing switch module
– a cover, although the conductor ending in the – 盖板，尽管模块的导体端采用屏蔽进行封闭。
module is closed by a shield.
The contact systems are identical on all designs. 所有结构中的触头系统均完全相同。
The bushings can be sealed or unsealed. 绝缘盆可密封或启封。
926 01050 174 C 2-37

Fig. 3 Selection of possible circuit path leads at the flanges A, 图 3 在A、B、C、D法兰处部分可行导体
B, C and D
2.6.3.2 Work-in-progress earthing switch 2.6.3.2 检修接地开关型号

variants
The fixed contact of the work-in-progress earthing switch 检修接地开关模块的静触头可为绝缘型或非绝缘型。
module can be insulated or non-insulated.
If the work-in-progress earthing switch function can be 如果排除检修接地开关的功能，则触头系统也相应地减少
dispensed with, the contact system is reduced 功能。开关壳体采用盖板进行密封。
accordingly. The housing is sealed by a cover.
Fig. 4 Work-in-progress earthing switch 图 4 检修接地开关

a) insulated version a) 绝缘型
b) non-insulated version b) 非绝缘型
c) without work-in-progress earthing switch function c) 不包括检修接地开关功能
2-38 926 01050 174 C

2.6.3.3 Function of the disconnector and 2.6.3.3 三位置开关模块的功能
earthing switch module
The disconnector and earthing switch module links the 三位置开关模块结合了隔离开关和检修接地开关的触头系
contact systems of the disconnector and the 统。
work-inprogress earthing switch.
If the module version does not include the earthing 如果模块不包括接地开关模块，则触头系统会排除接地开
switch module, the contact system is reduced by the part 关的功能。
of the earthing switch.
The structure of the contact system for the disconnector 三位置开关模块的触头结构决定了触头的反方向运动规
and earthing switch module creates contra-directional 则：当一个动触头合闸时，另一个动触头必然处于分闸状
motion: while one moving contact is moved in the 态。
CLOSE direction, the other is lead to the OPEN position.
This leads unavoidably to three switch positions: 这样自然而然地形成三个位置状态：
Fig. 5 Switching positions of the disconnector and earthing 图 5 三位置开关模块的位置状态

switch module
a) disconnector OPEN, earthing switch OPEN (neutral a) 隔离开关与接地开关均处于断开状态（中间位置）
position)
b) disconnector CLOSE, earthing switch OPEN b) 隔离开关合闸，接地开关断开
c) disconnector OPEN, earthing switch CLOSE c) 隔离开关断开，接地开关合闸
926 01050 174 C 2-39

The rotational movement of the insulating shaft that 引导三相的绝缘轴旋转运动会使三个驱动杆[11]进行相应
leads over three poles creates a corresponding rotation 的旋转。每个驱动杆与两个连接杆相连。连接杆[10]使
of the three drive levers [11]. Each drive lever is 接地开关的触针移动。连接杆[12]使隔离开关的触针移
connected to two coupling rods. Coupling rod [10] moves 动。
the contact pin of the earthing switch. Coupling rod [12]
moves the contact pin of the disconnector.
Activating the earthing switch module pushes the moving 激活接地开关模块，推动环绕触针[9]的动触头[8]进入静触
contact [8]that surrounds the contact pin [9], into the 头 [7]，从而接地电流路径。
fixed contact [7], thereby earthing the current path.
Activating the disconnector module moves the moving 激活隔离开关模块，推动环绕触针[13]的动触头[14]进入静
contact [14] that surrounds the contact pin [13], into the 触头 [15]，从而闭合电流路径。
fixed contact [15], thereby closing the current path.
7 Opposing contact of the work-in-progress earthing switch 7 检修接地开关的反向触头
8 Guiding contact of the work-in-progress earthing switch 8 检修接地开关的导向触头

9 Contact pin of the work-in-progress earthing switch 9 检修接地开关的向触针
10 Coupling rod of the work-in-progress earthing switch 10 检修接地开关的连接杆
11 Operating lever 11 操作杆
12 Coupling rod of the disconnector 12 隔离开关的连杆
13 Contact pin of the disconnector 13 隔离开关的触针
14 Guiding contact of the disconnector 14 隔离开关的导向触头
15 Opposing contact of the disconnector 15 隔离开关的反向触头
33 Earth bushing (is substituted by the earth cover in the 33 接地绝缘盆（非绝缘型由接地盖板取代）
non-insulated version)
Fig. 6 Contact systems of the disconnector and earthing switch 图 6 三位置开关模块的触头（绝缘型示例）
module (example of an insulated version)
2-40 926 01050 174 C

2.6.4 Design and function of the drive 2.6.4 驱动装置的结构和功能
The drive and its housing is integrated in the housing of 驱动装置及其壳体集成于三位置开关模块的壳体内，但其
the disconnector and earthing switch module housing, 气密性良好的耐压结构与高压部分相隔离。
but is isolated from the high-voltage section in a gastight
and pressure-tight manner.
On the front of the drive, there are the position indicators 隔离开关位置指示器[18]、接地开关位置指示器[16]和防手
for the disconnector [18], for the earthing switch [16] and 动操作盖板[17]位于驱动装置的前端。
the shutter [17], which provides access to the manual
switching device.
Depending on the installation location and current path 也可根据三位置开关模块的安装位置和电流导体，将位置
leads of the disconnector and earthing switch module, 指示器反向安装。
the position indicators may also be arranged in a
inverted manner.
46-pole plugs [19] are used for the supply of the control 46 针的航空插座[19]用于控制电压、电机电压、控制命令
voltage, motor voltage and the control commands as well 以及辅助开关状态位置的传输。
as for the outgoing line of the auxiliary switch position
indicators.
Ventilation ducts [20] in the drive housing ensure air 驱动装置壳体内的通风口[20]确保了空气交换。
exchange.
16 Position indicator work-in-progress earthing switch 16 检修接地开关的位置指示器.
17 Cover 17 盖板
18 Position indicator disconnector 18 隔离开关的位置指示器
19 Plug 19 航空插座
20 Ventilation ducts 20 通风口
Fig. 7 Drive, external view 图 7 驱动装置外观
926 01050 174 C 2-41

A permanently magnetically excited DC motor [29] drives 永久磁励直流电动机[29]驱动齿轮装置[26]。
the gears [26].
The driver [24] transfers this movement to the gear rack 驱动齿轮[24]驱动齿条[23]沿导轨方向运动。齿条带动驱
[23] running in the guide. The gear rack drives the two 动操作轴的两个齿轮盘。
gear wheels which drive the drive shaft [22].
The drive can start up the three positively interlocked 驱动装置用于驱动带有自闭锁功能的三位置开关。
switch positions of the disconnector and earthing switch
module.
Per each disconnector and earthing switch function, an 每一个三位置接地开关都内置有辅助开关[27]。这些辅助
auxiliary switch [27] is integrated. These are used to 开关用于电子和光学指示开关位置。采用运动链驱动它
electronically and optically indicate the switch position. A 们。
kinematic chain drives them.
The electromechanical control [21] is integrated into the 电机控制[21]安装于驱动装置内。
drive.
Two anti-condensation heatings [28] are installed in the 两个抗冷凝加热器[28]安装于驱动装置壳体内。
drive housing.
21 Electrical control 21 电气控制
22 Drive shaft 22 操作轴

23 Gear rack 23 齿条
24 Driver 24 驱动齿轮
26 Gearbox 26 齿轮箱
27 Auxiliary switch 27 辅助开关
28 Anti-condensation heating 28 抗冷凝加热器

29 Drive motor 29 电机
Fig. 8 Drive with cowl removed 图 8 拆除罩壳的驱动装置
2-42 926 01050 174 C

Devices for manual operation 手动操作
For each function, the drive has a shaft for manual 驱动装置设有手动操作轴。机械闭锁能保证各轴之间安全
switching. A mechanical lock secures the shafts against 工作。
improper operation.
Removing the cover provides access to the opening [30] 移除盖板有一个可插入双向钥匙的开孔[30]。
for inserting the two-way key.
By turning the two-way key, either shaft cover 1 [31] or 旋转双向钥匙，可选择择打开轴盖1[31]或是轴盖2[32]。
shaft cover 2 [32] will be released.
Now the proper lever can be inserted and the 插入操作手柄就可以手动操作隔离接地开关或是接地开

disconnecting switch or the earthing switch can be 关。
manually switched.
30 Opening for two-way key. 30 双向钥匙开孔
31 Shaft 1 31 轴盖1
32 Shaft 2 32 轴盖2
Fig. 9 Devices for manual operation 图 9 驱动装置手动操作
Manual operation [=> 5.2] 手动操作 [=> 5.2]
926 01050 174 C 2-43

2-44 926 01050 174 C
2.7 Cable disconnector 2.7 电缆隔离开关
This section describes 本章节描述了下述内容：
– application and – 电缆隔离开关的应用
– design of the cable disconnector – 电缆隔离开关的结构

[=> 1.1]
Nameplates [=> 1.4] 铭牌 [=> 1.4]

modules [=> 1.5]
Disconnector and earthing switch module 隔离和接地开关模块 [=> 2.6]

[=> 2.6]
2.7.1 Use 2.7.1 应用范围

The cable disconnector connects the bay with the three 电缆隔离开关将间隔与三个高压电缆相连接。电缆连接符
high-voltage cables. Cable connections as per IEC 合 IEC 62271-209 第7.1/7.2 条款要求，或可选用其它合
62271-209 Clause 7.1/7.2 or other cable plug systems 适的电缆插头系统。
are suitable.
The cable disconnector has disconnector and earthing 电缆隔离开关具备隔离和接地开关功能，或只具备隔离开
switch functions or just a disconnector function. 关功能。
926 01050 174 C 2-45

The cable disconnector is enclosed by a one-piece 电缆隔离开关封闭在一体式壳体内[2]。法兰A上有一个绝
housing [2]. There is a bushing [6] on flange A. 缘盆[6]。
The drive [5] is integrated in the housing. 驱动装置[5]安装于壳体内。

The rupture disc device [3] is mounted on the housing. 壳体上安装有防爆膜[3]。
Connection of the cable is effected by plug connection of 电缆插座[4]的插头进行连接才能接通电缆连接。
the cable sockets [4].
1 Conductor 1 导体
2 Housing 2 壳体
4 Cable socket 4 电缆插座
5 Drive 5 驱动装置
6 Bushing on flange A 6 法兰A上的绝缘盆
2-46 926 01050 174 C

The enclosure apertures of the cable end connectors are 电缆终端接头的外壳孔径采用压力环[8]进行气密密封。
sealed gastight by pressure rings [8].
The connection of the cable socket with the conductor [1] 电缆插座与接头[1]通过中间件[7]和接头[9]进行连接。
is carried out via the intermediate piece [7] and the
connector [9].
4 Cable socket 4 电缆插座

7 Intermediate piece 7 中间件
8 Pressure ring 8 压力环
9 Connection piece 9 连接件

10 Support plate 10 支撑板
11 Disconnector and earthing switch module 11 三位置开关模块（隔离和接地开关模块）
Structure and function of the disconnector and earthing 三位置开关模块的结构与功能在“三位置开关章节”中有详

switch module are described in detail in the "Section 细说明。
Disconnectors and Earthing Switches".
Disconnector and earthing switch module 隔离和接地开关模块 [=> 2.6]
[=> 2.6]
926 01050 174 C 2-47

2-48 926 01050 174 C
2.8 Earthing switches 2.8 接地开关
The section contains a description of 本单元包含以下内容：
– use of the earthing switch – 接地开关的应用
– the external design of the earthing switch – 接地开关的外部结构
– the internal design of the earthing switch. – 接地开关的内部结构

[=> 1.1]
开关设备模块的尺寸和重量 [=> 1.5]
Dimensions and weights of switchgear
modules [=> 1.5]
2.8.1 Use 2.8.1 应用范围

Earthing switches are used for earthing and 接地开关应用于优先进行隔离后的接地及短路系统组件
shortcircuiting system components after prior isolation （如：架空线、电缆和变压器）。
(e.g. overhead lines, cables and transformers).
High-speed earthing switches are make-proof. They 快速接地开关为防关合类型。接地触头的特殊设计以及通
achieve high-speed action (made possible by a 过弹簧储能机构所获得的较大速度能确保,即使开关在无
springsnap mechanism) and the specially designed 意中与带电设备相连接，依然能够实现可靠的接地性能。
contact system ensures that the conducting path is
reliably earthed even if it is inadvertently switched into
connection with live equipment.
Work-in-progress earthing switches are not closing 工作中接地开关不是防闭合类型。
resistant.
In the insulated version, earthing switches can be used 绝缘型接地开关可用于测量目的。
for measuement purposes.
The earthing switch is of triple-phase design. 接地开关为三相共箱式结构。
The drive [1] is integrated in the housing, but is isolated 驱动装置[1]安装于壳体内，但其气密性良好的结构与高压

from the high-voltage section in a gas-tight and pressure- 部分相隔离
tight manner.
The cover [3] closes off the access to the manual 盖板[3]用于保护手动操作驱动装置。
actuation of the drive.
Connection of the motor and control voltage is via the 电机和控制电压通过设备插头[2]进行连接。
equipment plugs [2].
926 01050 174 C 2-49

2 Equipment plug 2 设备插头
3 Cover over manual actuation 3 保护手动操作的盖板

Fig. 1 Earthing switch, uninsulated 图 1 接地开关，非绝缘型
In the case of insulated earthing switches, the insulated 对于绝缘接地的接地开关来说，每相的绝缘触头通过导体

contacts of each of the three poles of the earthing switch [4]与接地开关的外壳相连。
leading out from the housing are connected to the
housing via a busbar [4].
2 Equipment plug 2 设备插头
Fig. 2 Earthing switch, insulated 图 2 接地开关，绝缘型
2-50 926 01050 174 C

The drive shaft [6] is guided into the chamber gas-tight 操作轴[6]通过叉杆[7]及触头支撑件[10]与密闭气室中的接
and connected with the earthing moving contacts [13] via 地动触头[13]连接。触头支撑件由导向杆[8]和[9]支撑。
the fork lever [7] and contact carrier [10]. The contact
carrier is guided by the guide rods [8] and [9].
The earthing pins [13] carried in insulating bushes [12] 绝缘衬套[12]上安装的接地管脚[13]与外壳上的接地接头
are connected with the earthing connections on the 连接，从而通过电流带[11]与地电位连接。
housing, and thus with the earth potential via the current
straps [11].
6 Drive shaft 6 操作轴
7 Fork lever 7 叉杆
8 First guide rod 8 第一个导向杆
9 Second guide rod 9 第二个导向杆
10 Contact carrier 10 触头支撑件

11 Flexible connection 11 活动连接
12 Insulating sleeve 12 绝缘套管

13 Earthing moving contact 13 接地动触头
14 Opposing contact 14 反向触头

Fig. 3 Earthing switch, non-insulated version 图 3 接地开关，非绝缘型
926 01050 174 C 2-51

In the insulated execution of the earthing switch the 在接地开关的绝缘操作中，单个接地管脚通过单个电流带
connection of the individual earthing pins to the housing [11]、绝缘内置接地开关绝缘盆[15]、导体[3]和触片[17]与
[18] is executed via the individual current strap [11], the 壳体[18]相连。
insulated set-in earthing switch bushing [15], the current
rail [3] and the contact pieces [17].
11 Flexible connection 11 活动连接
15 Earth bushing 15 接地绝缘盆

17 Contact piece 17 触片
18 Housing of the earthing switch 18 接地开关的壳体
Fig. 4 Current rail mounting 图 4 导体安装
The current rail should be removed for the purpose of 如需进行测量，应拆除相应的导体。

taking measurements.
Caution 注意
Releasing vessel bolts on switchgear 松开工作开关的螺栓可导致漏气的危害。
in operation leads to dangerous gas
loss.
• To remove the current rail, just the 如需拆除导体，必须松开固定在周围的七

seven M12 bolts which fix these in 个M12螺栓。
immediately vicinity must be released.
Fig. 5 Preparation of the earthing switch for measurement 图 5 测量接地开关的准备工作
2-52 926 01050 174 C

Warning 警告
When the current rail is removed, the 导体如拆除，则接地开关不再具有操作功
operation of the earthing switch is 能。高电压将威胁生命安全。
cancelled. Hazardous voltage -
danger to life.
• Remove the busbar only if necessary 仅在必要的测量期间才可拆除此母线。

and only for the duration of taking
measurements.
In the opposing contact, spring-loaded contact fingers 反向触头的弹簧触指[20]安装于罩壳[21]内部，由耐蚀环

[20] are arranged all round the cage [21]. These are fixed [18]、壳体[19]和基座[22]进行固定。
in position by the erosion-resistant ring [18], the housing
[19] and the base [22].
18 Ring 18 耐蚀环
19 Housing 19 壳体
20 Contact finger 20 触指
21 Cage 21 罩壳
22 Base 22 基座
Fig. 6 Opposing contact 图 6 反向触头
926 01050 174 C 2-53

2.8.4 Drive 2.8.4 操作机构
The drive consists of motor [30], gearbox with friction 操作机构包括电机[30]、带摩擦离合器的齿轮箱[31]、驱动
clutch [31], drive rod [24] and drive lever [23]. 杆和操动杆[23]
End position switches [25] detect the switching position 终端位置开关[25]用于检测接地开关的分合闸位置，并在
of the earthing switch and switches the motor when the 到达终端位置时切换电机开关。
end position is reached.
The coupling rod [28] connected to the drive lever 与驱动杆相连的连接杆[28]驱动辅助开关[27]。
actuates the auxiliary switch [27].
Together with the end position switches and the auxiliary 电磁触头[29]与终端位置开关和辅助开关一起构成了接地
switch, the electromagnetic contactor [29] forms the 开关的电气控制系统。
electrical control system of the earthing switch.
Anti-condensation heating [26] prevents the formation of 抗冷凝加热器[26]可防止形成冷凝。
condensation.
After removing the cover [4] the drive can be activated in 在紧急状态下可移除盖板[4]，启动操作机构。
an emergency.

25 End position switches 25 终端位置开关

28 Coupling rod 28 连接杆
29 Electromagnetic protections 29 电磁保护

30 Motor 30 电动机
31 Gears with friction clutch 31 带摩擦离合器的齿轮
Fig. 7 Work-in-progress earthing switch drive in position OPEN 图 7 处于断开状态的检修接地开关操作机构
2-54 926 01050 174 C

During closing, the linear movement of the drive rod [24] 驱动杆[24]在合闸过程中的线性运动转换为操作杆[23]的
is converted to a rotational movement of the operating 旋转运动。
lever [23].
The operating lever, which is rigidly connected to the 与驱动轴紧密相连的操作杆旋转带动叉杆，将动触头推入
drive shaft, passes this rotational movement on to the 静触头。由此启动接地开关。
fork lever that moves the earthing moving contacts into
the fixed contacts. The earthing switch is switched on.
Fig. 8 Work-in-progress earthing switch drive in position 图 8 处于闭合状态的检修接地开关操作机构

CLOSE
926 01050 174 C 2-55

In addition, the high-speed earthing switch has a 此外，快速接地开关还具备弹簧机构。它包括储能杆[34]
springsnap mechanism. This consists of the charging 和拉伸弹簧[33]。与驱动杆[23]不同，储能杆[34]永久固定
lever [34] and the tension spring [33]. The charging lever 于驱动轴上。
[34] is (as opposed to the drive lever [23]) permanently
fixed to the drive shaft.
In switching position OPEN, the tension spring is 拉伸弹簧在开关断开状态下得以储能。
charged.

25 End position switches 25 终端位置开关

28 Coupling rod 28 连接杆
29 Electromagnetic protections 29 电磁保护

32 Closing cams 32 合闸凸轮

33 Tension spring (charged) 33 拉伸弹簧（储能）
34 Charging lever 34 储能杆

Fig. 9 High-speed earthing switch drive in position OPEN 图 9 处于断开状态的快速接地开关操作机构
2-56 926 01050 174 C

During closing, the linear movement of the drive rod [24] 在合闸过程中，驱动杆[24]的线性运动转换为操作杆[23]
is converted to a rotational movement of the operating 的旋转运动。
lever [23].
The closing cams [32] of the drive lever include the 驱动杆的合闸凸轮[32]包括储能杆。当过临界点以后，拉
charging lever. When the dead centre position has been 伸弹簧立即放松。
passed, the tension spring relaxes instantly.
The charging lever that is connected to the tension 与拉伸弹簧相连的储能杆相应地快速转动驱动轴。操作杆
spring turns drive shaft with an accordingly high speed. 的旋转带动叉杆，将触头推入静触头。由此启动接地开关。
The operating lever passes the rotational movement on
to the fork lever that moves the earthing moving contacts
into the fixed contacts. The earthing switch is switched
on.


32 Closing cams 32 合闸凸轮
33 Tension spring(relaxed) 33 拉伸弹簧（放松）
34 Charging lever 34 储能杆

Fig. 10 High-speed earthing switch drive in position CLOSE 图 10 处于闭合状态的快速接地开关操作机构
On opening, the opening cam [35] moves the charging 一旦分闸，则分闸凸轮[35]会带动储能杆重回到初始位置，

lever back into the initial position while charging the 同时使拉伸弹簧再次储能。
tension spring again.
926 01050 174 C 2-57

2-58 926 01050 174 C
2.9 Current transformer 2.9 电流互感器
This section presents: 本章节介绍：

– use of the current transformer – 电流互感器的应用
– external design – 外部结构
– internal design – 内部结构
– terminal designations. – 接线端子指示
Basic informations 基本信息：

[=> 1.1] [=> 1.1]
Dimensions and weights of switchgear modules 开关设备模块的尺寸和重量
[=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
2.9.1 Use 2.9.1 应用范围
Inductive current transformers (CT) step the operating 感应式电流互感器（CT）降低一次侧工作电流和短路电流

currents and short-circuit currents down to values which 值，使大电流变成小电流后，再与测量仪表和保护装置连接。
are suitable for measuring instruments and protective
devices connected.
Inductive current transformers have been installed in the 在开关设备中装有感应式电流互感器。一次绕组为一根穿
switchgear. The conductor which is run straight through 过模块的直导体。二次绕组为内置式元件，其结构如下面
the module assumes the function of the primary winding. 介绍的“铁芯与线圈的组合”。
The built-in components on the secondary side are
summarised below as “core-and-coil assembly“.
The function units in the core-and-coil assembly, which 铁芯和绕组组合的功能单元，是由铁芯和相应的二次绕组组
consist of the iron cores and the associated secondary 成，以下简称“线圈”。按功能具有如下两种：
winding, are called “cores“in the following. A distinction is
made between
– measuring and metering cores and – 测量和计量线圈以及
– protection cores. – 保护线圈
Measuring and metering cores ensure a low transmission 测量和计量线圈的选择需要确保测量及计量精度，和保护仪
error in the rated current range and protect meters and 表免受过电压损坏（仪表保安系数）。
instruments from overloading.
Protection cores have a larger measuring error in the 保护线圈比测量及计量线圈有更大的测量误差。但在额定
rated current range than measuring and metering cores. 准确限值电流下（准确限值系数x一次额定电流）测得的电
But fault currents are measured up to the rated accuracy 流误差应在合理的范围内。
limit current (accuracy limit factor x primary rated current)
in approximate proportion.
Depending on the different demands made on current 根据电流互感器的不同要求，在以下方面有所不同：
transformers, there are variations in
– the type, number and dimensions of the cores – 线圈的类型、数量、尺寸
– the design of the secondary windings and the number – 二次绕组的结构及二次抽头的数量
of secondary taps
– the length of the housing. – 壳体的长度
926 01050 174 C 2-59

Current transformer model, integrated into circuit 电流互感器模块，与断路器整合在一起

breaker
The current transformer with its core-and-coil assembly [1] 带铁芯与线圈组合[1]和导体 [2]的电流互感器不是一个单
and the current conductors [2] is not a separate com- 独的模块，本身不带有绝缘盆。壳体[3]只是电流互感器的
ponent and doers not have its own bushing. The housing 密封外壳。
[3] only encapsulates the current transformer.
The secondary terminal panels, which are integrated into 二次接线端子板内嵌在壳体的侧面，通过二次接线盒 [4]与
the sides of the housing, are closed off by the secondary 气室隔离。
terminal housing [4].
The rating plate is affixed to the housing. 铭牌固定在壳体上。
1 Core-and-coil assembly 1 铁芯与线圈组合

3 Housing 3 壳体
4 Secondary terminal
4 二次端子
10 Bushing
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 1 External view of an integrated current transformer, short 图1 集成式电流互感器的外观图，短型
version
2-60 926 01050 174 C

3 Housing 3 壳体
4 二次端子
10 Bushing
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 2 External view of an integrated current transformer, long 图 2 集成式电流互感器的外观图，长型
version
926 01050 174 C 2-61

Current transformer version, separate 电流互感器模块，独立式
The current transformer is a separate module with its own 电流互感器是带有自身绝缘盆[10]及两件式壳体[3]的独立
bushing [10] and two-piece housing [3]. 模块。
The secondary terminal panels, which are integrated into 二次接线端子板内嵌在壳体的侧面，通过二次接线盒 [4]与
the sides of the housing, are closed off by the secondary 气室隔离。
terminal housing [4].
The rating plate is affixed to the housing. 铭牌固定在壳体上。

3 Housing 3 壳体
4 二次端子
10 Bushing
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 3 Section of a separate current transformer, double-long 图 3 独立式电流互感器的外观图，双倍加长型
version

3 Housing 3 壳体
4 二次端子
10 Bushing
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 4 Section of a separate current transformer, double-short 图 4 独立式电流互感器的外观图，双倍缩短型
version
2-62 926 01050 174 C

2.9.3.1 Conductor and core-and-coil 2.9.3.1 导体与铁芯及线圈组合

assembly
The current transformer includes the current conductor [2] 电流互感器包括导体[2]（一次侧）和铁芯及线圈的组合（二
(primary side) and the core-and-coil assembly (sec- 次侧）。
ondary side).
The core-and-coil assembly of the current transformer 电流互感器的二次线圈由安装板[9]、内部电极[6]、屏蔽电
consists of a base plate [9], inner electrodes [6], grading 极[7]与带有二次绕组的环形铁芯[8]组成。
electrodes [7] and ring cores with secondary winding [8].
The cores are wound tape. Every core has a secondary 铁芯为由绝缘胶带绕制。每个铁芯具有一个二次线圈。二
coil. The secondary winding consists of a ring coil with 次绕组由带有分层绕组和绕组绝缘的环形线圈组成。层间
layer winding and winding isolation. The layers are iso- 由铝箔进行绝缘。线束铁芯粘合在内部电极上。
lated from one another by foil. The wound cores are glued
to the internal electrode.
The base plate [9] is screwed to the housing and thereby 安装板[9]固定在壳体上，因此是接地的。
earthed.
Current transformer model, integrated into circuit 电流互感器模块，与断路器整合在一起

breaker
The conductors [2] as well as the housing of the current 导体[2]和电流互感器的壳体一样与相邻模块（如三位置开关
transformer are attached to the bushing of the adjacent 模块）的绝缘盆连接在一起。导体和二次线圈都会接入断
module, e.g. to the disconnector and earthing switch 路器内。导体带插拔式触头形成电流通道。
module. The conductors and core-and-coil assembly both
project into the circuit breaker. Plug-in leads establish the
conductor connection to the current path.
6 Inner electrode 6 内部电极
7 Grading electrodes 7 屏蔽电极
8 Core with the secondary windings
8 带二次绕组的铁芯
9 Baseplate
10 Bushing 9 安装板
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 5 Section of an integrated current transformer, short ver- 图 5 集成式电流互感器的剖面图，短型
sion
926 01050 174 C 2-63

9 Baseplate
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 6 Section of an integrated current transformer, long ver- 图 6 集成式电流互感器的剖面图，长型
sion
2-64 926 01050 174 C

Current transformer separate version 电流互感器模块，独立式
The conductors [2] are screwed in at the bushing end 导体[2]固定在绝缘盆的一端[10]。导体的另一端与相邻模
[10]. At the other end, the conductors are connected to the 块的绝缘盆连接，主要通过插塞接头与母线的三位置接地模
bushing of the adjacent module, mostly the disconnector 块相连，
and earthing switch module of the busbar, via a plug
connector.
9 Baseplate
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 7 Section of a separate current transformer, double-long 图 7 独立式电流互感器的剖面图，双倍加长型
version
9 Baseplate
10 绝缘盆
Fig. 8 Section of a separate current transformer, double-short
version 图 8 独立式电流互感器的剖面图，双倍缩短型
926 01050 174 C 2-65

2.9.3.2 Secondary terminal 2.9.3.2 二次端子
The secondary leads [12] are cast in the secondary ter- 二次接线[12]密封浇注在二次端子板上，并从气室内部接
minal panel in a pressure-proof, gas-tight manner and 出。
lead out of the gas compartment.
If required by the customer, the connection of the sec- 可根据客户需求，通过压接或夹钳触头将二次接线与测试接
ondary leads with the measuring leads vie crimp or clamp 线连接。
connections will be carried out.
Crimp connection 压接连接

The secondary leads are connected to the measuring 二次接线通过接线端子与测试接线相连。
leads via bushing pins.
12 Secondary leads 12 二次接线

13 Secondary terminal panels 13 二次端子板
Fig. 9 Secondary terminal with crimp connection 图 9 带压线连接的二次端子
12 Secondary leads 12 二次接线

13 Secondary terminal panels 13 二次端子板
15 Anti-condensation heating
15 抗冷凝加热器
16 Terminal strip
16 接线条
Fig. 10 Se c o nd a ry terminal with terminal connection 图 10 带终端接线的二次端子
2-66 926 01050 174 C

Attention 注意
Current transformers operate under al- 电流互感器几乎可以在短路条件下运行，但如果

most short-circuit conditions The CT may 二次接线不正确，即二次回路开路时，电流互感
be damaged if the terminal strip is not 器可能会损坏。这时二次电压峰值可能会达到
properly connected, i.e. no open circuits. 几十kV。
Voltage peaks of several 10 kV may occur!
• Do not operate the current transformer with • 在二次回路开路时，请不要操作电流互感器。

open secondary circuit!
926 01050 174 C 2-67

2.9.4 Terminal designations 2.9.4 端子指示
With reference to current transformers, IEC 60044-1 根据电流互感器标准（IEC60044-1）的规定，使用“P1”和“P2”

prescribes the use of "P1” and "P2”, for the primary con- 标示一次导体，二次侧使用“1S1”和“1S2”标示第一个铁芯，
ductor, for the secondary leads "1S1" and "1S2" for the “2S1”和“2S2” 标示第二个铁芯，以此类推。
first core,"2S1" and "2S2" for the second core, etc.
Fig. 11 Terminal designations to IEC 60044-1 of a current trans- 图 11 根据 IEC 60044-1 要求，带有三个二次绕组（每个绕组都带有独
former with three secondary windings (each secondary 立的铁芯）的电流互感器的端子示意图
winding with its own core)
The characters “P1” and “P2” also mark the mounting 字符“P1”和“P2”同样也标示电流互感器相对断路器的朝向，
position with reference to the circuit-breaker as shown on 如开关接线图所示。这些字符压印在壳体的外部法兰上。
the switchgear overview diagram. These characters are
punched into the outer flange of the housing.
Fig. 12 Identification of CT mounting position referred to the 图 12 根据 IEC 标准，电流互感器相对于断路器的位置指示图。

circuit-breaker to IEC
2-68 926 01050 174 C

For detecting varying primary currents, the secondary 为了检测不同的一次电流，电流互感器的二次线圈配有很多
windings of current transformers are provided with taps. 抽头。
The numbers on the winding between the taps indicate the 抽头之间的线圈匝数为具体变比。可以从电流互感器上标
ratios. A current transformer with reconnectable ratios 明的变比值中识别其变比，如 1200-800-500/1A，最大一次
can be recognized from the way in which the ratio is 电流总是写在最前面。
written, e.g. 1200-800-500 / 1A, the maximum primary
current always being at the beginning.
Fig. 13 Terminal designation to IEC 60044-1 of a current trans- 图 13 根据 IEC 60044-1 要求带有二次绕组抽头（带有变比）的电流
former with secondary winding tap (ratios entered) 互感器的端子指示图。
Other regulations may stipulate other terminal designa- 可能会有另外的规定标示另外的端子指示。

tions.
926 01050 174 C 2-69

2-70 926 01050 174 C
2.10 Voltage transformer 2.10 电压互感器

– use of voltage transformers – 电压互感器的应用
– external design – 外部结构
– internal design – 内部结构
– terminal designations. – 接线端子指示

[=> 1.1] [=> 1.1]
Nameplates [=> 1.4] 铭牌 [=> 1.4]
Dimensions and weights of switchgear mod- 开关设备模块的尺寸和重量

ules [=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
2.10.1 Use 2.10.1 应用范围
Voltage transformers step the operating voltage down to 电压互感器（VT）降低运行电压值，使大电压变成小电压

values which are suitable for measuring instruments and 后，再与测量仪表和保护装置连接，同样也可用于接地故障
protective devices connected and also for earth fault 测量。
detection.
Inductive voltage transformers are used in the switch- 在开关设备中装有感应式电压互感器。
gear installation.
Depending on the different demands made on voltage 根据电压互感器的不同要求，在以下方面有所不同：
transformers, there are variations in
– the outer dimensions – 外形尺寸
– the design and number of secondary windings – 二次线圈的结构和数量
– the number of secondary taps. – 二次抽头的数量
The core-and-coil assemblies are each 3-pole encap- 线圈为三相共箱式结构。
sulated.
The gas compartment of the voltage transformer is 电压互感器的气室单独进行检测。
monitored separately.
The voltage transformer is evacuated in the factory and 电压互感器在工厂进行排空，并在出厂运输时充入SF6气
provided with an SF6 transport filling. 体。
The voltage transformer can be mounted in any location, 电压互感器可以安装在任何地方，具体位置根据开关装置的
the actual location being determined by the switchgear 实际配置而定。
configuration in hand.
926 01050 174 C 2-71

The housing [1], bushing [2] and cover [6] form the en- 电压互感器腔体由壳体[1]，绝缘盆[2]和盖板[6]组成。制造
closure of the voltage transformer. After assembly by the 商完成装配后，这些部件连接在一起，保证气密性及耐受正
manufacturer, these parts are interconnected gastight 常的压力。
and pressure-proof.
The cast-resin bushing corresponds in design to the other 树脂浇铸的绝缘盆符合开关装置其它位置上使用的气密性
gas-proof bushing used elsewhere in the switchgear 绝缘盆的设计结构。
installation.
The terminal box [5], the nameplate and the Rupture disk 端子箱[5]，铭牌和防爆膜都位于盖板上。
assembly[3] are located at the cover.
The housing has multiple flanges that are, depending on 壳体配有多个法兰，具体根据安装位置和其它运行条件而
the installation location and other operating conditions, 定，法兰上配备气体维护点和阀块。
furnished with gas maintenance points and a valve block.
The gas monitoring system is mounted to the valve block 电压互感器交付到安装现场后，再将气体监控装置安装到阀
after the voltage transformer has been delivered to the 块上。
construction site.
1 Housing 1 壳体
5 Terminal box
5 端子箱
6 Cover
6 盖板
Fig. 1 Voltage transformer without integrated insulating sec- 图 1 不带集成绝缘断口的电压互感器
tion.
Voltage transformer with integrated isolating dis- 带集成绝缘断口的电压互感器

tance
The voltage transformer is furnished with an integrated 此电压互感器配有集成式绝缘断口。
insulating section.
Caution 注意
The insulating section is not suitable for 绝缘断口不适合切换欠电压互感器。如果启动欠
switching the transformer under voltage. If 电压互感器的绝缘断口，将会严重损坏互感器。
the insulating section of the transformer
under voltage is actuated, the transformer
will be severely damaged.
• Switch off the voltage to the transformer • 在启动绝缘断口前应关闭互感器电压。

before actuating the insulating section.
2-72 926 01050 174 C

1 Housing 1 壳体
4 Manual drive of the integrated insulating section
4 集成绝缘断口的手动驱动装置
5 Terminal box
6 Cover 5 端子箱
6 盖板
Fig. 2 Voltage transformer with integrated insulating section 图 2 带集成绝缘断口（手动驱动装置）的电压互感器
(manual drive)
1 Housing 1 壳体
4 Motor drive of the integrated insulating section
4 集成绝缘断口的电机驱动装置
5 Terminal box
6 Cover 5 端子箱
6 盖板
Fig. 3 Voltage transformer with integrated insulating section 图 3 带集成绝缘断口（电机驱动装置）的电压互感器
(motor drive)
926 01050 174 C 2-73

2.10.3.1 Core-and-coil assembly 2.10.3.1 铁芯与线圈组合
The heart of the voltage transformer are the core-andcoil 电压互感器的核心部分为铁芯及线圈组合。

assemblies.
The core-and-coil assemblies are attached to the cover. 铁芯及线圈组合位于盖板内部。
They consist of iron cores with secondary windings, and a 它们由带有二次绕组的铁芯和带有高压电极及端子的单相
single-stage primary winding with high-voltage electrodes 一次绕组组成。
and terminals.
The cores are of nested limb-type design. To hinder 铁芯呈分支状布置在气室内侧。为了抑制铁磁谐振，铁芯

ferroresonances, the cores have been configured over an 之间留有间隙。
air gap.
Primary windings sit on secondary windings which sit on 一次绕组与铁芯上的二次绕组相连。所有的绕组均有多层
the cores. All windings are of multi-layer winding design, 线圈结构，层间通过塑料薄片进行绝缘。
with plastic foil isolating the layers.
High-voltage electrodes control the electrical bay. 高压电极决定电气连接方式。
High-voltage terminals of the core-and-coil assemblies are 铁芯及线圈组合的高压端子通过弹性元件与绝缘盆连接。

connected with the bushing using flexible elements.
The ends of the primary winding (rated for 3 kV insulation 一次线圈的终端（额定绝缘电压为3kV）连接到端子箱中并

voltage) are lead into the terminal box where they are 接地。
earthed.
Owing to the non-linear behaviour of inductances and the 由于电感系数的非线性特征及一次线圈很高的热时间常数，
high thermal time constants of the primary coils, there are 当断开电缆或架空线时，电压互感器会产生最大负载能力，
maximum load capacitances with which the transformers 表现在承受动态作用力和热作用力上。
may be thermally and dynamically stressed in the
disconnection of cables and overhead lines.

[=> 1.1] [=> 1.1]
2-74 926 01050 174 C

2.10.3.2 Terminal box 2.10.3.2 端子箱
In the terminal box, secondary terminal boards and the 在端子箱中，二次端子板和一次绕组的接地连接通过绝缘板
earth connection of the primary winding are lead out [11]（气密型及绝缘）上金属接线终端引出。绝缘板保证了
(gas-tight and insulated) over bushing wires which enter 气室的密闭及承压。
the bushing plate [11]. The bushing plate closes off the
housing gas-tight and pressure-proof.
The secondary leads and the measuring leads which 延伸至端子板[12]的二次接线及测量接线通过压线接头连

extend to the terminal board [12] are attached to bushing 接到金属线。
wires with crimped connectors.
The terminal strip, which is located in the terminal box, 端子箱里的端子板便于控制电缆连接到保护及测量设备。

accommodates the control cables for connecting the 控制电缆通过电缆通道引出端子箱。
protection and measuring devices. The control cables are
routed out of the terminal box via cable conduits.
Warning 警告
On energized substations, the earth con- 在正常运行的变电站中，当接地端子与接地终端

nection terminal block accessible in the 块之间的连接断开时，二次端子箱中能够接触到
terminal box will have full operating voltage 的接地连接块会带有全电压。
if the jumper between the earth terminal
and the earth connection terminal block is
removed.
• Open the bridge only when voltage trans- • 只有当电压互感器被隔离和测量期间才能断开
formers are isolated and only for the dura- 其连接。
tion of the measurements!
Voltage transformers operate at almost no 电压互感器空载运行时，如果二次绕组发生短路
load. The voltage transformer would be 将会对电压互感器造成损害。
destroyed if the secondary windings
short-circuit.
• Do not short-circuit secondary windings of • 不要使电压互感器的二次绕组发生短路。
voltage transformers!
11 Bushing plate 11 绝缘板

12 Terminal strip 12 端子板
Fig. 4 Terminal box, cover removed 图 4 盖板移除的端子箱
926 01050 174 C 2-75

2.10.4 Terminal designations 2.10.4 端子指示
In accordance with IEC 60044-2 the ends of the primary 根据IEC 60044-2规定，电压互感器的一次绕组端子用“A”
winding of voltage transformers are designated with “A” （高压连接）和“N”（接地连接）标示，而二次绕组端子用“a”
(high-voltage connection) and “N” (earth connection) and 和“n”标示。
the ends of the secondary winding with “a” and “n”.
Secondary windings with several taps are numbered 二次绕组的几个抽头用连续的数字标示，例如，绕组 1 用
consecutively, e.g. “1a1”, “1a2”, “1n” for winding 1 and “1a1”，“1a2”，“1n”标示，绕组 2 用“2a1”，“2a2”，“2n”标示。
“2a1”, “2a2”, “2n” for winding 2.
Fig. 5 Terminal designations of a voltage transformer with one 图 5 根据 IEC 60044-2 规定，带有一个二次绕组的电压互感器端子示
secondary winding with tap to IEC 60044-2 意图
Other regulations may stipulate other terminal designa- 可能会有另外的规定标示另外的端子指示。

tions.
2-76 926 01050 174 C

2.11 RC voltage divider 2.11 RC分压器
This section describes: 本章节描述了下述内容：

– the use of the RC voltage divider – RC分压器的应用
– the external design – 外部结构
– the internal design – 内部结构
– the connection. – 连接

[=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
2.11.1 Use 2.11.1 应用范围
RC voltage dividers reduce the operating voltage of the RC分压器降低了开关设备的工作电压值，使分配电压适用

switchgear corresponding with the divider voltage to 于所连接的测量仪器和保护设备。 RC分压器将高精度输出
values which are suitable for measuring instruments and 值提供给主系统，作为模拟信号。
protective devices connected. RC voltage dividers provide
this output value with a high precision to the overriding
system as an analogue signal.
The power output is low, but is more than sufficient for the 输出功率虽然很低，但足以满足现代化的保护系统和能源计
demands of modern protection and energy counting 算系统的需求。
systems.
The divider ratio varies according to the different de- 分频比根据连接系统的不同需求而异。
mands of the connectible systems.
RC-Voltage divider are single-pole or triple-pole encap- RC 分压器为单相或三相共箱式设计，与相邻模块构成一个

sulated and form a common gas compartment with the 共用气室。可提供封闭式气室的型号。
adjacent module. A version as an enclosed gas chamber
is available.
926 01050 174 C 2-77

The RC voltage divider is supported by cover [1]. The RC 分压器由盖板[1]支撑。壳体[2]通过法兰 A 与开关模块
housing [2] is connected with the switchgear module via the 连接，保持了气密性和耐压性。
flange A in a gas-tight and pressureproof manner.
A Flange A 法兰
1 Cover 1 盖板
2 Housing 2 壳体
3 Secondary box
3 二次箱
4 Secondary cable
4 二次电缆
Fig. 1 External view of the RC voltage divider
图 1 RC 分压器的外观图
2-78 926 01050 174 C

The RC-Voltage divider is of triple-phase design. Each RC分压器为三相共箱式设计。每个分压器由高压单元和低

one of these splitters consists of a high and low-voltage 压单元组成。
unit.
High and low-voltage units consist of parallel connected 高低压单元由平行连接的电阻器和电容器组成。
resistors and capacitors.
The high-voltage unit (primary part) is installed with 主绝缘体[5]内安装有高压单元（一次侧）

70 % of the secondary capacity of the low-voltage unit in 和70%的低压单元二次容量，其余的二次容量和二次电阻
the main insulator [5]. The rest of the secondary capacity 器位于二次箱[3]内。
is located with the secondary resistor in the secondary
box [3].
The electrical components in the main insulator are sur- 主绝缘体内的电气元件都涂抹了润滑油。

rounded by oil.
The low-voltage is lead out of the secondary box via a 低压通过二次电缆[4]从二次箱中接出。
secondary cables [4].
3 Secondary box 3 二次箱

4 Secondary cables 4 二次电缆
5 Main isolator 5 主绝缘体
Fig. 2 Section of a RC-Voltage divider

图 2 RC 分压器的剖面图
2.11.4 Connection 2.11.4 连接
The Secondary cables that are guided out of the sec- 从二次箱中导出的二次电缆完整地与测量仪器和保护设备
ondary box are connected unabridged with the measur- 连接。
ing instruments and protective devices.
The identification of the secondary cables corresponds 二次电缆的识别方法与开关设备的导体识别方法一致。
with the conductor identification of the switchgear.
926 01050 174 C 2-79

2-80 926 01050 174 C
2.12 Expansion joints 2.12 膨胀节

– the use of the expansion joints – 膨胀节的应用
– the design of the expansion joints – 膨胀节的结构

[=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
2.12.1 Use 2.12.1 应用范围
Expansion joints compensate for changes in the length of 膨胀节用来补偿因温度变化造成的壳体长度变化、允许的模

the housings caused by temperature changes, per- 块结构公差、以及安装现场上某些特定的轴向、横向和角度
missible module design tolerances and, to a certain ex- 误差。
tent, axial, lateral and angular inaccuracies of the erection
site.
Based on their flexibility, the expansion joints can also 基于其灵活性，膨胀节在拆除相邻模块时也可提供支持。
support the removal of adjacent modules.
Fig. 1 Subjections of the expansion joints 图 1 膨胀节的伸缩性

a) axial a) 轴向
b) lateral b) 横向
c) angular c) 角度
926 01050 174 C 2-81

2.12.2 Types of structure 2.12.2 结构类型
2.12.2.1 Pressure-balanced sliding 2.12.2.1 压力平衡型滑动式膨胀节

expansion joint
The pressure-balanced sliding expansion joint is based on 压力平衡型滑动式膨胀节的工作原理以滑动的双重密封结
the principle of a sliding double seal. In addition, it also 构为基础。此外，它还可轴向移动，用于补偿拟合公差和
takes up axial movements and is used to compensate for 热影响作用的长度变化。
fitting tolerances and thermally influenced length changes.
The expansion joint is pressure-balanced and thus will not 此类膨胀节为压力平衡型，因此即使在气体压力的作用下，
release any reaction forces, even under gas pressure. 也不会释放任何反作用力。
The expansion joint has a gas connection and two ven- 膨胀节具有一个气室和两个通风连接。其中一个通风连接
tilation connections. One of the two ventilation connec- 位于最低位置，这样冷凝水可以畅通无阻地流走。
tions is located at the lowest position so that condensing
moisture can flow away without hindrance.
In the largest version, the expansion joint forms its own 大型膨胀节自身气室配有防爆膜装置和吸附剂支架。电流
gas chamber with rupture disc device and filter holder. 路径可以分开。
The current track can be split.
Fig. 2 Pressure-balanced sliding expansion joint 图 2 压力平衡型滑动式膨胀节

a) Version with common gas chamber a) 带共用气室型
b) Version with separate gas chamber and split current b) 带单独气室和分离电流路径的型号
track
2-82 926 01050 174 C

2.12.2.2 Removal link 2.12.2.2 移除连接
The removal link is a corrugated tube expansion joint held 移除连接是采用拉杆支撑定位的波纹管膨胀节。它不能补
in position with a tie-rod. It cannot compensate for any 偿任何操作移动偏差。
operational movements.
The expansion joint also does not compensate for lateral 此类膨胀节也不能补偿横向或角度公差。
or angular tolerances.
Furthermore, it supports fitting and removal of adjacent 此外，在安装或移除相邻的三位置开关模块时，这种膨胀节
disconnector and earthing switch modules in the com- 可提供支撑。在这种情况下，拉杆螺纹会轴向拉紧，从而
mon rail, for example. To do this, the tie-rod thread is 产生一个 10 毫米宽的间隙。
tensioned axially, thus creating a 10 mm wide gap.
Fig. 3 Removal link 图 3 移除连接
926 01050 174 C 2-83

2.12.2.3 Lateral expansion joint 2.12.2.3 横向膨胀节
The lateral expansion joint consists of an intermediate 横向膨胀节由一个中间壳体和两个角度波纹管膨胀节组成。
housing and two angular-acting corrugated tube expan- 它可用于：
sion joints. It can be used:
– for compensation of fitting tolerances by pre-tension- – 使拉杆进行轴向、横向和角度方向的预拉紧，补偿拟合公
ing the tie-rods axially, laterally and in an angualr di- 差。
rection
– for compensation of operational movements after fix- – 在仅横向固定拉杆后，补偿操作移动偏差。
ing the tie-rods exclusively laterally.
Since the movement of the lateral expansion joint is also 由于横向膨胀节的移动也受内部线路连接的限制，因此在安
limited by the internal line connections, the relevant 装和拆除过程中也应考虑本操作说明手册的相关指示。
instructions in this operating instruction manual should be
taken into account during fitting and dismantling.
Installing the switchgear [=> 4.3] 开关设备的安装 [=> 4.3]
Fig. 4 Lateral expansion joint 图 4 横向膨胀节
2-84 926 01050 174 C

2.13 Busbar 2.13 母线
This section describes 本章节描述了：

– the use and – 母线的应用
– design of the busbar. – 母线的设计

ules [=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
Housing and conductor connections [=> 2.18] 外壳和导体连接 [=> 2.18]
2.13.1 Use 2.13.1 应用范围
The busbar connects the bays of the switchgear. Its 母线用来连接开关的每一个间隔。每个间隔的母线相位都
phasing is segregated bay-by-bay. 是隔离开的。
The busbar is of active design. Integrated disconnector 母线具有灵活的结构。可采用集成式三位置开关模块断开
and earthing switch modules can be used to switch cur- 或闭合电流回路，和/或进行接地。
rent paths on or off and/or to earth them.
The busbars are triple-pole encapsulated. 母线是三相共箱式密封结构。
Two adjacent bays are firmly connected to the discon- 相邻的两个间隔紧密地连接在三位置开关模块上。

nector-earthing-module.
Removal links facilitate the disassembly of the discon- 移除连接便于拆卸三位置开关模块。
nector and earthing switch modules.
Expansion joints axially compensate the temperature- 膨胀节可以补偿轴向上与温度有关的母线长度的变化。
related changes in length in the busbar run.
926 01050 174 C 2-85

2 Removal link. 2 移除连接
3 Tie-rod 3 拉杆
4 Expansion joint
4 膨胀节
Fig. 1 Busbar, designed with removal link and expansion joints
图 1 带移除连接和膨胀节的母线结构：
a) External view
a) 外观图
b) Sectional view
b) 剖面图
2-86 926 01050 174 C

For an easier access to the bay component, an exten- 为便于接触间隔元件，可采用延长模块增加双重间隔之间的
sion module increases the distance between the dou- 距离。
ble-bays.

3 Tie-rod 3 拉杆
4 Expansion joint
4 膨胀节
5 Extension module 300 mm
5 延长模块 300 mm
Fig. 2 Busbar, designed with removal link and expansion joints 图 2 带移除连接和膨胀节的母线结构：
a) External view a) 外观图
b) Sectional view b) 剖面图
926 01050 174 C 2-87

6 Passive disconnector and earthing switch module 6 无源三位置开关模块（隔离和接地开关模块）
Fig. 3 Busbar slitting, designed with removal link and passive

图 3 带移除连接和无源三位置开关模块的母线结构
disconnector and earthing switch module
2-88 926 01050 174 C

4 Expansion joint 4 膨胀节
7 Earthing switches 7 接地开关
Fig. 4 Busbar-longitudinal clutch, designed with expansion

图 4 带膨胀节和延长模块的母线- 总线离合器结构
joints and extension module
926 01050 174 C 2-89

2-90 926 01050 174 C
2.14 Three-pole connection 2.14 三相连接模块
modules
This section describes the 3-pole connection module of the 本节描述开关装置的三相连接模块。
switchgear.

[=> 1.5]
[=> 1.5]
3-pole connection modules join the bays of the switch- 根据组合电器的配置，可采用三相连接模块连接开关的各个

gear based on their operating requirements for, among 间隔，满足电网对相位的要求。
other reasons, the anticipated availability of the system
and its link to the electrical power supply network.
Fig. 1 Extension module 图 1 延长模块
Fig. 2 Extension module 400 mm, including removal link 图 2 延长模块，400 mm, 包括移除连接
926 01050 174 C 2-91

Fig. 3 Extension module 500 mm for separate gas chamber 图 3 延长模块，500 mm，用于单独的气室
Fig. 4 Extension module 600 mm with removal link for separate 图 4 延长模块，600 mm，带移除连接，用于单独的气室
gas chamber
Fig. 5 Extension component Type 1, 400 ... 2,000 mm 图 5 通管，型号 1, 400 ... 2,000 mm
2-92 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 6 Extension component Type 2 up to 5, 900 ... 7,000 mm 图 6 通管型号 2 至 5 (900 … 7000 mm) .
Fig. 7 Reducer module 图 7 减压模块
Fig. 8 Angle module, 90° 图 8 角度模块, 90°
Fig. 9 End module for separate gas chamber 图 9 用于单独气室的终端模块
926 01050 174 C 2-93

Fig. 10 End module for common gas chamber 图 10 用于共用气室的终端模块
Fig. 11 Splitter module Type 1 for single-pole output lines 图 11 用于单相输出线的分枝状模块，型号 1
Fig. 12 Cross module, passive 图 12 十字形模块，无源模块
2-94 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 13 Y component 图 13 Y 组件
926 01050 174 C 2-95

2-96 926 01050 174 C
2.15 Overhead line connection 2.15 架空线连接模块
module
This section describes: 本章节描述了：
– the use of the overhead line connection module – 架空线连接模块的应用
– the external design of the overhead connection mod- – 架空线连接模块的外部结构
ule
– the internal design of the overhead line connection – 架空线连接模块的内部结构
module

ules [=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
2.15.1 Use 2.15.1 应用范围
The conductors are routed out of the bay gas compart- 通过架空线连接模块将导体从间隔气室内引出，以便能够连
ments via the overhead line connector modules so that 接裸露的导体。每个间隔的三相户外套管一般都采用相同
bare conductors can be connected to them. The three 的设计。
outdoor bushings per bay are normally of the same de-
sign.
The overhead connection module consists of the outdoor 架空线连接模块由户外套管[1]和角度模块[2]组成。

bushing [1] and the angle module [2].
1 Outdoor bushing 1 户外套管

2 Distributing module Typ 2 2 分相模块，型号2
Fig. 1 Open-air connection with distribution module Type 2 图 1 带分相模块的户外连接模块，型号 2
926 01050 174 C 2-97


2-98 926 01050 174 C

The outdoor bushing [1] is connected gastight and pres- 户外套管[1]与分相模块[2]相连，并保持了气密性和耐压性。

sure-resistant to the distribution module [2]. Coupling 耦合触头[3]将户外套管的导体与分相模块的导体连接在一
contacts [3] connect the conductors of the open-air 起。
bushings with the conductors of the distribution module.

3 Coupling contact 3 耦合触头
Fig. 4 Open-air connection, sectional view

图 4 户外连接模块剖面图


926 01050 174 C 2-99


2-100 926 01050 174 C

2.16 Cable connection module 2.16 电缆连接模块

– application and – 电缆连接模块的应用
– the structure of a cable connection module. Basic – 电缆连接模块的结构基本信息：
information: 基本信息：

ules [=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
Housing and conductor connections [=> 2.18] 外壳和导体的连接 [=> 2.18]
Prerequisites [=> 5.1] 先决条件 [=> 5.1]
The cable connection module connects the bay with the 电缆连接模块把间隔与三个高压电缆连接起来。电缆连接
three high-voltage cables. Cable connections as per IEC 符合 IEC 62271-209 第7.1/7.2 条款要求，或可选用其它
62271-209 Clause 7.1/7.2 or other cable plug systems 合适的电缆插头系统。
are suitable.
The cable connection module is normally mounted on the 电缆连接模块通常安装在三位置开关模块上。
disconnector and earthing switch module.
A cable connection can also be realised with a cable 采用电缆隔离开关也可实现电缆连接。
disconnector.
Cable connection module [=> 2.16] 电缆连接模块 [=> 2.16]
926 01050 174 C 2-101

The three cable sealing ends [5] are fed in via the aper- 三相电缆密封终端[5] 从壳体的下方开口进线。开口通过压
tures in the lower part of the enclosure. The enclosure 力环[6]进行气体密封。
apertures are sealed gastight by pressure rings [6].
There is a bushing on flange A. 法兰A上有一个绝缘盆。
The rupture disk assembly [7], an optional PD-Coupler 防爆膜[7]、可选 PD-耦合器配件[8]和/或另一个吸附剂壳体
fitting [8] and/or another filter housing [9] are connected to [9]连接到壳体[1]上。
the housing [1].
A Flange A A 法兰 A
1 Housing 1 壳体
5 Cable end closure 5 电缆端盖
7 Rupture disc assembly 7 防爆膜
8 PD-Coupler fitting (optional) 8 PD-耦合器配件（可选）
9 Filter housing (optional) 9 吸附剂壳体（可选）
Fig. 1 Cable connection module, type 1 图 1 电缆连接模块，型号 1
2-102 926 01050 174 C

The handhole [10] is provided for the purpose of assem- 安装手孔[10]供装配和拆卸之用。
bly and dismantling.
A Flange A A 法兰 A
1 Housing 1 壳体
3 Adapter
3 适配器
4 Connection piece
4 连接件
5 Cable sealing end
6 Pressure ring 5 电缆密封头
7 Rupture disk assembly 6 压力环
8 PD-Coupler fitting (optional) 7 防爆膜
10 Hand hole with cover 8 PD-耦合器配件（可选）
10 手孔封盖
Fig. 2 Cable connection module type 3 (example with inserted 图 2 电缆连接模块，型号 3（插入式电缆示例）
cable)
926 01050 174 C 2-103

The three cable plug-in bushings [11] are fed in via the 三相电缆插入式套管[11] 从壳体的下方开口进线。开口通
openings in the lower part of the housing. The enclosure 过压力环[12]进行气体密封。
apertures are sealed gas-tight by pressure rings [12].
The connection of the cable plug-in bushing [11] with the 电缆插入式套管[11]通过接头[14]与导体[13]连接。
conductor [13] is carried out via the connector [14].
The hand hole [10] is provided for the purpose of as- 安装手孔[10]供装配和拆卸之用。
sembly and dismantling.
Note 提示
Cable plugs shall only be mounted, inserted 电缆插头只应由训练有素的专业人员进行安装、

and screwed in by trained personnel. 插入及固定。
1 Housing 1 壳体
10 Hand hole with cover 10 手孔封盖
11 Cable plug-in bushing 11 电缆插入式套管
12 Pressure ring 12 压力环
14 Connection piece 14 连接件
Fig. 3 Cable connection module, type 2 图 3 电缆连接模块，型号 2
2-104 926 01050 174 C

2.17 Covers, filter mounts, 2.17 盖子、吸附剂支架和防爆膜的总
rupture disk assemblies 成
– the use of covers, filter mounts and rupture disk as- – 盖子、吸附剂支架以及防爆膜的应用
semblies
– the structure of covers, filter mounts and rupture disk – 盖子、吸附剂支架以及防爆膜的结构
assemblies.

[=> 1.1] [=> 1.1]
2.17.1 Use of covers, filter mounts and 2.17.1 盖子、吸附剂支架和防爆膜的应用

rupture disks
Covers close 盖子用来封闭
– Modules – 模块
– Manway openings – 入孔开口
– Connections for monitoring, testing and diagnostic – 监控、测试和诊断设备的连接
equipment.
Filter mounts hold the filter material present in the gas 吸附剂支撑固定气室的过滤材料。
compartment.
Rupture disks function as rupture joints. In the event of a 防爆膜作为一个压力释放口。如果开关装置工作中发生故
fault in the switchgear operation, e.g. caused by stray light 障，例如由漂移电弧引起故障，则气室内的气体压力会增加。
arcing, the gas pressure in the gas compartment 防爆膜将在压力增大到容器无法承受之前破裂。
increases. The rupture disk ruptures before the pressure
becomes too great for the container.
If the rupture disk bursts, diverters guide the gas flow 如果防爆膜破裂，导向罩会将气流引开，使其对设备或人员
away in a direction not hazardous to either personnel or 不构成危险。气流方向见提供的开关装置图。
equipment. The direction of flow is shown in the switch-
gear drawings provided.
926 01050 174 C 2-105

2.17.2 Design 2.17.2 结构
2.17.2.1 Covers and filter holders without 2.17.2.1 不带防爆膜装置的盖子和吸附

rupture disc devices 剂支架
There are several kinds of cover: 盖子有以下几种类型:
– Cover without attachments, – 不带附件的盖子,
– Cover with internal filter holder – 带有内部吸附剂支架的盖子
– Cover with external filter housing – 带有外部吸附剂壳体的盖子
There is at least one filter mount or filter housing for every 每个气室至少有一个吸附剂支架或吸附剂壳体。
gas compartment.
1 Cover 1 盖子
2 Sealing ring 2 密封环
3 Filter holder 3 吸附剂支架
4 Filter housing 4 吸附剂壳体
Fig. 1 Cover versions without rupture disc device 图 1 不带防爆膜装置的盖板

a) without attachments a) 不带附件
b) with internal filter holder (for 8 or 14 filter bags) b) 带有内部吸附剂支架 ( 8个或14个过滤袋)
c) with external filter housing (for 4 or 8 filter bags) c) 带有外部吸附剂壳体 ( 4个或8个过滤袋)
Inserting/replacing filter material [=> 7.17] 放置/更换吸附剂材料[=> 7.17]
2-106 926 01050 174 C

2.17.2.2 Covers and filter holders with 2.17.2.2 2.17.2.1 带有防爆膜装置的盖子
rupture disc devices 和吸附剂支架
1 Cover 1 盖子
5 Guard plate 5 防护板
6 Rupture disk 6 防爆膜
7 Pressure ring with O-ring 7 带O型圈的压力环
8 Diverter 8 导向罩
9 Filter holder 9 吸附剂支架
Fig. 2 Cover versions with rupture disc device 图 2 带有防爆膜装置的盖板

a) Cover with rupture disc without diverting hood a) 带有防爆膜但不带导向罩的盖板
b) Cover with rupture disk and diverter hood b) 带有防爆膜和导向罩的盖板
c) Cover with rupture disc and diverting hood and filter c) 带有防爆膜、导向罩和吸附剂支架的盖板
holder
Fitting the rupture disks [=> 7.18] 防爆膜的安装 [=> 7.18]
926 01050 174 C 2-107

2-108 926 01050 174 C
2.18 Housing and conductor 2.18 壳体和导体连接
connections
This section contains a description of 本单元包含以下内容：
– housing and housing connections – 壳体和壳体连接
– conductor connections installed in the switchgear. – 安装在开关中的导体连接
Preparing and assembling conductor and flange 准备和装配导体和法兰连接 [=> 7.6]

connections [=> 7.6] .
Corrosion protection, greasing and oiling 防腐措施、润滑脂和润滑油

[=> 7.20] [=> 7.20]
Bolted joints, tightening torques, locking tabs 螺栓连接，拧紧力矩，上锁片

[=> 7.24] [=> 7.24]
2.18.1 Housing and housing connections 2.18.1 壳体和壳体连接
2.18.1.1 Housing manufacture and testing 2.18.1.1 壳体制造和测试
The chambers are manufactured and tested according to 壳体内腔根据最新工艺要求制造和测试。

the latest state of the art.
The chambers are of cast aluminium. 壳体由铸铝制成。
Each housing is subjected to pressure and leakage 每个外壳都要进行氦气的耐压和泄露试验。
testing with helium gas.
After the tests, the housings are sand-blasted and painted 经过试验后，壳体内外会进行喷沙处理，然后涂上油漆。
on the inside and outside.
Enclosures and/or covers made of steel for outdoor use 户外使用的钢制外壳或盖子都要涂一层保护层，例如喷涂一
are given a protective coating on the outside, e.g. a layer 层锌或锌粉涂料，然后再在上面涂一层清漆。
of sprayed zinc or zinc dust paint, and the varnish layer is
applied on top of this.
926 01050 174 C 2-109

2.18.1.2 Flanges 2.18.1.2 法兰
Flanges are located at connecting points with other 法兰位于与其它壳体部件的连接界面，以及在需要盖子或监
housing components, on assembly openings which are 控、测试和诊断接头的连接面处。
fitted with covers and on connections for monitoring,
testing and diagnosis fixtures.
One flange has a groove in which an O-ring is placed; the 一个法兰带有一个密封槽，其中可以安放O型圈；连接法兰
connecting flange has a sealing surface with only a minor 的密封面非常光滑。
scallop height.
Approved pressure vessel bolts are used to secure the 采用高抗拉强度的螺栓来固定法兰。

flanges.
1 Sealing surface 1 密封面

2 Casing 2 铸件
3 Flange without groove, with sealing surface 3 不带槽、带密封面的法兰
4 Bolt hole 4 螺栓孔
5 Sealing ring 5 密封环
6 Flange with groove 6 带槽法兰
Fig. 1 Parts of a gastight and pressure-resistant joint prior to 图 1 未经螺栓连接的气密和抗压零部件界面

being bolted together
2-110 926 01050 174 C

2.18.1.3 Bushings 2.18.1.3 绝缘盆
Gastight and perforated (permitting gas passage) bush- 开关中使用气密的和透气的绝缘盆。
ings are used in the switchgear.
Gastight bushings separate adjacent gas compartments. 气密的绝缘盆可以把相邻的两个气室隔开。
Perforated (permitting gas passage) bushings join two 透气的绝缘盆通过环形分布其中的孔把相邻的模块连接起
adjacent modules by means of apertures arranged in a 来。
circle.
The bushing consists of a flange ring [7], cast-resin body 绝缘盆由法兰圈[7]、树脂浇铸体[8]和电极[9]组成。树脂浇
[8] and electrode [9]. The cast-resin body is cast in the 铸体浇铸在铝制法兰圈内，电极密封在树脂浇铸体中。
aluminium flange ring, the electrode encapsulated in the
cast-resin body.
The flange rings of the cast resin bushings have two 树脂浇注绝缘盆的法兰圈在每一侧有两个槽，可用于放置密
grooves on each side to accommodate sealing rings. The 封环。最内层的密封圈支撑绝缘盆稳定到位。法兰仅由最
innermost sealing rings hold the bushing in place. The 外层的密封圈进行密封。
flanges are sealed solely by the outermost sealing rings.
7 Flange ring 7 法兰圈

8 Cast resin body 8 树脂浇注体
9 Electrode 9 电极
Fig. 2 3-pole bushings 图 2 三相绝缘盆

a) gas-tight a) 气密
b) perforated b) 透气
926 01050 174 C 2-111

2.18.2 Conductor connections 2.18.2 导体连接
Rigid and flexible conductor connections are used in the 开关设备中采用刚性和柔性的导体连接方式。

switchgear.
Rigid conductor connections fix the inner structures in the 刚性导体连接固定树脂浇注绝缘盆的内部结构。
cast resin bushings.
Flexible conductor connections compensate for manu- 柔性导体连接补偿制造和安装时的误差以及吸收导体的热
facturing and installation tolerances and absorb the 膨胀效应。
thermal expansion of the conductors.
The following illustrations show the important connecting 下例插图显示现场安装时的重要连接界面。
points for the building site assembly.
10 Screw 10 螺栓
11 C onnection piece 11 连接件
12 Conductor contact 12 导体触头
Fig. 3 Coupling contact 图 3 耦合触头
10 Screw 10 螺栓
Fig. 4 Fixed screw connection ( 1 x M16) 图 4 固定螺栓连接 ( 1 x M16)
2-112 926 01050 174 C

10 Screw 10 螺栓
Fig. 4 Fixed screw connection ( 1 x M12) 图 4 固定螺栓连接 ( 1 x M12)
926 01050 174 C 2-113

2-114 926 01050 174 C
3 Shipment and 3 装运和储存
storage
926 01050 174 C 3-1

Note: 提示：
The representations in the follwing illus- 以下图中所述内容可能全部或部分不同于交付型

trations can differ, in total or in part, from the 号。这尤其适用于当前的追踪指南、套管及辅助
delivered version. This applies particularly 设备的安装位置和实施情况。
to the current track guiding, the location and
execution of the bushings and the ancillary
equipment.
3-2 926 01050 174 C

3.1 Packaging 3.1 包装
This section contains a description of 本单元包含以下内容：

– use of packaging – 包装的应用
– packaging design and manufacture. – 包装设计和制造
Markings [=> 3.2] 标志 [=>3.2]
Receipt and handling of shipments [=> 3.3] 装运的接收和搬运 [=> 3.3]
Handling of sealed packages [=> 3.4] 密封包装的处理 [=> 3.4]
The packing is intended to protect the goods both in 包装的目的是在运输、装卸和储存过程中给货物提供保护，

transit and when loading and unloading, as well as dur- 防止任何形式的损坏。包装必须保护货物能够承受允许的
ing storage periods, to prevent any form of deterioration. 运输影响，比如震动、摇晃、潮湿（海水、雨、雪、凝露）。
The packing must protect the goods against admissible 如有必要，包装也必须防止货物相对其原始位置发生不被允
strains of transportation, such as vibration, jolts, moisture 许的位移。
(seawater, rain, snow, condensate). If necessary, the
packing must also keep the goods from inadmissibly
changing their original position inside.
To permit the goods to be shipped safely, economically 为使货物安全、经济并按照规则装运，在实际包装前就必须

and in accordance with regulations, they must be pre- 做好其装运准备。
pared ready for shipment prior to actual packing.
Taking into account the various influences on the goods 考虑到对于货物的各种影响（气候条件、运输和储存周期、

(climate conditions, duration of transport and storage, 运输方法），将采用几种不同类型的包装。包装类型标注
method of transport), several different types of pakkag- 在装箱单上，将在随后进行描述。
ing are used. The type of packaging is noted on the
packing slip and subsequently described.
Drawings on the packaging give information on the na- 包装图纸提供了关于运输设备类型和安排的信息。

ture and arrangement of transport devices
926 01050 174 C 3-3

Basic packaging for truck transport 卡车运输的基本包装
Partially suitable for shipment by road within Europe in- 部分适用于欧洲范围内的陆路运输，包括摆渡。在卡车运
cluding ferries. During truck transport, the equipment is 输过程中，采用卡车的防水帆布对开关设备进行保护。
protected by the tarpaulin of the truck.
– Module assemblies on bay frames ready for transport – 模块装配件位于间隔架上，适于运输，同时加以固

and secured against tipping over. 定防止跌落。
– Weather protection exclusively by tarpaulin of truck. – 专门采用卡车的防水帆布防护天气影响。
Note: 提示：
The equipment does not have an own 开关设备自身没有防护天气影响和机械应力（特

weather protection and no protection against 别是摇晃）的保护装置，
mechanical stresses, especially jolts.
Not suitable for outdoor storage! Sealed 不适用于户外储存！适于运输的密封包装
packaging for transport

Suitable for all types of shipment and all climatic condi- 适用于所有类型的装运以及所有的气候条件，总的装运和
tions, for a total shipping and storage period of up to 24 存期不超过一年。
months.
Permissible ambient temperature: + 55 °C to – 40 °C. 允许的环境温度： + 55 °C 至 – 40 °C。
– on transport frames with integrated vibration damp- – 置于配有集成减震器的运输架上，进行机械固定

ers for mechanical securing
– Air-tight sealing with film after inserting the desiccant – 放入干燥剂后用薄膜密封，有效期不超过两年
with an effectiveness of up to 24 months.
Note: 提示：
Not suitable for outdoor storage! 不适用于户外储存！
The packages are labelled as follows: 包装标记如下:
Time-limited storage of shipments 可进行限时储存的装运货物

[=> 3.3.4.1] [=> 3.3.4.1]
3-4 926 01050 174 C

Sealed packaging for shipment and storage 适于装运和储存的密封包装
Suitable for all types of shipment and all climatic condi- 适用于所有类型的装运以及所有的气候条件，总的装运和储
tions, for a total shipping and storage period of up to 24 存期不超过两年。
months.
Suitable for outdoor storage. 适用于户外储存。
Permissible ambient temperature + 55 °C to – 50 °C. 允许的环境温度：+ 55 °C 至 – 50 °C。
– on transport frames with integrated vibration damp- – 置于配有集成减震器的运输架上，进行机械固定
ers for mechanical securing
– Air-tight sealing with film after inserting the desiccant – 放入干燥剂后用薄膜密封，有效期不超过一年
with an effectiveness of up to 24 months.
– Wooden cladding or alternatively a wooden folding – 采用木制镀层或木制折叠盒，进行机械保护。

box for mechanical protection
The packages are labelled as follows: 包装标记如下:
Time-limited storage of shipments 有时间限制的装运的储存

[=> 3.3.4.1] [=> 3.3.4.1]
3.1.2 Design and manufacture 3.1.2 设计和制造
The basic packing guarantees that modules and as- 此基本包装保证运输期间模块和总成的安全，使其免遭运输

semblies remain secure during transport and will not be 工具或储存区域表面的破坏。为此可采用木架和/或钢架。
disturbed by surfaces of the transport vehicle or storage
area. To this extent, wood and/or steel racks are used.
The accessory items are delivered on wooden pallets, in 附件装在开式板条箱或结实的瓦楞纸板箱中，放置在木制托

open crates or sturdy corrugated-cardboard boxes. 盘上交付。
The sealed packaging surrounds the contents on all sides 此密封包装将货物的所有面用隔离层包住。在隔离层中放
with a barrier layer. The quantity of drying agent contained 置足够数量的干燥剂，将相对湿度控制在60%以下，处于该
in this barrier layer limits the relative humidity to a level of < 相对湿度中的包装货物在其保存期限内将不会发生损坏。
60%, a level which can cause no damage to the contents 干燥剂量取决于板条箱的表面积、隔离层类型（透气性）、
of the packaging for the duration of their storage life. The 气候条件以及按月计算的有效使用寿命。
amount of desiccant depends on the crate surface area,
the type of barrier (vapour permea- bility), the climatic
conditions and active life in months.
The factory-tested bays are mounted on the transport 经过工厂测试的间隔安装在运输架上。运输架配有集成减

frames. The transport frame ensures secure standing 震器，可确保运输中货物的稳定性，防止其受到摇晃应力的
during transport and protects from jolts stresses thanks to 影响。
the integrated shock absorbers.
Air-blister foil or PE foam plastic widths is used to cushion 气泡膜或PE泡沫塑料块用于衬垫货物的所有尖角和边缘，
all sharp corners and edges of the goods, making sure 确保不使下一步使用的隔离膜受到损坏。
that they do not damage the foil applied in the next step.
Then the packaged goods is wrapped in foil and welded 放入干燥剂后，包装货物用薄膜包住并进行封焊。薄膜紧
after inserting the desiccant. The air inside the barrier has 紧裹住货物后，表明隔离层内的空气已排空。
been evacuated; this is indicated by the clinging effect of
the foil.
926 01050 174 C 3-5

The crates for attachments consist of a solid wooden floor 放置附件的板条箱由坚固的木制底板以及采用坚固木料或
and also of boarding (with timbering) made likewise of 夹板制成的木板（带支护）组成。
solid wood or plywood.
1 PE foil 1 PE 薄膜
2 Air evacuator (partially) 2 抽气装置（部分）
3 Manual welder 3 人工封焊
Fig. 1 Welding the PE sheeting

图 1 PE 薄膜的封焊
The side walls and a lid support made of squared tim- 用方形木料制成的侧壁和顶撑固定在密封包装模块的运输
bers are attached to the transport frame of the sealed- 架上。板条箱用其盖子关闭。
packed module. The box is closed with the lid.
Alternatively, a folding box may be used to cover it. 另外，也可以选用折叠箱。
3-6 926 01050 174 C

3.2 Markings 3.2 标志
This section 本章节

– shows and explains the symbols used to mark indi- – 给出并解释那些用来标志各种包装的符号。
vidual packages
– describes the identification of shipping assemblies. – 描述装运总成的识别。
Packaging [=> 3.1] 包装 [=> 3.1]
3.2.1 Symbols on packages 3.2.1 包装符号
The packing crates bear symbols which give instructions 在包装板条箱上标有各种对安全运输以及正确储存进行说
for safe transport and proper storage. 明的符号。
For the dispatch of non-hazardous goods, the symbols to 对于非危险物品的装运，适用 DIN 55 402 第 1 部分中规
DIN 55 402 part 1 apply, and must be strictly observed. 定的符号，并且必须严格遵守。
Note: 提示：
In addition to the following symbols, further 除下列符号外，其它注意事项可用文本或图例表

notices may appear as text or illustrations. 示。
1 This way up 1 此面向上

2 Fragile 2 易碎
3 Keep dry 3 保持干燥
4 Keep away from heat
4 远离热源
5 Centre of gravity
6 Point of notice 5 重心
7 Sealed packing 6 注意点
7 密封包装
Fig. 1 The symbols to DIN 55 402; Marking for shipping of
packages 图 1 DIN 55 402 规定符号：包装装运标志
926 01050 174 C 3-7

3.2.2 Identification of the shipping 3.2.2 装运总成的识别
assemblies
In order to clearly organise the location of assembly for the 为了清楚地确定开关装置的装配位置，装运总成采用专门标

switch gear, shipping assemblies are specifically labelled. 签。这些标签位于总成接头的保护盖上。
These labels have been placed on the protective covers on
the joints of the assembly.
13 Switchgear type 13 开关型号

14 Object 14 物品
15 Works no.: 15 工号
16 Serial no.
16 序列号
17 Position and bay designation (see HSA drawings and delivery
17 位置和间隔名称（见 HSA 图纸和发运单）
note)
18 Batch no. 18 批号
19 Dimensions and weight 19 尺寸和重量
21 Bay designation 21 间隔名称
22 Contents of accessory pack 22 附件包装内容
Fig. 2 Label on packing accessory (example) 图 2 包装附件标签（实例）
3-8 926 01050 174 C

3.3 Receipt and handling of 3.3 装运的接收和搬运
shipments
– Basic requirements of transport – 运输的基本要求
– Receiving and external control of goods – 货物的接收和外部控制
– Unpacking the goods and checking for damage – 货物的拆封和运输中损坏的检查
incurred during transport
– Storage of goods – 货物的储存
– Procedures in case of damage and loss due to fire, – 由火情、自然灾害、盗窃或事故引起损坏和损失时的处
natural disasters, theft or accident. 理程序。

[=> 1.5] [=> 1.5]
Packaging [=> 3.1] 包装 [=> 3.1]
Markings [=> 3.2] 标志 [=>3.2]
3.3.1 Shipment 3.3.1 装运
Warning 警告
Risk to life from tipping or falling loads! – 负荷的倾覆或坠落将危及生命！ — 有致命危

Mortal danger! 险！
• Do not stand under suspended load. • 不要站在悬挂负荷的下面。

• Do not exceed the carrying capacity of • 不要超越运输设备和提升机构的运输能力。
transport equipment and hoisting gear.
• Bays on transport frames are strictly not to • 运输架上的间隔应严格遵守不堆放的原则。
be stacked. This also applies to the use of 这一点同样适用于折叠箱。
folding box.
• Remove transport plates of the basic • 仅当负荷已被可靠保护没有倾覆危险时，方
packaging and transport frame at the 可在装配地点撤走基本包装的运输拖板和运
location of assembly only after the load has 输架。
been firmly secured against tipping over.
926 01050 174 C 3-9

3.3.1.1 Transport to the site 3.3.1.1 运输至现场
The goods must be transported from the manufacturer to 只能由专业承运商（船运公司、承运人、铁路货运公司）将
the site by experienced forwarding agents only (shipping 货物从制造商处运往现场。西门子公司的安装人员仅充当
companies, carriers, railway freight companies). Erection 顾问和监督的角色。运输的全过程专门由承运商负责。
personnel of Siemens AG may act only in an advisory and
supervisory capacity. Transportation remains exclusively
the responsibility of the forwarding agents.
In addition to vibration and shock stresses during trans- 除了运输中的震动应力外，还会有由于跌落、倾覆、坠落或
port there may be impacts as a result of dropping, tip- 互撞引起的冲击。因此，为了避免损坏，不得超过下列数
ping, falling or collision. So as to avoid damage, the 值（摘自 DIN EN 24180 ）：
following values must not be exceeded (extract from DIN
EN 24180):
Vertical impact 垂直冲击
Method of transport: road / air / water permissible stress: 运输方法：陆地 / 空运 / 水运，许用应力：
2
Amplitude 200 up to 300 m / s (= 20 up to 30 g), 振幅200 至300m/s²(=20 至30g ),
determined from individual modular assemblies exclud- 根据各模块总成决定，不包括包装板条箱。
ing packing crates.
Free fall 自由坠落
– transport on road: height of fall max. 100 mm – 陆路运输：坠落高度最大100mm

– transport by air: height of fall max. 100 mm – 空运：坠落高度最大100mm
– transport by ship: height of fall max. 300 mm – 水运：坠落高度最大300 mm
Vibrations (natural frequency) 振动（固有频率）
– transport on road: < 9 Hz, max. 7.5 mm amplitude – 陆路运输：小于 9Hz，最大7.5mm 振幅

–
2
air + water: > 200 Hz, max. 40 m / s (= 4 g) – 空运+水运: 大于200Hz，最大40m/s²（=4g）
Horizontal velocity of impact 水平冲击速度
– transport on road: < 2.7 m/s – 陆路运输：小于2.7m/s

– air + water: not applicable – 空运+水运: 不适用
The cases are marked with instructions for safe handling 在货箱上标有安全搬运和正确储存说明。
and proper storage.
If a case falls from a certain height (e.g. is dropped as a 如果货箱从一定的高度坠落（例如由于吊索突然断裂），预
result of a snapped lifting rope), damage is to be ex- 期的损坏情况与货箱重量无关。这特别针对于超过了给定
pected independently of the case weight. This applies in 坠落高度的情况。
particular if the drop heights given are exceeded.
3-10 926 01050 174 C

3.3.1.2 On-site transport 3.3.1.2 现场运输
On-site transport means the moving of packed or un- 现场运输指的是在安装前或安装期间，对包装或拆封货物的
packed goods before or during erection. Devices used for 移动。用于搬运的设备包括：
moving include:
– Trucks or other vehicles – 卡车或者其它车辆

– Fork-lift trucks – 叉车
– Mobile and/or stationary cranes – 移动式和/或固定式起重机
– Transport roller systems, specially for complete – 运输辊道系统，尤其适用于成套的开关间隔
switchgear bays
– Hydraulic jacks – 液压千斤顶
– Winches (rope winches, rack-and-pinion jacks) – 绞车（钢丝绳绞车，齿条齿轮式千斤顶）
– Rollers – 辊轮
– Crowbars with and without rollers – 带和不带辊轮的撬杠
– Various ropes – 各种绳索
Note: 提示：
Ensure that all tools are capable of bearing 确保上述所有工具能够承受负载。

the load.
Warning 警告
When loading and unloading heavy goods, 当装卸笨重货物时，尤其在使用绞车、千斤顶和

especially if using winches, jacks and 撬杠等情况下，存在负荷倾覆的风险 — 将危及
crowbars, etc., there is a risk of load tipping 生命
– Danger to life
• Prop up top-heavy or side-heavy loads and • 对头重或侧重的负荷要作支撑，并在搬运中用

secure them by ropes during handling. 绳索对其固定。
• Stabilise the transport vehicle with support • 为避免装载平台的倾覆或弹跳，应在装卸时用
frames or jacks during loading and unload- 支撑架或者千斤顶稳定车辆。应始终带上制
ing, in order to avoid tipping or springing of the 动。
loading platform. The brakes must always
be applied.
• Heavy parts should be secured so that they • 应将重型件可靠固定，使其在搬运时不产生移
cannot shift when handled. 动。
• With steel ropes, use wooden blocks to • 如果使用钢丝绳的话，应垫上木块防止钢丝绳
prevent them from rubbing against the cases 擦伤或割坏货箱。
or cutting into them.
• Heed all notices. • 留意所有的注意事项。
Note: 提示：
The RC voltage divider must be transported RC分压器必须直立运输（二级箱向上），并配备

upright (the secondary boxes pointing 专门的盖板和运输拖板。
upwards) and with special covers and
transport plate in position.
926 01050 174 C 3-11

3.3.2 Receipt of goods 3.3.2 货物的接收
Before being officially received (signing of receipt), all 在正式接收（签收）前，所有交付的货物必须由收货人进行

goods delivered must be checked by the recipient for 下列检查
• Completeness with regard to the dispatch note • 发运单的完整性
• External damage of all kinds • 各种外部损坏
3.3.2.1 Make sure the delivery is complete 3.3.2.1 确保交付的完整性
Use the packing slip to check completeness of delivery. 用装箱单检查交付的完整性。此发运单包括下列信息：

The dispatch note includes the following information:
– Customer order item – 客户订单项
– Manufacturer order item – 生产商订单项
– Contents in German and in an appropriate foreign – 用德文和相应外文语书写的目录

language
– Case no. – 箱号
– Gross weight – 毛重
– Net weight – 净重
– Dimensions – 尺寸
3-12 926 01050 174 C

1 Packing slip no. 1 装箱单号
2 Designation of case contents 2 箱内物品目录
3 Order item 3 订单项
4 Type of packaging
4 包装类型
Fig. 1 Excerpt from a delivery note (different designs
possible) 图 1 摘自提货单（可能有所不同）
926 01050 174 C 3-13

3.3.2.2 Check the goods against external 3.3.2.2 检查货物的外部损坏情况
damage
Carry out the checks after unloading when each case is 卸货后，在各货箱可以从所有侧面接近时进行检查。应在
accessible from all sides. Carry out the check at that place 将货物从承运商运往装运单上标明的收货人的那些地点对
where the goods are transferred from the forwarding 货物进行检查，例如：在现场、港口或火车站。
agents to the recipient named in the dispatch papers,
e.g. on site, at the port or at the railway station.
If on receipt of goods damage resulting from transport is 如果接收货物时从外表可以看见由运输引起的损坏，则收货

externally visible, the recipient must attend to the fol- 人必须注意采取如下措施：
lowing:
• Enter the damage discovered immediately in the freight • 立刻在货运单上记录发现的损坏，并由交货者签字确认。
papers and have them countersigned by the deliverer.
• If damage is serious or involves total loss and high • 如果损坏严重或涉及全损和高昂的损坏费用，必须立刻
damage costs, the manufacturer must be informed 通知制造商。
immediately.
• Do not tamper with the damage after it has been dis- • 在发现损坏后应保持原状并保留包装材料，直到承运商
covered and keep packing material until a decision has 或运输保险公司作出检查结论。
been made concerning inspection by the forwarding
agents or by the transport insurance company.
• Call for the carrier concerned (forwarding agents, • 召集有关的承运者（承运商、铁路、邮局）在发生问题
railway, post office) in order to make a statement of 的现场作出事实的陈述（或损坏项目录）。这些措施对
facts (or list of damage) on the spot. This is essential for 于损坏的索赔是十分必要的。
a damages claim.
• Consult the average adjuster immediately in accord- • 根据运输保险公司的保险约定立刻咨询海损理赔师。
ance with the stipulations of the transport insurance
companies.
• If possible, photograph damage caused to the packing • 如有可能的话，应该对包装和内部物体的损坏状况进行
and the contents. This also applies to any evidence of 拍照。这也适用于由于湿气进入（雨、雪、海水、冷凝）
corrosion to the packed goods as a result of moisture 对包装物品造成的任何腐蚀迹象。
entering (rain, snow, seawater, condensation).
• Open the damaged case(s) sufficiently to ascertain the • 充分打开损坏的货箱以确定整体损坏程度。
total extent of the damage.
• Name the damaged parts according to the operating • 根据操作说明确定损坏的零部件名称：如果需要的话，
instructions; if necessary refer to illustrations in the 可参考说明中显示有关零部件的插图。这样便于制造商
instructions showing the parts concerned. This makes 更加方便地对零部件进行识别。
identification of the parts easier for the manufacturer.
• Ensure that the manufacturer receives the statement of • 确保制造商尽快地收到对于事实的陈述（或者一份损坏
facts (or a list of damage) as quickly as possible. 项目录）。和现场西门子代表或相应的西门子办事处商
Contact the on-site Siemens representative or the 洽。
appropriate Siemens office.
Should hidden damage to the goods occur, i.e. damage 如果货物发生隐蔽的损坏，即在接收后的拆封时才发现损

which is only discovered after receipt during unpacking, 坏，按照下列程序处理：
proceed as follows:
• Hold the party concerned for causing the damage li- • 用电话和书面的方式尽快通知损坏责任方，提出事实陈
able as quickly as possible by telephone and in writing 述或损坏项目录。
and apply for a statement of facts or a list of damage.
3-14 926 01050 174 C

• Observe the deadlines prevailing in the various coun- • 注意各国有关这方面通行的最终期限：尽快将此确定下
tries for this; establish these as soon as possible. 来。
It is unavoidable that some damage is not discovered until 某些损坏不可避免地会在抵达现场相当长的时间后才被发
considerably later on site, i.e. after receipt and after very 现，即在接收后并已经超过很短的最终期限后。在涉及此
short deadlines have been passed. There is hardly any 类隐蔽的损坏时，几乎无法追究承运者（或造成损坏的相关
recourse against the carrier (or whoever was responsible 负责人）的责任。
for causing the damage) as far as this hidden damage is
concerned.
Damage discovered under such circumstances has 在这种情况下，发现的损坏只有在储存险（运输险的扩展）

prospects of successfully being covered by insurance only 或安装险的保单存在时才有获得保险赔偿的希望。
if storage insurance (extension of transport cover) or an
erection insurance policy exists.
3.3.2.3 Checking sealed packing 3.3.2.3 密封包装的检查

Sealed packing can be identified from the outside by 密封包装可从外部通过相应的标志识别。
appropriate markings.
Markings [=> 3.2] 标志 [=>3.2]
3.3.3 Unpack goods and check for 3.3.3 拆封货物并检查运输中导致的损坏情况

damage incurred during transport
Do not yet remove the transport cover, which closes the 不要在运输和储存过程中拆卸运输封盖。同时使保护瓷
openings during the time of transport and storage. Also 制件的所有部分原封不动（例如：室外衬套、绝缘子等）。
leave in place any parts guarding porcelain pieces (e.g.
outdoor bushings, insulators, etc.).
• Wherever possible, the packages must be transported • 无论什么地方只要可能，都必须将包装随货物运输到安
to the location where erection is to take place. 装地点。
In exceptional cases, the crate can be unpacked in a 在特殊情况下，板条箱可以在专门的室内进行拆封，或
special room or, given appropriate weather, un- pakked 者如天气状况良好可在户外拆封，然后运往装配地点。
outside and then brought to the point of assembly.
• When unpacking the goods, check their condition; • 对货物拆封时，应检查它们的状态：对照提货单和附件
check that all accessories are complete with the aid of 清单检查所有附件的完整性。
delivery notes and lists of accessories.
Do not unpack related small components which are 不要拆封装在带有标记的袋子中的相关小型元件！
packaged together in marked bags!
• Store the goods carefully in accordance with the di- • 按照下列章节中的指导说明仔细储存货物。将备件分开
rectives in the following section. Store spare parts 储存。
separately.
Specially preserve small components if the storage 如果储存室不具备要求的储存条件或预期储存时间特别
room is unable to maintain required storage conditions 长，则应对小元件进行专门保护。
or if the storage time is expected to be particularly
long.
Do not remove labels or other markings. 不要移除标签或其它标志。
926 01050 174 C 3-15

3.3.4 Storage of goods 3.3.4 货物的储存
Attention 注意
Avoid damage to modular assemblies dur- 在储存中必须避免损坏模件总成—否则，将影响
ing storage – Damage can affect subse- 以后的工作。
quent operation.
• Pay attention to the carrying capacity of the • 请注意地面的承受能力。

floor.
• Do not place heavy goods on top of one • 不要将重型货物堆放在其它货物的顶部。不要
other. Do not overload any goods by ex- 过量堆垛引起货物的超载。
cessive stacking
• The cases should be arranged so that the • 货箱的排列应使箱号清晰可见。相关的零部件
case number is clearly visible. Related parts 应按照它们的安装次序进行储存。
should be stored in line with the sequence
in which they are to be erected.
• Store machines with rolling-contact bear- • 将带有滚动接触轴承的机械（或者包含这类机
ings (or assemblies containing machines) on 械的总成）储存在没有振动的地板上（否则将
vibration-free floors (the bearings may 损坏轴承）。
otherwise be damaged).
Distinguish between 对以下两者进行区分
– the time limit on goods for the preparation of switch- – 开关装置装配准备用的货物或最终储存的备件方面的
gear assembly or with spare parts for their final stor- 时间限制，以及
age, as well as
– the unlimited storage time of spare parts. – 备件的无限储存时间。
3.3.4.1 Time-limited storage of shipments 3.3.4.1 可进行限时储存的装运货物
Limited storage period for packaged goods in sealed 密封包装货物的有限储存期

packaging
Goods packed in intact sealed packaging can be stored in 如果满足下列条件，密封包装完好的货物可以在露天存放。
the open if the following conditions are met.
Attention 注意
Highly flammable materials – fire hazard. 高度易燃材料—火灾。
• Smoking is forbidden • 禁止吸烟

• Observe fire prevention regulations. • 遵守防火规定
• Fire engines must have unhindered access in the • 发生火情时，消防车必须能够畅通无阻地进入火
event of fire. 灾现场。
• Ensure that extinguishers are available ade- • 确保具有足够的灭火器，并使其不受恶劣气候条
quately protected from adverse weather con- 件影响。
ditions.
3-16 926 01050 174 C

When choosing and preparing storage areas, the fol- 当选择和准备储存区域时，应该满足下列要求：
lowing requirements should be met:
– Protect stored goods against moisture (flooding, run- – 保护储存货物使其不受潮湿（水灾、融雪和融水）、脏
off from melting snow and ice), dirt, destructive crea- 污、老鼠白蚁等破坏性生物，以及未经许可的触及所造
tures such as rats, mice and termites, and unauthor- 成的危害。
ised access.
– Place crates on boles or squared timber to protect – 将板条箱放置在干木或方形木料上，使它们不受场地潮
them against ground moisture and for better ventila- 湿的影响、提供较好的通风条件。
tion.
– Determine the loading capacity of the area. – 确定此区域的承载能力。
– Arrange the storage area based on packing slip infor- – 根据装箱单信息、包装的符号和详细资料安排储存区
mation, symbols and details on the packages. 域。
– Prepare a plan showing clearly where the cases are – 准备一份计划，清楚地显示货箱的存放地点。
stored.
– Store cases according to the assembly sequence so – 根据组装顺序储存货箱使之以后能够按照正确的顺序
that they can subsequently be removed in the correct 搬运。标识必须清晰可见。
order. Markings should be clearly visible.
– Keep access routes free. – 保持通道畅通无阻。
– Stored goods should be inspected at regular inter- – 应定期对储存的货物进行检查。在风暴、大雨雪之后，
vals. After storms, heavy rain or snow, appropriate 应采取适当的补救措施。
additional measures should be taken.
If erection of the installation does not take place until after 如果直到密封包装失效，安装仍未进行，则必须在适当时候
the intended life of the package seals, appropriate steps 采取相应的步骤。其中可能包括：
must be taken in good time. This may include:
– Proper reconditioning of the sealed packaging. – 密封包装的适当调整。

– Unpacking of goods and storage in an appropriate – 将货物拆封并储存在适当的储存室内。
storage room.
Where required, qualified personnel can be consulted 如果必需的话，可通过相应的西门子办事处向专业人员咨
through the appropriate Siemens office. 询。
Time-limited storage in sealed packaging that is ex- 专门设计用于运输的密封包装的限时储存

clusively designed for transport.
Storage must take place 储存需要满足一下要求

– in closed rooms – 储存在封闭的室内
– outdoors after applying a folding box. – 置于折叠箱后储存在室外
Limited storage period for packaged goods in basic 塑料包装的包装货物有限储存期

packaging
Store in closed rooms: 下列物品应储存在封闭的室内：
– unpacked parts – 拆封的零部件
– parts which are for transport largely unpacked (only – 为运输方便而大部分拆封的零部件（仅放在开式木框架
on wooden skids in open wooden frames) 的垫木上）
– parts in normal cases, i.e. non-seaworthy crates (in- – 在普通货箱—即非海运用板条箱（在发运单中以“I”、“Z”
dicated on the dispatch note by “I”, “Z” or “N”). 或“N”标识）中的零部件。
926 01050 174 C 3-17

The storerooms must be dry, well ventilated and as far as 必须保持储存室的干燥、通风良好以及尽可能地没有灰尘。
possible free of dust. Relative humidity must be kept below 相对湿度必须保持在约50%以下。如有必要，加热储存室
approx. 50%. Heat storerooms, if necessary, and maintain 并使室温比室外气温高出10℃以防止凝露形成。如果加热
the temperature of the storerooms 10 °°C above the 密封的储存室，应保持足够的通风。
outside air temperature, to prevent the formation of
condensation. If closed storerooms are heated, ensure
adequate ventilation.
The size of the rooms must allow the goods to be stored so 储存室的大小必须保持被储存的货物整齐排列、稳固放置。
that they stand firm in an orderly arrangement.
Switchgear intended for use in the open can only be 当装运件完整装配好并已采取了防腐措施后，户外型开
considered to be adequately protected against the ele- 关装置也应该充分考虑对恶劣天气的防护。
ments when the shipping unit has been completely as-
sembled and additional measures have been taken to
prevent corrosion.
Note: 提示：
Shipping units in the basic packaging may only 对于已经拆封的基本包装的装运件，只有在确定

be stored in the open if it is certain that they are 它们可充分免受恶劣天气尤其是潮湿的影响，才
adequately protected from the elements, 可以将它们露天存放。
particularly from moisture.
The protection can be considered sufficient if 如果符合以下条件，那么可认为保护是充分的
– the requirements outlined in this section with regard to – 符合本单元中概述的关于海运用板条箱储存地点的选
the selection of and conditions in a site for the storage 择和条件
of seaworthy crates are met
– the case of tents and tarpaulins, it is ensured that they – 如果使用帐篷和防水油布，应确保它们正确固定，没有
are secured properly and that water cannot ac- 发生积水的可能（这些遮蓬必须足够覆盖货物防止雨雪
cumulate ( such canopies must cover the goods far 等从侧面的侵袭渗漏）
enough to prevent the penetration of rain driven from
the side, snow etc.)
– there is adequate ventilation underneath the weather – 采用的气候保护装置有足够的通风（遮盖物不能直接贴
protection (covers must not lie directly against the 在货箱上。应使用板条框架，确保至少约30cm的空气
cases. Use a frame of slats or boards to ensure that 间隙）。应使用板条框架，确保至少约30cm的空气间
there is an air gap of approx. 30 cm.) 隙）
– the supply voltage to the anti-condensation heating is
connected and the heating is in operation if the un- – 如果拆封的组件在露天存放超过两周，应向抗冷凝加热
packed assembly is to be stored in the open for more 装置供电，并使其处于工作状态。
than 2 weeks.
Checking the control functions [=> 7.11]

控制功能的检查 [=> 7.11]
3.3.4.2 Storing of spare parts
The storage room should be well-ventilated, as dustfree as 3.3.4.2 备件的储存
possible and dry. It should have a constant temperature 储存室应通风良好、尽可能地没有灰尘并保持干燥。应保
of between + 15°C (+ 59 °F) and + 25°C (+ 77 °F). The 持在+15℃（+59℉）和+25℃（+77℉）之间的恒温。相
relative humidity should be maintained at less than approx. 对湿度应保持约小于50%。如果相对湿度超过70%，必须
50%. Should relative humidity exceed 70%, the 开启各种设备部件（例如在控制柜内）中的抗冷凝加热器。
anti-condensation heaters provided in various plant
components (e.g. in the control cubicle) must be switched
on.
Storage rooms should be large enough to permit a stable
and clear arrangement of the stored parts. Access to and 储存室应保持足够的大小，应能稳定和有条理地排列储存备
transport of the individual assemblies and parts must be 件。在任何时候都必须确保触及和运输各组件和零部件时，
assured at all times without the risk of damage to these 没有损坏这些零部件的危险。
parts.
3-18 926 01050 174 C

Wherever possible, spare parts should be stored on 无论什么情况只要可能，备件应按照尺寸和重量储存在料架
shelves according to size and weight. Measures should be 上。应采取措施防止将备件搬离料架时，相邻部件发生移
taken to prevent adjacent parts from moving or rolling 动或滚动。
when a spare part is removed from the shelf.
Whenever storage rooms are set up it is advisable to draft 当设立储存室时，有必要编制一份储存零部件的清单。给

a list of stored parts. Identification tags provided on each 各组件、部件和零部件附上识别标签将便于清单的控制并加
assembly, subassembly and part will facilitate the keeping 快备件的索取。
of such a list and accelerate spare part retriev- al. 每隔5 年，必须对备件进行目测检查，并检查储存区域以判
After 5 years, it is necessary to visually inspect the spare 断是否仍然满足所需要求。
parts and to check the storage area to see that it continues
to fulfil the necessary requirements.
The following details apply to the various spare parts: 下列详细资料适用于各种备件：
Plant components and assemblies 设备部件和组件
Attention 注意
The risk of contamination of plant compo- 储存期间设备部件和组件的污染风险对安全操作

nents and assemblies during storage is a 有危险。
risk to safe operation.
• Do not open the assembly. Leave the pro- • 不要将组件打开。将保护盖和运输固定装置留

tective cover and transport fixtures on the 在组件上。
assembly.
The plant components and assemblies are to be stored in 设备部件和组件应以交付状态储存，即带有保护盖以及运输
as-delivered condition, i. e. complete with protective cover 固定装置。
and transport fixtures.
It is advisable to cover these parts with polyethylene (PE) 建议用聚乙烯（PE）薄膜遮盖零部件，并应使这些遮盖物
sheeting in such a manner that an air change can occur 下面的空气可以流通。让PE 薄膜末端离开地面约0.5m 就
under this covering. This is assured if the PE sheet ends 可以确保这一点。
approx. 0.5 m above the floor.
Subassemblies 部件
The subassemblies should be stored on shelves wher- 无论什么情况只要可能，部件应储存在料架上。最好用PE
ever possible. It is advisable to cover them with PE 薄膜遮盖。
sheeting.
Insulated parts 绝缘零部件

Each insulating component must be packed in airtight 各绝缘件必须用气密薄膜与过滤袋（250g）一起包装，过
sheeting together with a filter bag (250 g), which is also 滤袋也放置于开关装置的气室中。为确保气密，应该将薄
placed in the switchgear gas compartment. To ensure an 膜封焊。
airtight seal, it is advisable to weld the sheeting.
Built-on and built-in parts 外置和内置零部件

Built-on and built-in parts must be left in their original 外置和内置零部件必须存放在其原包装（纸板箱、气泡包装
packing (cartons, blister wrappers). 膜）内。
Spare parts made of aluminium and steel have to be 铝和钢制备件必须涂上Trost多功能油以防止腐蚀。每当必
coated with Trost Multifunction Oil for corrosion protec- 要时，应该更新防腐涂层。
tion. This coating has to be renewed whenever neces-
sary.
926 01050 174 C 3-19

Standard parts 标准零部件
Standard parts must be left in their packing. Surface 标准零部件必须留在其包装内。表面处理（热浸镀锌、镀
treatment (hot-dip galvanizing, galvanizing) or their ma- 锌）或其本身的材料确保足够的防腐能力。
terial ensures adequate corrosion protection.
Sealing elements 密封件
Attention 注意
The risk of damage to sealing elements 储存中密封件的损坏风险对安全操作有危险。

during storage is a risk to safe operation.
• Do not store or place any objects on sealing • 由于密封件容易损坏，不要在密封件上存放任

elements because these elements can be 何物体。
easily damaged.
Sealing elements must be left in their original packing and 密封件必须留在其原包装内，并在存储中展平放置。
lie flat during storage.
The original packing protects the scaling elements against 原包装能够保护密封件免受紫外线辐射。当零部件经过搬
UV radiation. Whenever parts are removed, this packing 动后，此包装必须要重新保证气密和防光线辐射的状态。
must be rescaled air-tight and light-proof.
If stored properly, sealing elements can be kept on stock 如果储存正确的话，密封件能够保持10 年的库存期。

for 10 years.
Filter material 过滤材料
The filter material is to be stored in the sealed contain- 过滤材料必须储存在密封容器中。在容器拆封后，过滤材

ers. This filter material must be installed immediately after 料必须立即使用。
the container is opened.
3.3.5 Action to be taken in the event of 3.3.5 损坏或遗失时采取的措施

damage or loss
In the event of loss of or damage to any parts in storage, 如果由于火情、自然灾害、盗窃或发生事故，损坏或遗失储

whether still packaged or unpacked, as a result of fire, 存中任何零部件，无论它们是处于包装还是在拆封状态，都
natural disasters, theft or accidents, the police must be 必须通知警察并提供损坏或遗失货箱相关的编号。
informed and the reference number under which the case
is being handled obtained.
3-20 926 01050 174 C

3.4 Handling of sealed packages 3.4 密封包装的处理
Packages that may be damaged due to the effects of 对于在运输和/或储存中可能因极度的空气潮湿而造成损坏
extreme air humidity during transport and/or storage are 的物品，采用密封包装运输。在板条箱封口前，应在工厂
dispatched in sealed packages. The packing is produced 包装并进行检查。
and checked at the works before the crate is sealed.

– the basic structure of sealed packing – 密封包装的基本结构
– recognizing sealed packing – 密封包装的识别
– unpacking sealed packing – 密封包装的拆封
– repairs of the sealed packing. – 密封包装的修复。
Packaging [=> 3.1] Markings [=> 3.2] 包装 [=> 3.1] 标志 [=> 3.2]
3.4.1 Basic information of sealed packing 3.4.1 密封包装的基本信息
The purpose of the sealed packing is to provide an all- 密封包装的目的是为货物提供全面的保护。保护层内放置

round protective layer for the goods. The quantity of 的干燥剂数量将相对湿度限制在对货物没有危害的程度。
desiccant placed within this protective layer restricts the 保护层也可以是刚性结构，例如某种气密的金属容器。
relative humidity to a level which is not harmful for the
goods. The protective layer can also be rigid, e.g. in the
form of an airtight metal container.
For a flexible protective layer, an anti-corrosion film is 对于柔软的保护层，使用的是防腐薄膜，当干燥剂置于其中

used, which is then sealed airtight after the desiccant has 后对其进行气密处理。
been placed inside.
The quantity of drying agent used depends on the stor- 根据要保证的保存期限确定干燥剂的使用数量，并将隔离层
age life guaranteed and limits the final humidity within the 内的最终湿度限制在60%以下。
barrier layer to < 60%.
926 01050 174 C 3-21

3.4.2 Recognizing sealed packing 3.4.2 密封包装的识别
Appropriate remarks in the delivery note and on the 在提货单和包装箱上的有关标记将指示密封包装。

packing cate refer to the sealed packing.
On the outside of the crate is a board with symbols for 在板条箱的外侧有一块木板，带有密封包装符号和下列基本

saled packing and the following basic notes: 信息：
Sealed packing 密封包装
DO NOT OPEN 不要在以下情况下打开
until ready for use or inspection 在准备使用或检验之前
After inspection reseal packing. 检验后重新密封包装之后
3.4.3 Unpacking 3.4.3 拆封
Note: 提示：
The sealed packing must not be opened during 在运输中以及装运接收后的货物检查时切不能打

transport, nor to check the goods after receipt 开密封包装！
of the shipment!
Goods in sealed packing may be unpacked only if either 仅在下列情况下，才可以将密封包装中的货物拆封：
– they are needed immediately for erection work or – 它们需要立即进行安装

– suitable storage facilities are available. – 或具有适当的储存设施。
In all other cases, the goods must remain in the sealed 在其它所有场合，货物都必须保持其密封包装。
packing.
The customs authorities and forwarding agents must 因此当发货即将到达时，必须及时通知海关机构和承运商，
therefore be informed in good time of the forthcoming 并与海关方面安排货物的现场检验，这种情况下货物无论如
arrival of such consignments and arrangements made 何都必须拆封。
with the customs officials to have the goods inspected at
site, where they have to be unpacked in any event.
Only if such arrangements have not been made, at least 如果没有进行这样的安排，那么至少可以拆去板条箱的一侧

one wall of the crate may be removed and the foil cut 并割开包装薄膜以便检验货物。然后薄膜必须重新密封：
open in order to inspect the goods. The foil must then be 见密封包装符号旁边木板上的说明。
resealed; see the note on the board next to the symbol for
sealed packing.
3.4.4 Repair of sealed packing 3.4.4 密封包装的修复
3.4.4.1 Opening of the sealed packing 3.4.4.1 密封包装的打开

 Remove one longitudinal crate wall or the folding box  拆卸纵向的板条箱或折叠箱一侧，并径直在下方切开与
and open foil with a straight cut low down and parallel 地面平行的切口打开包装薄膜，使得能够取走所有干燥
to the ground so that all desiccant bags can be re- 剂袋。
moved.
3-22 926 01050 174 C

• Inspect the goods as far as possible. If there are any • 尽可能地检验货物。如果有任何潮湿以及腐蚀等的迹象，
signs of damp, corrosion etc. some or all of the goods 必须将其中的一些或全部货物拆封，以确定整批货物的
must be unpacked to as certain the overall condition. 状态。
3.4.4.2 Renewing the desiccant 3.4.4.2 更新干燥剂

If the goods are in good condition, renew the desiccant. 如果货物处于良好状态，应更新干燥剂。可采用下列方法：
The following methods are possible:
• Remove the same number of identical desiccant bags • 从气密包装中取走干燥剂袋，然后在相同的地方补放相
from their airtight packing and arrange them in the 同数量的同种干燥剂。
same places.
• Recondition desiccant removed from sealed packing as • 按照下列描述复原从密封包装中取出的干燥剂，并将其
described below and put it back in position. 放回在适当位置。
• Vary the quantity of desiccant to suit the remaining • 如果剩余储存时间已知，改变干燥剂数量使其适应剩余
storage time, if this is known. 储存时间。
3.4.4.3 Reconditioning the desiccant 3.4.4.3 复原干燥剂

Open the bags with a straight cut and pour used desic- 用径直的切口打开干燥剂袋，并将用过的干燥剂倒在未使用
cant onto a rectangular unused baking tray (uniform layer, 过的矩形烘焙盘上（形成约4cm 厚的均匀层），在温度为
approximately 4 cm thick) and dry in an oven at a +120℃（248℉）的烘箱中烘干约10 小时。每2小时开启
temperature of + 120 °C (248 °F ) for approximately 10 烘箱门翻动干燥剂。
hours. Open the oven door every 2 hours and stir up the
desiccant layer.
Note: 提示：
Do not heat the desiccant to above 130 °C 不要将干燥剂加热到130℃（266℉）以上。

(266 °F).
After reconditioning pour the desiccant into one or more 复原后将干燥剂倒入一个或多个洁净的罐子中，应尽可能将

clean cans which should be filled to the maximum pos- 这些罐填满。将罐子密封并使它们冷却。
sible level. Seal the cans and allow them to cool.
Put the cooled desiccant into the bags and seal these with 将冷却的干燥剂放入口袋，并使用粘胶带将其密封。经过
adhesive tape. Cooled desiccant which is not im- 冷却、暂时不用的干燥剂可储存在密封的塑料袋中（PE 薄
mediately required can be stored in sealed plastic foil 膜，至少0.1mm 厚）
bags (PE foil, at least 0.1 mm thick).
Taking account of the remaining storage time 考虑剩余储存时间

The following formula is an adequate guide: 下列公式可作为指导：
B=Fxtxk B=Fxtxk
Whereby: 在公式中：
– B =Number of units of desiccant – B = 干燥剂单位数
– F =Crate surface in square meters – F = 用平方米表示的板条箱表面积
– t =Storage time in months – t = 用月表示的储存时间
– k =Desiccant units per 1 sq. m. and 1 month – k = 每平方米每月的干燥剂单位
– 32 units = 1 kg – 32 单位 = 1 kg
926 01050 174 C 3-23

Values for k: 其中k 值：
(depends on type of packing, climatic conditions and （取决于包装类型、气候条件和储存时间）
storage time)
Plastic foil 塑料薄膜

– climatic conditions moderate (+23 °C / 73,4 °F, – 气候条件适中（+23℃ / 73.4℉，83%相对湿度），储
83%relative humidity), storage time up to 12 months: 存时间一年以内：
k=1 k=1
– climatic conditions severe (+40 °C / 104 °F, 92% rel- – 严峻气候条件（+40℃ / 104℉，92%相对湿度），储存
ative humidity), storage time up to 12 months: k = 3 时间一年以内： k = 3
ative humidity), storage time over 12 months: k = 5 时间一年以上： k = 5
Aluminium-plastic foil 铝塑薄膜

– climatic conditions moderate (+23 °C / 73,4 °F, – 气候条件适中（+23℃ / 73.4℉，83%相对湿度），储
83%relative humidity), storage time up to 12 months: 存时间一年以内：
k = 0.25 k = 0.25
ative humidity), storage time up to 12 months: 时间一年以内：
k = 0.75 k = 0.75
ative humidity), storage time over 12 months: 时间一年以上：
k = 1.25 k = 1.25
Example: 示例：
Sealed packing with plastic foil, climatic conditions se- 已知塑料薄膜密封包装，气候条件严峻，储存时间半年：
vere, storage time 6 months:
k=3 k=3
Crate dimensions: 板条箱尺寸：
Length 4 m, width 1.8 m, height 2 m. How many (kg) 长4 m，宽1.8 m，高2 m，求需要的干燥剂数量（kg）。
desiccant are required? Surface: 表面积表达如下：
F = 2 x (4 x 1.8 + 4 x 2 + 1.8 x 2) = 37.6 sqm F = 2 x (4 x 1.8 + 4 x 2 + 1.8 x 2) = 37.6 平方米
Desiccant: 干燥剂：
B = 37.6 x 6 x 3 = 676.8 = 676.8 Units B = 37.6 x 6 x 3 = 676.8 = 676.8 单位
= 21.15 (22) kg = 21.15 (22) kg
3.4.4.4 Resealing the foil 3.4.4.4 薄膜的重新密封

• After putting in the bags of desiccant immediately re- • 在将干燥剂放入口袋中之后，立刻重新封焊薄膜的切口。
weld the foil where it was cut. Leave a slit of 5 to 7 cm 留下一条5 至7cm 长的切口（下方）。
length open (low down).
The welding seams should overlap. If welding equipment 封焊缝应该搭接。如果没有封焊设备，可用铝粘胶带封
is not available, close the cuts with aluminium lined 闭切口（至少0.1mm 和30mm 宽）。
adhesive tape (at least 0.1 mm and 30 mm wide).
3-24 926 01050 174 C

• Insert the tube of a vacuum cleaner through the re- • 将真空吸尘器管插入余下的切口，从密封包装中吸出些
maining slit and suck out some of the air from the 空气，直到薄膜明显地向内收缩。然后拔出真空吸尘器
sealed packing until the sheeting can be seen to be 并立刻封上薄膜的切口。
drawn inwards. Then extract the vacuum cleaner tube
and immediately seal the slit in the sheeting.
If possible do not close the crate for a few hours, so as 如果可能的话，让板条箱打开数小时，这样可观察薄

to be able to see that the foil is still in a contracted state 膜是否依然处于收缩状态（检查其密封是否正确）
(checking for correct sealing).
If the foil is not sealed, check the fresh sealing strip, 如果薄膜不密封，检查最新的密封带，尤其是靠近板
particularly places where the foil is welded close to the 条箱底薄膜封焊的地方。
crate floor.
• After successfully checking for leaks, restore the me- • 完成泄漏检查后，利用板条箱侧壁或折叠箱恢复机械保

chanical protection by applying the crate side wall or by 护装置。
using the folding box.
926 01050 174 C 3-25

3-26 926 01050 174 C
4 Assembly and 4 安装和调试
Commissioning
926 01050 174 C 4-1

Note: 提示：

trations can differ, in total or in part, from the 号。这点尤其适用于当前的追踪指南、套管及
delivered version. This applies particularly 辅助设备的安装位置和实施情况。
equipment.
4-2 926 01050 174 C

4.1 Prerequisites 4.1 先决条件
This section describes the requirements of installation and 本章节对安装与调试的要求描述如下:
commissioning, accounting for the following:
– required documents – 需要的文件
– personnel situation – 人员的条件
– transport routes, hoisting gear and transport equip- – 运输路径、起重设备与运输设备
ment
– tools, devices and expendable materials to be in- – 安装工具、设备与消耗材料
stalled
– requirements of the assembly site – 对安装现场的要求
– the clean work requirements – 对清洁工作的要求
– fire and accident prevention – 火灾与事故的预防措施
– the recording – 记录
Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] Preparatory work [=> 安全指导 [=> 0.2]，准备工作 [=> 4.2]
4.2]
Putting the gas-insulated switchgear into service 气体绝缘开关设备的投运调试 [=> 4.4]
[=> 4.4]
4.1.1 Documentations 4.1.1 文档资料
All documents have been collected in the order docu- 所有的文件都被收集于订购文档中。

mentation.
The following are some of the documents available for 下列为可供装配所用的部分文件:
assembly:
4.1.1.1 Operating instructions 4.1.1.1 操作说明

The operating instructions describe the structure and the 操作说明描述了开关设备的构造与功能及其组成元件，并介
working of the switchgear as well as its component parts 绍了关于装配、调试、运行、维护以及故障排除的重要信息。
and provide important information on assembly,
commissioning, operation and maintenance and on how
to remedy faults.
4.1.1.2 Drawings 4.1.1.2 图纸
Assembly drawings 装配图纸
Installation drawings are necessary in order to assemble 装配图纸用于现场对各单个模块进行组装。它们分别对以

the individual subassemblies on site. They show 下各项内容进行了详细的说明
– the switchgear structure – 开关设备的构造

– the joints of the transport units – 运输单元的连接
– the connecting points between the shipping assem- – 装运组件之间的连接点
blies
– the gas compartments – 气室
926 01050 174 C 4-3
Gas monitoring drawings 气体监控图
Gas monitoring drawings provide information relating to 气体监控图提供了每个气室的以下各项信息
each gas compartment on
– the weight of the SF6 gas – SF6气体的重量
– the volume of the gas compartment – 气室的容积
– the filling pressure – 充气压力
– the triggering values of the gas monitoring system – 气体监控装置的触发值。
– the used monitoring devices, filling devices and test – 所使用的监控装置、充气装置与测试装置。
devices.
Single-line diagram, single-pole 单线接线图，单相
The single-pole single line diagram shows the switch- 单相单线图显示了包括母线的主回路、动触头模块以及出线
gear with the busbar system, all the active modules and 馈线。可通过设备的定义对每个模块加以明确的识别。可
outgoing feeders. Each module can be clearly identified by 对间隔的分隔以及气室的分隔进行识别。
means of its device designation. The separation into bays
and the separation into gas compartments can be seen.
4.1.1.3 Schematics 4.1.1.3 电路图纸

The schematics for a feeder or a component contain, for 馈路或元件的电气图纸包括下列内容:
example:
– Single-line diagram ot the feeder – 馈路的单线图
– Explanation of the designation system – 设计定义的解释
– Schematics – 电路图
– Component list – 零部件的明细表
– Connection diagram. – 接线图。
4.1.1.4 Further documentation 4.1.1.4 其它文档

The order documentation includes further documenta- 订购文档还包括了其它类型的文件，
tion, e. g.
– routine test records – 例行试验的记录报告
– records of tests carried out after assembly. – 装配完成后的测试记录。
4.1.2 Personell prerequisites 4.1.2 人员要求
4.1.2.1 Responsibility 4.1.2.1 责任

For the assembly and the commissioning, a responsible 对于装配与调试工作的执行，应指定一名负责人，如果负责
person must be designated, and - in as far as the re- 人无法直接对装配与调试工作进行监督以及多名工作人员
sponsible person does not supervise the work directly and 同时操作开关设备，则还应指定一名监督员。建议在工作
several persons are working simultaneously on the 开展期间，委任一名西门子的督导。
system - an overseer must also be designated. We rec-
ommend using a Siemens supervisor for the duration of
the work.
The exact division of the tasks between the responsible 应在工作开展之前对负责人、监督员以及督导之间任务及责
person, the overseer and the supervisor must be defined 任范围进行明确的界定。界定应如下所示:
before work begins. This division of tasks should be as
follows:
Responsible person 负责人

• Instruction of personnel on the safety measures to be • 对工作人员进行关于安装与调试期间应遵守的安全措施
taken during assembly and commissioning and en- 的说明指导，以及对工作人员遵守的情况进行监督。
suring that personnel observe the safety procedures.
• Organisation of work. • 工作的组织。
4-4 926 01050 174 C

Supervisor 监督员
• Supervision of work in the absence of the responsible • 在负责人不在时接管其监督的工作。
person.
Supervisor 监导
• Instruction of personnel with regard to assembly reg- • 对工作人员进行关于安装规定、指导方针或其它执行文
ulations, guidelines or other documentation. 件的说明指导。
• Supervising the correct execution of the work in hand, • 对工作执行的专业程度以及安装规定、指导方针与其它
the observance of the assembly regulations, guidelines 执行文件的遵守状况进行监督。若在安装规定方面存在
and other documentation. In the event of a deviation 明显的偏差现象，督导可中断工作，并要求达到所规定
from the assembly regulations, this person is 的条件。
authorized to stop work until the required conditions
are met.
4.1.2.2 Erection and maintenance 4.1.2.2 安装和维护人员

personnel
Assembly and commissioning work may only be carried out 装配与调试工作仅允许由经过指导培训、具有授权的合格人
by sufficiently qualified, instructed and authorized 员负责执行。其职责范围将根据工作任务的具体内容、对
personnel. The degree of responsibility varies depending 工作人员及事物所预期的危害程度以及可能造成的损坏情
on the tasks in hand, the anticipated degree of danger to 况而发生变化。
personnel and objects and the damage which may be
caused.
If outside staff or the customer's staff are employed in- 如果由来自第三方或客户的工作人员代替西门子的专业技
stead of Siemens expert personnel, it is assumed that this 术人员，则其前提条件为必须符合从临时工至专业领班各项
personnel satisfies the minimum requirements for the 工种的最低要求，以及必须具备电工、管工、钳工、焊工
individual categories from unskilled laborer to specialist 等各专业领域内的最低资格。
foreman and is in possession of the minimum
qualifications for their respective specialist field. This
applies to electricians, pipesmiths, steelsmiths, welders
etc..
Assembly and commissioning personnel are required to 安装与调试人员必须参加由负责人所举办的指导培训，并根
attend instruction given by the responsible person and are 据所提供的文件独立地获取信息。
under obligation to familiarize themselves with the content
of the relevant documents provided.
4.1.3 Transport routes, hoisting gear and 4.1.3 运输路径、起重设备和运输设备

transport equipment
In most cases, the assemblies are delivered in preas- 多数情况下，组件是在完成预装后进行交付的。模块组和

sembled state. Groups of modules and modules are 模块一般由货车运至安装现场。运输路径必须适合货车的
usually delivered to the site by truck. The transport routes 行驶。桥梁必须具备所需的承载能力。
must be capable of standing up to use by trucks. Bridges
must be capable of bearing the load.
Depending on local conditions, one or two mobile cranes 根据现场的不同环境而需要一台或两台移动式起重机用于
are required for unloading. 卸载。
Suitable lifting gear in perfect working condition and 应使用专用的起重装置和具备足够承载能力的运输设备来
transport vehicles suited to the respective load must be 进行装配。在开关设备的安装区域内必须备有一台移动式
used for assembly. A gantry crane must be available in the 行车。
room where the switchgear is to be set up.
926 01050 174 C 4-5

4.1.4 Tools, devices, expendable 4.1.4 工具、设备、消耗材料和登高设施
materials, gantries
Appropriate tools in perfect working order must be used. 应使用状态良好的专用工具。对于某些特定的工作要求必须

Special tools and devices are imperative for some tasks. 使用特殊夹具与专用工具。
Only ladders, scaffolding or conveyor cages for cranes are 仅允许使用梯子、脚手架或有围栏的升降平台作为登高设

allowed as gantries. 施。.
It is not allowed to use any elements of motor drives as a 电机驱动机构及其部件都不允许作为攀登设施使用，尤其是

gantry, especially the motor drive itself, motor drive attach- 机构箱本身、电动机驱动机构、电动机传动连杆以及电缆接
ments, linkage and cable plugs. The same applies for 插件。此外，可自由靠近的测量及显示仪器、气体及液压
freely accessible measuring instruments and gauges, gas 管道、防爆膜、电流及电压互感器的接线盒以及膨胀节都同
and hydraulic pipes, rupture disc attachments, current and 样不允许作为攀登设施使用。
voltage transformer connexion boxes as well as
expansion joints.
4.1.5 Requirements with regard to the 4.1.5 对安装现场及其设施的要求

building site and its equipments
4.1.5.1 Location of the switchgear 4.1.5.1 开关设备的安装区域
– Construction work on the room in which the switch- – 安装区域必须已竣工封顶。不允许在开关设备的装配期

gear is to be installed and its roofing must have been 间进行土建施工。
completed. No construction work may be carried out
while the switchgear is being assembled.
– The flooring must be equal to the designated loads, – 必须按照给定的承载能力对地面进行设计，必须采用所
must rest on the required foundations, have a flat sur- 要求的地基，平坦的地面，并对地面涂以底漆。
face and have been treated with a priming coat.
4.1.5.2 Storage areas 4.1.5.2 存储室

There must be one or more lockable storage rooms. 必须要有一个或两个可上锁的存储室以供使用。在存储室
Tools, devices and expendable materials have to be 内可放置工具、设备与消耗材料。货架用于存放安装附件、
stored in the storage rooms. The racks are for storage of 小型附件以及工具。为了减少路程，存储室应尽量靠近安
installation components, small accessories and tools. 装现场。
Whereever possible, the location of the storage rooms
should be central to keep routes short.
A stores supervisor should be designated to ensure that 为了对仓库实行系统化的管理，应指定一位仓库管理员，其
stores are kept correctly. The tasks of the stores super- 应负责的任务如下:
visor are as follows:
– Keeping records of all stock movements – 对所有材料的流动情况进行完整的记录
– Reporting all incoming and outgoing deliveries, all – 报告所有的出入库以及损坏和遗失的情况。

damage and any losses.
4-6 926 01050 174 C

4.1.5.3 Offices, day rooms, sanitation 4.1.5.3 办公室、休息室及卫生设施
Depending on the number of personnel, the following 根据工作人员的数量，应配备以下设施：

must be provided
– an adequately sized heated and if possible air-condi- – 一个足够大、有暖气的办公室，如可能还应配备空调
tioned office room 系统
– a desk, one to three filing cabinets, several chairs and – 办公桌、一至三个档案柜、几把椅子以及一个用来查
a larger table for viewing drawings (approx. 3 x 1.5 m) 看图纸的大台子（大约3 x1.5 m)
– Phone, fax and if possible internet access – 电话、传真机，如可能还应配备网络接口
– sanitary installations (washrooms, WC) of adequate – 足够大的卫生设施（盥洗室、厕所）。
size.
4.1.5.4 Lighting, venting, power and water 4.1.5.4 照明、通风、供电及供水

supplies
All rooms including ancillary rooms and stairways must be 包括副室和楼梯在内的所有房间都必须配备符合所在国有
lit by a lighting system meeting the standards and/or 效标准或规定的普遍照明系统。
regulations in force in the country concerned.
Electricity and water supply systems must be appropri- 必须根据预期的负荷，尤其是较大负载（例如焊接设备、测
ately modified to accommodate anticipated needs, par- 试装置以及充气设备等）的需要对供电及供水设备作出相应
ticularly of the major consumers (e.g. welding devices, 的调整。
testing systems, gas filling equipment, etc.).
4.1.6 Clean work requirements 4.1.6 清洁度要求
Cleanliness on site is an absolute prerequisite for the 保持安装现场的清洁是确保现场安装质量必不可少的前提

maintenance of the assured quality parameters. 条件。
It is appropriate to name a responsible person who will 为了维持安装现场的高度清洁，应提名一位负责人。应通
maintain the cleanliness of the assembly area. The name 过现场公告的形式来对其进行任命。清洁工作的负责人必
of the person should be clearly noted with a sign at the 须对现场的所有工作人员进行关于清洁工作方面的指导培
site. The person responsible for cleanliness should 训，以及对所需的清洁剂与装备进行采购。
instruct all personnel working at the site as well as procure
the appropriate cleaning solutions and other necessary
supplies.
Cleanliness on site [=> 7.26] 现场清洁 [=> 7.26]
4.1.7 Fire and accident prevention 4.1.7 防火和事故预防
The room where the switch gear is located, as well as all 开关设备的安装空间以及所有其它的副室、内置设备、装置
other adjacent rooms, built-in systems, devices and 及仪器都必须符合有关防火和事故预防的相关国家法律、规
equipment must adhere to all applicable laws, regula- 定与标准。这也同样适用于带有警告、提示及禁止符号的装
tions and norms for fire and accident prevention. This 备、灭火器、警报器以及急救设备。
includes the provision of warnings, notices, fire extin-
guishers and alarms as well as first-aid equipment.
Accident prevention regulations must be available either 必须备有事故预防规定。若有要求，则必须将其当面交给工
by providing copies directly to personnel or through 作人员或以公告的形式通知工作人员。
signage.
926 01050 174 C 4-7

4.1.8 Keeping records of Installation and 4.1.8 安装和调试的记录报告
Commissioning
Installation and commissioning must be precisely docu- 应使用指定的报告对安装和调试工作进行完整准确的记录。

mented.
The 2850 inspection report provides a framework for the 测试报告 2850 有助于工作的组织开展。
organisation of the work.
All completed tasks are to be recorded within the frame- 在测试报告中应对所有所列事项的完成情况加以注明。对
work documentation. Points which do not apply should be 不适用的事项标以“N.A” (不适用)。对未完成或仅部分完成
marked N.A. (not applicable). Incomplete or partially 的事项配以注脚。测试报告第6页的第5点“备注”对此作出了
completed tasks should be marked with a footnote and be 进一步的解释。
further clarified under Point 5 "Comments" on page .
6 of the report log.
4-8 926 01050 174 C

4.2 Preparatory work 4.2 准备工作
This section details the function of log 2850. The section 本章节对测试报告2850的功能进行了详细说明。它描述了
describes the activities which must be logged, and 应记录的事项，并对此加以解释或给出含有进一步解释的相
explains them or refers the reader to more detailed ex- 关参引。
planations.
The entire assembly process, including all preparation 在测试报告2850中应记录包括准备工作和调试工作在内的
work and commissioning, should be recorded in the 整个安装过程。
2850 log.
The overall report as well as the installation instructions 原则上，不论是测试报告还是安装说明都遵循应执行工作的
are oriented towards an exact sequence of required op- 前后顺序。但现场的具体情况经常可能导致实际情况与所
erations. However, conditions specific to the site can 给定的顺序出现偏差。
regularly lead to deviations from this sequence.
The procedures described below must sometimes be 在开关设备装配的范畴内，下列工作中的一部分需重复进

repeated during the process of assembling the switch- 行，而一部分则可能在整个开关设备的安装过程中一次性完
gear and, in some instances, can be completed all at once 成。
for the entire system.
The report can always be used as a checklist which can 在任何情况下，测试报告可同时作为检查清单来使用。核对
help facilitate the organisation of the work. 清单为工作的组织安排提供了有利的支持。
Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] Prerequisites [=> 安全指导 [=> 0.2]，先决条件 [=> 4.1]
4.1]

[=> 4.4]
Note: 提示：
Since absolute cleanliness is required during 出于对清洁的高度要求，禁止进行与开关设备的
switchgear assembly, no work of any kind may 装配没有直接联系的一切工作。因此，在开始装
be carried out that is not absolutely required as 配前，必须结束所有会产生灰尘的工作。
part of the assembly. Therefore, before
assembly begins, cancel all work which could
produce any amount of dust.
The implementation of the tasks listed below must be 下列任务的落实情况必须在测试报告2850中加以确认。

confirmed in log 2850.
4.2.1 Customer building prerequisites 4.2.1 客户安装场所的先决条件
• Check that requirements have been met with regard to • 检查开关设备的安装区域与副室，例如休息室、办公室

the location of the switchgear room and adjacent rooms 以及盥洗室是否符合要求，并在测试报告2850中加以确
as well as lounges, office spaces and toilets and 认。
confirm in log 2850.
926 01050 174 C 4-9

4.2.2 Instruction of third-party personnel 4.2.2 对外来人员的指导
• Instruct assembly and maintenance personnel with • 对装配与维护人员进行下列各项内容的培训:

regard to:
– Operating safety in electrical plants – 电气设备的安全操作规范
– The building site is clean and orderly – 安装现场的清洁与管理
– The use of cleaning agents – 清洁材料的使用
– Safety markings – 安全标志
– Preventive measures and disposal procedures – 在使用SF6气体时所采取的防护及处理措施
when working with SF6
– Handling flanges and O-rings – 法兰与O型密封圈的处理
– Handling sealed packaging – 密封包装的处理
– Dealing with damage caused in transit – 运输损坏的处理
– Tightening torques – 拧紧扭矩
– Anti-corrosion measures. – 防腐措施。

Preparing and assembling conductor and flange 导体连接及法兰连接的预处理与装配 [=> 7.6]
connections [=> 7.6]
Fitting the rupture disks [=> 7.18] Cleaning [=> 防爆膜的安装 [=> 7.18] 清洁 [=> 7.19]
7.19]
Bolted joints, tightening torques, locking tabs 螺栓连接、拧紧力矩及上锁片
[=> 7.24] [=> 7.24]
Advice on handling SF6 [=> 7.25] Cleanliness 关于SF6气体处理的建议 [=> 7.25] 现场清洁
on site [=> 7.26] [=> 7.26]

Receipt and handling of shipments [=> 3.3] 货物的接收与处理 [=> 3.3]
4.2.3 Drawings 4.2.3 图纸
• Determine from the available lists that a complete set of • 根据所提供的清单确定图纸文件的完整性。

all drawings exists.
4.2.4 Circuit diagrams 4.2.4 电路图
• Determine from the available lists that a complete set of • 根据所提供的清单确定电路图文件的完整性。

all circuit diagrams exists.
4.2.5 Delivery documentation 4.2.5 交付文档
• Check to see that the HSA lists and delivery notes are • 检查HAS清单与发货单是否存在。
present.
Receipt and handling of shipments [=> 3.3] 货物的接收与处理 [=> 3.3]
4-10 926 01050 174 C

4.2.6 Checking the delivery units 4.2.6 运输单元的检查
• Check all delivery units for damage sustained during • 检查运输单元的运输损坏。

transport.
• Check sealed packaging. • 检查密封包装
• Check shock indicators if they are included (e.g. in • 如适用，检查电压互感器的震动指示器。
voltage transformer).
Receipt and handling of shipments [=> 3.3] 货物的接收和处理 [=> 3.3]
4.2.7 Tools/Instrumente 4.2.7 工具/仪器
• Use the delivery note to check for completeness and • 根据运输清单检查工具和仪器的完整性和状态。工具和
condition of tools and instruments. The tools and in- 仪器必须符合德国标准要求；测量工具必须经过校准。
struments must be in accordance with German

standards; measuring tools must be calibrated.
4.2.8 Check the dimensions of cut-outs in 4.2.8 检查地面、天花板及墙面的开孔尺寸

the floor, ceiling and walls
• 测量开关设备纵轴及横轴的位置，并在地面上加以标记。
• Measure the longitudinal and transverse axes of the 接着，对通往架空线接线端的（出线）在墙面的开孔位
switch gear and mark them on the floor. Now, check 置和高压、控制及互感器电缆在天花板的开孔位置以及
and measure the position of wall cut-outs (e.g. for 接地进行检查和测量。
outputs) to overhead line terminals and the position of
ceiling cut-outs for high-voltage, control and trans-
former cable as well as earthing.
• Should anything deviate from required values or if • 如果发现偏差或出现开口还未完成的个别情况，则应在
cut-outs have not yet been completed, be sure to fin- ish 把开关设备的第一个组件运往装配现场前，对偏差现象
this work before any switchgear assemblies are 加以整改以及完成开孔的工作。
brought to the assembly site. 开关设备的尺寸以及由此得出的地面、天花板及墙面的
Use the drawings to determine the measurements of the 开口位置可从图纸中获得。
switchgear and resulting sizes of cut-outs in the floor,
ceiling and walls.
The size of wall cut-outs for overhead line terminals is 对用于架空线接线端的墙面开口的测量尤其要精确，

especially important because the sealing compen- 因为密封膨胀节只能补偿 20 mm以下的公差。如果仍
sators can only handle tolerances up to 20 mm. Should 有更大的偏差出现，则应通过在墙砖与框架间放置插
significant deviations still be present, it will be necessary 片或补偿片加以调节。如有必要，应对此类部件进行
to apply shims or a compensation plate between the 现场加工制造，并与制造厂协商后使用。
wall construction and the frame. If required, these
parts should be completed on-site and cleared with the
manufacturer.
• Clarify whether all cable ducts and cable racks with • 对所有电缆沟、电缆架以及开关设备范围内所需的墙面
their required wall cut-outs are finished and released. 开口是否已完成以及是否通过审核加以澄清。
• Then clarify whether the cut-outs in the ceilings and • 然后对天花板和墙面开孔是否配有防滑和承载盖加以澄
floors have non-slip and load-bearing covers. 清。
926 01050 174 C 4-11

4.2.9 Check the cable ducts in the floor 4.2.9 检查地面的电缆沟
• Check the position and arrangement of the cable ducts • 检查电缆沟的位置与排列以及对所需的盖板是否存在加

and establish the presence of the required coverings. 以确认。
• Discuss the situation with project management if tol- • 当超出允许的公差范围时，应与项目经理加以协商。
erances are exceeded.
4.2.10 Measuring the bearing points 4.2.10 预埋件的测量
• Measure and mark the support points for the bays and • 测量间隔和支撑件的支持点位置并进行标记。可能需要
supports. A final alignment of the support points with 在支持点与天花板及墙面开孔间作最后调整。
regard to the ceiling and wall cut-outs can be made.
• Measure exactly the differences in height of the bear- • 精确测量各预埋件之间高度的偏差。在所有情况下必须
ing points. The height difference of 1 mm/m must be 遵守1 mm/m 的高度偏差。
observed in all cases.
• In the event of tolerance differences, the suitable • 当超出允许的公差范围时，应与项目经理协商采取适当
measures to be taken must be discussed with project 的调整措施（例如打磨焊缝）。
management (e.g. grinding away of weld beads).
4-12 926 01050 174 C

4.3 Installing the switchgear 4.3 开关设备的安装
planations.

Preparatory work [=> 4.2] 准备工作 [=> 4.2]
[=> 4.4] 现场清洁 [=> 7.26]
Cleanliness on site [=> 7.26]
Note: 提示：
Since absolute cleanliness is required during 出于对开关安装期间严格的清洁要求，因此不能

switchgear erection, no installation work of any 同时进行其它任何种类的安装工作。
kind may be carried out at the same time.
Note: 提示：
The workplace must be protected from wet- 在安装现场的所有连接以及防腐措施完毕之前，

ness until the creation of all site connections and 必须保持现场的干燥度。即使在短期的工作周期
up to the realisation of the corrosion-protection 中，开式模块也应采用原始盖板或运输盖板进行
measures. Open modules should be closed off 密封隔离。
hermetically using the original cover or
transport cover, even for short work in-
terruption periods.
Warning 警告
Risk to life from tipping or falling loads! – 负荷的倾覆或坠落将危及生命！ –

Mortal danger! 有致命危险！
• Do not stand under suspended load. • 不要站在悬挂负荷的下方。

• Do not exceed the carrying capacity of • 不得超出运输设备和起重设备的承载能力。
transport equipment and hoisting gear.
• Bays on transport frames are strictly not to be • 运输架上的间隔应严格遵守不堆放的原则。这
stacked. This also applies to the use of 一点同样适用于折叠箱。
folding box.
• Remove transport plates of the basic • 仅当负荷已被可靠保护没有倾覆危险时，方可
packaging and transport frame at the loca- 在装配地点撤走基本包装的运输拖板和运输
tion of assembly only after the load has been 架。
firmly secured against tipping over.
The implementation of the tasks listed below must be

下列任务的落实情况必须在测试报告 2850 中加以确认。
926 01050 174 C 4-13

4.3.1 Set up switchgear according to main 4.3.1 根据主平面图定位开关设备
drawing
The actual assembly sequence can be planned on the 应在平面图的基础上，并同时考虑安装现场的运输通道、移

basis of the overview schematics, paying attention to the 动式行车应用的可能性以及运输与存放区域的可能性来制
position of the access routes to the installation location, 定相应的安装计划。此计划应在工厂制定，然后按照计划
the possibilities for the use of the mobile crane, means of 规定的安装顺序将设备组件运离工厂。
transport, and possible storage areas. This schedule is
如安装完成与开始调试之间的间隔时间超过两周，则应临时
drawn up at the works and the shipping units are
启动有关组件的防凝露加热器。
dispatched from the works in the order it prescribes.
If the period between finishing installation and starting
commissioning is longer than two weeks, the anti-
condensation heating should be started temporarily for the
relevant components.
Checking the control functions [=> 7.11] 控制功能的检查 [=> 7.11]
4.3.2 Install bays 4.3.2 安装间隔
The following assembly description is merely intended to 以下装配说明仅对要落实的工作任务进行概述。不应作为

give an overview of the work to be completed. It is not 安装人员的操作说明。
intended as instructions for the assembly personnel.
Note: 提示：
Differences in height in the erection area 安装区域的高度差异应通过调节设备的底脚进行
shall be compensated by adjusting the feet. 补偿。根据测量结果，第一个间隔应定位略高于
Based on the measurements taken, the first 其它间隔。之后安装的每个间隔应排列在母线排
bay should be lifted so that it is just slightly 内的输出侧。
higher than all other bays. The bays that are
mounted afterwards shall be arranged each
in the busbar run and on the outgoing side.
Note: 提示：
With single bays, the sling ropes must have a 对单个间隔而言，尼龙绳的负载能力应 2.5 t
carrying capacity of 2.5 t and, depending （具体根据起重设备的高度而定），长度约为4m。
on the height of the crane, a length of
approx. 4 m.
With double bays, the sling ropes must have 对双重间隔而言，尼龙绳的负载能力应为5 t（具
- pending 体根据起重设备的高度而定），长度约为5 m。
on the height of the crane, a length of
approx. 5 m.
Note: 提示：
Due to the sometimes limited access to the 由于两段母线之间的空间限制，母线螺栓连接建
screw joints of the busbar, the work should 议由两个人实施。
be carried out by two people.
To prevent damage to the expansion joints, 为了防止损坏膨胀节，应小心操作并使用合适的
work with due care and use appropriate 工具。可在难以触及的部位使用棘轮扳手。
tools. Use a ratchet spanner at points which
are difficult to reach.
4-14 926 01050 174 C

• Carefully set down bay. • 小心放下间隔。
• Calibrate bay by adjusting the feet with a spirit level. • 使用水平仪调整底脚以校准间隔。
• Insert the connecting pieces into the adjusted bay. • 将连接件放入调整过的间隔。
Mount the contacts pieces to the second bay, but do 把触头片安装到第二个间隔，但还不要固定。
not tighten yet!
• Prepare the flanges. • 准备连接法兰
• Carefully lower the second bay • 小心放下第二间隔
• Calibrate bay by adjusting the feet with a spirit level. • 使用水平仪调整底脚以校准间隔。
• Check the accuracy of the bay width. • 检查间隔宽度的准确度。
The following are the acceptable tolerances in longi- 母线纵向方向（轴向）上允许的公差如下：
tudinal direction to the busbar (axial):
– Removal link (100 mm): +2 /-2 mm – 移除连接 (100 mm): +2 /-2 mm
– Sliding expansion joint: +5 /-5 mm – 滑动式膨胀节: +5 /-5 mm

– Lateral expansion joint (5000 mm): +5 / 5 mm – 横向膨胀节（5000 mm）： +5 /5 mm
• Screw or weld the bays to the supporting structure in • 将间隔用螺栓固定或焊接到地面上的支架结构。

the floor.
• Connect busbars. • 连接母线。
• Now, the other basic assemblies can be fitted, aligned • 然后安装其它基本组件，互相对齐，完成装配。
to each other and completed.

• 最后，检查支架和装配组件的对齐情况，在必要的位置
• In conclusion, check the alignment of the supports and
进行最后的调整，并最终将螺栓连接固定到规定的扭矩。
delivery assemblies and make last adjustments where
necessary, then the screw connections are finally
tightened to the prescribed torque.
4.3.3 Check for visible damage to 4.3.3 装配过程中的视觉检查

assemblies
• Check assemblies externally for signs of damage • 目视检查外部装配损坏

• If any damage is discovered, take the appropriate • 一旦发现损坏，应及时采取相应的措施。
measures as suggested.
Receipt and handling of shipments [=> 3.3] 货物的接收和处理 [=> 3.3]
4.3.4 External cleaning of the assemblies 4.3.4 装配中的外部清洁
• Check whether assemblies are clean (externally). • 检查组件外部的清洁状况。

• If the required state of cleanliness is not met, clean the • 对不符合清洁要求的组件加以清洁处理。
assembly.
Cleaning [=> 7.19] 清洁 [=> 7.19]
926 01050 174 C 4-15

4.3.5 On assemblies that have to be 4.3.5 如果组件在安装时需打开，则应对其内
opened for installation, check 部的清洁与损坏情况进行检查
insides for damage and cleanliness
• Check assemblies internally for damage and cleanli- • 检查组件内部的清洁和损坏状况

ness.
• If any damage is discovered, take the appropriate • 一旦发现损坏，应及时采取相应的措施。对不符合清洁
measures as suggested. If the required state of 要求的组件加以清洁处理。
cleanliness is not met, clean the assembly.
Receipt and handling of shipments [=> 3.3] 货物的接收与处理 [=> 3.3]，
Cleaning [=> 7.19] 清洁 [=> 7.19]
4.3.6 Flange and O-ring treatment 4.3.6 法兰和O型密封圈的处理
• Prepare the flanges and conductor connections of the • 对应接合模块的法兰与导体连接进行预处理。

modules to be coupled.
• Treat the O-rings. • 对O型密封圈加以处理。

4.3.7 Gas-tight and gas-permeable 4.3.7 透气绝缘盆和不透气绝缘盆

bushings
• Before the assembly of each shipment module, check • 在对每个运输模块进行装配前，应根据装配图纸确认透

the main drawing to make sure the gas-tight and 气及不透气绝缘盆均位于规定的安装部位。
gas-permeable bushings have been installed at the
correct locations.
• Check whether the customer has requested any spe- • 核查是否存在客户对标记的特殊要求。
cial marking.
• Prior to mounting each shipping assembly according to • 在对每个运输模块进行装配前，应根据装配图纸确认绝
the main drawing, ensure that the bushings are 缘盆均符合要求：
built-on as required:
– all bushings must be in the intended installation ar- – 所有绝缘盆应位于预期的安装位置
eas
– gas-tight bushings are correctly arranged to the – 不透气绝缘盆与壳体正确连接 (绝缘盆上的标记表
housing (the symbol on the bushings indicates the 明正确的安装位置)。
correct installation position).
4-16 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 1 Bushings with symbol to identify the installation position 图 1 表明安装位置的绝缘盆标记
• If necessary, check if the marking corresponds to the • 如有必要，检查标记是否符合客户的要求。

customer's requests.
4.3.8 Installation of tie-rods and 4.3.8 安装连杆和测量间隔宽度

measurement of bay width
The first bay must be anchored to the floor. 第一个间隔必须锚定在地面上。
• Use the screws [1] to tighten the removal link of the • 使用螺栓（1）固定已锚定间隔的移除连接。
anchored bay.
• Move the bay you want to mount towards the already • 将要安装的另一个间隔移向已锚定的间隔，必须保持预
anchored bay and make sure the intended bay width is 期的间隔宽度。
adhered to.
• Adjust the removal link to the nominal dimensions and • 将移除连接调整至标称尺寸，并旋紧到绝缘盆上。
screw to the bushing.
• Secure nuts [2] and [3] with liquid plastic (Loctite 243) • 用液体胶（乐泰243）固定螺母（2）和（3）。
and tighten with reduced torque (20 Nm). 并用较小的扭矩 (20 Nm) 旋紧。
• The bay must be anchored to the floor. • 间隔必须锚定在地面上。
926 01050 174 C 4-17

1 Screw 1 螺栓
2 Nut 2 螺母
3 Nut 3 螺母
Fig. 2 Connection of two bays with removal link

图 2 采用移除连接进行连接的两个间隔
4.3.9 Insert filter in switchgear gas 4.3.9 气室内放置吸附剂

compartments
• 检查吸附剂标签已粘贴
• Check that a “Filter” label is attached.
Inserting/replacing filter material [=> 7.17] 放置/更换吸附剂 [=> 7.17]
4.3.10 In the case of an extension: Check 4.3.10 在进行扩建时：对开关设备新旧部分间

the primary conductor between the 的一次导体相位分布进行检查
old and the new system.
• When expanding a system already in operation, al- • 在对运行中的开关设备进行扩展时，必须一直对新旧开

ways check to ensure the primary conductor from the 关设备间一次导体相位分布的正确与否加以核对。
old system to the new system is correct.
4.3.11 Install system earthing in 4.3.11 根据接地图安装开关设备的接地系统

accordance with the earthing plan
The building earthing system must be completed prior to 必须在开始开关设备的接地工作之前完成建筑物的接地系

commencing switchgear earthing tasks and the points 统，其指定用于开关设备间隔接地的部位必须易于接近。
required for earthing the switchgear bays must be
accessible.
• Screw grounding cables to the switchgear compo- • 根据接地图，将接地导线通过螺栓与开关设备模块相

nents according to the grounding chart and weld on to 连，并采用例如Cadwell放热焊接法焊接到建筑物的接
the building grounding through Cadwell weld, for 地系统。
example.
4-18 926 01050 174 C

4.3.12 Laying control cables 4.3.12 现场铺设控制电缆
• Lay the control cables for the drives, transformers and • 驱动机构、互感器以及控制设备的控制电缆铺设工作。
the control system equipment.
4.3.13 Checking tightness of vacant cable 4.3.13 检查备用电缆配件的密封性

fittings
4.3.14 Earthing the transformer and con- 4.3.14 对互感器电缆和控制电缆的屏蔽层两侧

trol cables shielding at both ends 进行接地
4.3.15 Checking colour treatment, carry 4.3.15 检查和修复漆面处理

out, repair
• Check for damage on the coloured surfaces of the • 检查整个间隔包括气管的油漆面是否有损坏，必要时，

entire bay, including gas lines, and make good by re- 加以修复。
pairing damage if necessary.
4.3.16 Application of signs and lettering 4.3.16 附上标记和标签
• Check that factory-applied signs and labelling are • 检查出厂所附的标记和标签是否完好无损、清晰可见。

complete and clearly visible. Complete or improve 必要时，进行修复与补充。
where necessary.
4.3.17 Fitting the voltage transformer 4.3.17 安装电压互感器
To prepare the voltage transformer for installation 安装电压互感器前的准备工作
• unpack the transformer but leave it resting on the t • 对电压互感器进行拆封，直至其仅搁置在运输架上。

ransport frame
• check the shock indicators. If an indicator shows that • 检查震动指示器。如果指示器显示运输错误，则应通知
the transport has been faulty, inform the supervisor 督导以及西门子办事处。
and the Siemens office.
• Check the pressure of the transport gas filling on the • 通过DILO接口处检查运输充气压力（若无压力，则应向
DILO connection (contact manufacturer if there is no 制造商咨询）– 不可排出充入的运输气体！
pressure) – do not evacuate the transport gas filling!
• Make sure the rating plate data are identical with those • 确保功率铭牌数据与单线图数据的一致性，从而避免具
on the line diagram to avoid confusing voltage 有不同电气参数但外表相同的电压互感器之间产生混
transformer modules having an identical outside ap- 淆。
pearance but with different electrical performance
data.
To install the voltage transformer 安装电压互感器过程
• Lift it by means of hoisting gear, remove the transport • 使用升降装置把电压互感器吊起，取下运输防护盖，并

cover and the transport frame. 移除运输架。
• Fit and align the contact piece and fit the voltage • 对耦合触点进行组装，并对齐。通过使用导向螺栓来安
transformer using set bolts. 装电压互感器。
926 01050 174 C 4-19

• If necessary, the diverter over the rupture disc should • 必要时，根据装配图纸的规定来调整防爆膜上导向罩的
be re-mounted as shown in the assembly drawing. In 方向。为此，再次检查确认位于此安装位置的导向罩排
doing so, check again that in the assembled position 气口偏离了工作人员可能所在的位置以及在排气方向
the discharge opening of the diverter is directed away 不存在任何可能转移气流方向的部件。
from the area where personnel could be standing
and that there are no objects which could divert the
gas stream. • 在还未使用防蚀剂的情况下加以使用。
• If not done so already, apply anti-corrosion agent. • 安装密度表。
• Install density monitor.
4.3.18 Installing the RC voltage divider 4.3.18 安装RC分压器
To prepare the RC voltage divider for installation 安装RC分压器前的准备工作
• unpack the RC voltage divider but leave it resting on • 对RC分压器进行拆封，直至其仅搁置在运输架上。

the transport frame.
• Clean the insulators and electrical contact surfaces of • 对连接法兰的绝缘体和电气触头表面进行清洁。
the coupling flanges.
• Make sure the rating plate data are identical with those • 确保功率铭牌数据与单线图数据一致。
on the line diagram.
Note: 提示：
Shortening or extending the secondary leads 禁止缩短或延长RC分压器的二次导线。这些导

of the RC voltage divider is prohibited! The 线是RC测量系统的一部分。
lines form part of the
RC measuring system.
To install the voltage transformer 安装RC分压器过程
• Screw the crane hook eyes according to the installa- • 根据RC分压器盖板或壳体的安装位置固定好起重机的

tion position to the cover or housing of the RC voltage 钩眼，用起重装置吊起分压器。
divider and lift the voltage divider with hoisting gear.
• Prepare flanges and conductor connections. • 对法兰连接和导体连接进行预处理。
• Treat O-rings. • 对O型密封圈加以处理。
• Establish a high-voltage connection to the appropri- • 将高压接头与相应的触头进行连接。
ate contacts.
• Connect secondary leads to the load. • 将二次导线与负荷装置连接。
• Remove crane hook eyes. • 移除起重机钩眼。

4.3.19 Apply corrosion protection to 4.3.19 对位于户外的附件采取防腐措施

attachments located outdoors

[=> 7.20] [=> 7.20]
4-20 926 01050 174 C

4.3.20 HV terminals on Air bushings 4.3.20 在户外套管上安装高压接线柱
• Advise customers and/or other firms to adhere to the • 向客户以及其它公司指明必须遵守规定的扭矩值。

torque settings.
• Tighten screws to specified torque. • 按规定的扭矩值来拧紧螺栓。
926 01050 174 C 4-21

4-22 926 01050 174 C
4.4 Putting the gas-insulated 4.4 气体绝缘开关设备的调试
switchgear into service
describes the activities which must be logged, explains 应记录的事项，并对此加以解释或给出含有进一步解释的相
them or refers the reader to more detailed explanations. 关参引。
Commissioning should be started when 如果符合以下各项条件，则应开始进行调试
– the switchgear system or the larger parts of it (e.g. – 开关设备或其较大的部件（例如多个间隔）已全部安装

several bays) have been completely installed 结束
– auxiliary and control cables are connected – 辅助及控制电缆已连接完毕
– all auxiliary and control voltages are available at the – 开关电器上的所有辅助及控制电压可供使用

switching devices
– the SF6 work has been completed. – SF6气体的工作已完成。
4.1] 准备工作[=> 4.2] ，开关设备的安装 [=> 4.3]，关
Preparatory work [=> 4.2] Installing the 于SF6气体处理的建议 [=> 7.25]，现场清洁 [=>
switchgear [=> 4.3] Advice on handling SF6 [=> 7.26]
7.25] Cleanliness on site [=> 7.26]

4.4.1 Check that the actual arrangement of 4.4.1 检查间隔中设备的实际分布是否与单线

the devices in the bays corresponds 图一致
to that shown in the circuit block
diagram.
4.4.2 Resistance measurement of main 4.4.2 主回路的电阻测量

current path
Testing the primary part [=> 7.16] 一次回路的检验 [=> 7.16]
4.4.3 SF6 gasfilling and measurement 4.4.3 充入和测量SF6 气体
Evacuating, filling and emptying the gas com- 对气室进行抽真空、充气和排空操作 [=> 7.2]
partments [=> 7.2]
926 01050 174 C 4-23

4.4.4 Check the internal cover of the 4.4.4 检查密度监视器的内部盖子
density monitor
4.4.5 Function test of three-position 4.4.5 三位置隔离开关和接地开关的功能测试
disconnector, earth switch
Testing the disconnectors, earthing and high- 隔离开关、接地开关和快速接地开关的功能测试

speed earthing switches [=> 7.8] [=> 7.8]
4.4.6 Check operation of circuit-breakers 4.4.6 断路器的操作功能测试
Checking the electronic circuit-breaker control 断路器电气控制系统的检测 [=> 7.10]

[=> 7.10]
4.4.7 Check alarms 4.4.7 报警信号的检查
Testing the gas monitor [=> 7.3] Checking the 检查气体监控装置 [=> 7.3] ，检查控制功能 [=>
control functions [=> 7.11] 7.11]
4.4.8 Check that MCB’s are free of reverse 4.4.8 检查所有小型断路器是否有反馈电压

voltage
4.4.9 Removing the stickers and/or plastic 4.4.9 去除通风口的临时塑料封堵

stopper at ventilation tubes
4.4.10 Check anti-condensation heating 4.4.10 检查防凝露加热装置
units
4.4.11 Check operation of control system 4.4.11 控制系统的操作功能测试
4.4.12 Checking the HV testing systems 4.4.12 高压测试系统的检查

• Check and document the completeness and condition • 检查并记录高压测试设备的完整性和状态
of high voltage test equipment
4.4.13 Customer informed of pending 4.4.13 通知客户即将进行的高压试验

high-voltage tests
4.4.14 Check the condition of the cable end 4.4.14 检查电缆终端密封套的状态

closing bush
• Record the way in which the cable end is terminated. • 记录电缆终端密封的方式。
Check cable sealing end [=> 7.15] 检查电缆终端密封头 [=> 7.15]
4-24 926 01050 174 C

4.4.15 Alternating current test 4.4.15 交流高压试验
Testing the primary part [=> 7.16] 一次回路的检验 [=> 7.16]
4.4.16 Check current transformer 4.4.16 检查电流互感器
Checking the current transformer [=> 7.12] 电流互感器的检测 [=> 7.12]
4.4.17 Check seal in terminal box 4.4.17 检查接线盒的密封
4.4.18 Voltage converter tests 4.4.18 电压转换器测试
Testing the voltage transformer [=> 7.13] 电压互感器的检测 [=> 7.13]
4.4.19 Weather-protection cover, check 4.4.19 接线盒防雨盖的中心安装位置检查

central bolt
防爆膜的安装 [=> 7.18]
Fitting the rupture disks [=> 7.18]
4.4.20 Checking RC voltage divider 4.4.20 检查RC分压器
• For this, apply an alternating voltage of approx. 1000 V • 为此，向一次接头及相应的二次接头（位于二次导线的

to the primary connections and to the corresponding 终端）提供大约1000 V的交流电压。用高阻抗负载下
secondary connections (at the end of the secondary 的电压表测量电压。所测得的二次电压值必须等于按
lead). Measure the voltage with a high- impedance 照此公式 (V2 test = V1 test x V2[kV] / V1[kV]) ±5 %
voltmeter under load. The measured secondary 计算所得的数值。
voltage must be identical to the value produced by
the equation (V2 test = V1 test x V2[kV] / V1[kV])
±5 %.
Values for V1 and V2 are read off from the identifica- 从标识牌中可读取V1和V2的数值。（转换关系明细）
tion plate. (details of conversion relationship)
V1 test = 1000 V V1 test = 1000 V

V2 test = V1 test x V2 / V1 V2 test = V1 test x V2 / V1
• Note the results in the inspection reports AA 2808.4 • 注意并保留测试报告AA 2808.4 的结果，以备后续的测
and keep them for later comparison measurements. 量比较用。
926 01050 174 C 4-25

4-26 926 01050 174 C
4.5 Other 4.5 其它
planations.

4.5.1 Revision of design drawings 4.5.1 装配图纸的修订
4.5.2 Revision of schematics 4.5.2 电路图的修订
4.5.3 Check whether anomalies entered in 4.5.3 检查是否通过NCR（不符合报告）对偏

NCR (Non Conformity Report) 差进行了记录
4.5.4 Inspection reports written 4.5.4 核查试验报告
4.5.5 Check return of material and 4.5.5 对返回材料和设备进行检查

equipment
• Check that SF6 cylinders, insert gas, surplus materi- • 检查SF6气瓶、剩余气体、剩余材料、工具以及仪器是

al, tools and instruments have been returned. 否已返回。
• Check that return dispatch notes have been passed • 检查返货单是否已移交或寄给项目经理。
(or sent) to project management.
• Check that HV testing systems and shielding compo- • 检查高压测试装置与屏蔽部件是否已寄回。
nents have been returned.
4.5.6 Check warnings regarding 4.5.6 对未投入使用的开关设备部件的警告标

non-operational parts of the plant 志进行检查
• Check that warning regarding non-operational parts of • 检查各馈线的控制柜中是否标有未投入使用的开关设备

the plant has been placed in the control cabinet of the 部件的警告标志
relevant outgoing feeder.
4.5.7 Closing the ventilation ducts when 4.5.7 如果防凝露加热器未开启，则封闭通风

the anticondensation heaters are 口
not connected
4.5.8 Acceptance of switchgear 4.5.8 开关设备附件的移交

accessories
4.5.9 Preliminary / Final Acceptance- 4.5.9 初步验收报告/最终验收报告

Report
926 01050 174 C 4-27

4-28 926 01050 174 C
5 Operation 5 操作
926 01050 174 C 5-1

Note: 提示：

trations can differ, in total or in part, from the 号。这点尤其适用于当前的追踪指南、套管及
delivered version. This applies particularly 辅助设备的安装位置和实施情况。
equipment.
5-2 926 01050 174 C

– basic requirements of operation – 操作的基本要求
– specific measures for accident and fire prevention. – 火灾和事故的专门预防措施。
Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] Manual operation 安全指导 [=> 0.2]，手动操作 [=> 5.2]
[=> 5.2]
检查、报警、原因及纠正措施
Checks, alarms, causes, remedial measures
[=> 5.3]
[=> 5.3]
关于SF6气体处理的建议 [=> 7.25]
Advice on handling SF6 [=> 7.25]
5.1.1 Basic requirements 5.1.1 基本要求
The scope and content of switchgear operation guide- 开关设备操作指南的范围与内容由以下事实所决定，即所记

lines are confirmed by the fact that a system is always a 录的设备总是一台总设备、一个变电站以及最终为一个具有
part of the larger system, a substation and finally a 各式各样联属关系的电网的一部分。
network with varying interdependencies and links.
The operator must diligently adapt his plant-specific di- 开关设备的运营商必须尽力使由其公布的开关设备操作说

rections to the respective manufacturerís documentation 明与制造商的各类文件以及规定保持一致，从而确保开关
and regulations. This ensures reliable, safe and fault-free 设备可靠、安全及无故障的运行。
operation of the switchgear.
926 01050 174 C 5-3

操作规范（国家与国际）
操作指导操作说明 / 电路手册 /
其它制造商文档
网络变电站间隔
• 网络控制系统 • 变电站控制系统 • 间隔控制系统 • 开关设备系统
• 网络控制设备 • 变电站控制设备 • 间隔控制装置 • 驱动机构系统.
• 负载管理系统 • 中央控制系统单元 • 输入/输出单元 • 气体监控装置
• 变电站保护系统 • 馈线保护设备 • 电路保护装置
• 遥控技术 • 遥控技术
操作要求
Fig. 1 Scope of stipulations for operation of the switchgear laid 图 1 由制造商或运营商制订的开关设备操作规范的范畴

down by the manufacturer or to be laid down by the
operator
5-4 926 01050 174 C

5.1.2 Specific measures for accident and 5.1.2 火灾和事故的专门预防措施。
fire prevention
The metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear offers a 金属封闭气体绝缘开关设备提供了全面、高度的安全性。但

high degree of safety in every respect. This must not, 操作人员在任何时候也不能因此而表现出对安全规章的忽
however, lead to the operating personnel adopting an 视。
indifferent attitude towards the safety rules over time.
In addition to the safety rules valid in the country in 除了各国家所适用的安全规章与运行规定之外，还应注意下

question, a few precautionary measures and points to be 列各项提示、预防措施及警告:
noted in connection with this type of switchgear are listed
below:
• The accessory items required for operating the • 用于开关设备的运行以及出于一般安全原因所需的附

switchgear and for reasons of safety (devices for (件手动操作装置、警告牌、手提灯与灭火器等）必须整
manual operation, warning signs, hand lamps, fire 齐地存放在某个固定位置，并定期进行检查，确保其完
extinguishers etc.) must be stored neatly at a certain 好无损。
point and be checked regularly for completeness and
proper functioning.
• Keys of any kind may be accessible only to the oper- • 只有相关负责的操作人员才允许支配使用各类钥匙。
ating personnel.
• When operating the switchgear by hand remember • 在进行手动操作时应注意不具备防止误操作的功能。该
that there is no protection against incorrect operation 项功能仅由防误操作闭锁装置所提供。
as provided by the station or bay control unit.
• In the case of local control via the switchgear inter- • 在通过防误操作闭锁装置进行就地控制时，应确保大约
lock unit, a minimum command duration of about 500 500 ms的最短指令期。仅在此期限过后，自闭锁系统
ms must be adhered to. The maintained command 才开始发生作用。
does not become effective until this time has passed.
• It is not permitted to make changes of any kind to the • 禁止在开关设备的运行过程中对其进行任何改动。禁
switchgear while it is in operation. This includes the 止在开关设备的运行过程中对其进行任何改动。这包括
dismantling of parts, changing settings on monitoring 零部件的拆卸、监控装置预设值的变更以及断路器驱动
devices, working on the circuit-breaker drive system, 机构内部的变动等。
etc.
• Even in relieved condition, the springs of drive sys- • 驱动系统的弹簧即使在释放状态下也具有预张力。
tems are precharged.
• Do not climb into the switchgear; use stable ladders or • 禁止爬入开关设备内；如需要，可借助稳固的梯子或框
frame structures if necessary! 架结构进入。
• The openings in the diverters over the rupture disks • 在运行期间不许封闭或盖住防爆膜上的导向罩开口。同
must not be closed or covered during operation, nor is 时禁止改变导向罩的作用方向或以任何形式对其产生
it permitted to change the operating direction of the 影响。
diverters or interfere with them in any way.
• All services, extension, inspection and corrective • 对开关设备所开展的所有工作，例如扩展、维护或修理
maintenance respectively, should be carried out by or 等，应由西门子公司的专业技术人员或在其监督下进
under supervision of Siemens qualified personnel. 行。
926 01050 174 C 5-5

• Cable plug systems with dummy plugs or pressure gas • 在耐压试验期间插拔式电缆套管可以只用气密压盖或
tight covers on cable plug-in bushings may only be 空插头密封。只有正式接上高压电缆时，电缆密封端才
used for the duration of the high-voltage test. The 能与电缆套管连接。
continuous use of cable sealing ends with cable plug-
in bushings is only permissible if a high-voltage cable is
connected.
5.1.3 Procedure if ambient temperatures 5.1.3 当环境温度过高或过低时应采取的措施

are too high or too low
In addition to observing the relevant regulations and 为了避免受伤，除了遵守相关规定及标准之外还应注意以下

standards, the following safety notice must be observed in 的安全提示：
order to prevent injuries:
Attention 注意
Touching the metallic housing when tem- 在过低（结冰）或过高（日射）的环境温度下触

peratures are low (freezing) or high (direct 摸壳体的金属表面将可能导致例如手部的受伤。
sunlight) can result in injuries to the hands. 开关设备相应部位当前的电流强度会降低或增加
The risk of injury is decreased or increased 受伤的风险。
respectively by the current flowing through
the affected component at the time.
Special care must therefore be taken when 在过高的环境温度下，同时开关设备内流有额定

ambient temperatures are high and the rated 运行电流时必须额外小心。
normal current is flowing through the system
at the same time.
5-6 926 01050 174 C

5.2 Manual operation 5.2 手动操作
Manual operation of disconnectors, earthing switches, 在调试与维护工作期间以及在控制电源失灵或（例如）电动
high-speed earthing switches and circuit-breakers is 机驱动机构发生故障的紧急运行状态下，可对隔离开关、接
possible during commissioning and maintenance work, 地开关、快速接地开关以及断路器进行手动操作。
and also in an emergency if the control supply has failed or
(for example) the motor drive is defective.
Manual operation always takes place by way of over- 手动操作总是在弃置联锁条件的状态下进行的。
riding the switchgear interlock unit.
This section describes in detail how to, during commis- 本章节详细描述了在调试与维护工作期间以及故障状态下
sioning, maintenance and in the event of malfunction, 应如何进行下列各项工作
– manually switch all locally controlled bay equipment – 在弃置联锁条件（S1开关位于“断开”位置）后，通过就地

when interlocking has been deactivated (S1 switched to 控制系统对间隔的所有设备进行手动操作；
OPEN);
– manually actuate disconnector and earthing switch – 通过直接操作电动机驱动机构来实现隔离开关、接地开关
modules as well as work-in-progress earthing switches 及检修接地开关和快速接地开关的手动操作；
and high-speed earthing switches through direct
activation of the motor drive;
– manually switch the circuit-breaker using direct elec- – 通过对脱扣器直接进行电气或机械操作来实现断路器的
trical or mechanical activation of the releases. 手动操作。
5.1] 检查、报警、原因及纠正措施
[=> 5.3]
Checks, alarms, causes, remedial measures
[=> 5.3]
Warning 警告
Failing to observe a minimum safe distance 与带电系统组件未保持最小的安全距离，特别如

to live system components, particularly 户外套管，可能导致人员伤亡以及对财产、环境
outdoor bushings, may result in death, 的巨大危害。
severe injury and considerable damage to
property and environmental damage.
Before work on high-voltage systems can be 在高压系统投运前，必须保证现场工作环境的安

carried out, a safe working area must be 全。
created.
• Any work on high-voltage systems may be • 必须由具有合格资质的专业人员操作高压设

performed by adequately qualified person- 备。
nel only.
• Always observe a minimum safe distance to • 与带电系统组件始终保持最小的安全距离。
live system components.
926 01050 174 C 5-7

5.2.1 Manual operation in local control 5.2.1 在弃置开关设备的联锁条件后，通过就
with the switchgear interlock 地控制系统进行手动操作
deactivated
Warning 警告
In manual operation, switchgear interlock- 在进行手动操作时开关设备的联锁条件不起作

ing is ineffective. Actuation of switching 用。对各类开关电器进行任何不符合开关设备所
devices in contravention of the interlock 规定的联锁条件的操作，都可能导致对开关设备
conditions specified for the switchgear can 及其系统的严重损坏。
result in serious damage to the switching
device and to the system.
• Manual operation may be performed only by • 仅允许具有合格资质的专业人员进行手动操

作。
adequately qualified personnel.
• Prior to manual operation, check the me- • 在进行每项手动操作之前，应确保满足对机械
chanical position indicators to ensure that the 式开关位置指示器所规定的联锁条件。
interlock conditions are fulfilled.
• Non-maintained command operation is • 为了避免非正常操作所导致的严重后果，必须
possible; disconnectors, earthing switches 将隔离开关、接地开关及快速接地开关置于各
and high-speed earthing switches must 自的终端位置。
therefore be moved into their final positions.
5.2.2 On the motor drive manually switch 5.2.2 通过电动机驱动机构对隔离开关、检修

接地开关和快速接地开关进行手动操作
Warning 警告

result in serious damage to the system.

adequately qualified personnel. 作。

• 通过断开断路器，并拔出插头以切断控制回
• Interrupt the control circuit by actuating the
路，从而防止此回路再次闭合。
cutout and pulling the plug. Secure against
reclosing.
5-8 926 01050 174 C

• Isolate the manually switched disconnector, • 经由手动操作的隔离开关、检修接地开关和快
earthing switch and work-in-progress as well 速接地开关应与高压系统隔离，并确保两者间
as the high-speed earthing switch from 不会再次闭合。
high-voltage. Secure them against reclosing.
• Operation by non-maintained command is • 为了避免非正常操作所导致的严重后果，必须
possible; disconnectors, earthing switches 将隔离开关、接地开关及快速接地开关置于各
and high-speed earthing switches must 自的终端位置。
therefore be moved into their final positions.
Attention 注意
Reconnection of high voltage when a dis- 当隔离开关或接地开关并未完全到达至其规定的

connector or earthing switch has not 端点位置（即故障位置），高压导体再次连接可
reached its proper end position (i.e. is in 能导致对开关的损坏。
fault position) can cause damage to the
switchgear.
Note: 提示：
Switching sounds that might occur inside 手动操作开关时，触头连接前后开关气室内部发

the gas compartment during manual 出声响属于正常现象，同时这不会对操作人员的
switching shortly before or after discon- 安全造成威胁。
necting the switching contacts are normal
and do not constitute any danger to the
operator.
The final position of the switching device 开关设备必须置于其终端位置。禁止将开关位置
must be reached. Never leave the switching 置于中间。
device in an intermediate position.
5.2.2.1 Manual operation of the earthing 5.2.2.1 接地开关电动机驱动机构的手动操作

switch on the motor drive
The motor drive of the earthing switch can, after attach- 配置方孔螺钉扳手后，可使用无线螺丝起子或套筒扳手，手
ing the Allen wrench, manually operate the motor shaft by 动将接地开关的电动机驱动机构连接到电机轴上。
using a cordless screwdriver or a socket wrench.
Note: 提示：
Only the enclosed system accessory tools may be used for 仅可使用所附的配件专用工具进行手动操作。
manual operation.
Required tools: 所需工具：
– the Allen wrench – 方孔螺钉扳手

– a socket wrench or – 套筒扳手
– a cordless screwdriver (not included in the scope of – 无线螺丝起子（不在供货范围内）

supply).
926 01050 174 C 5-9

Fig. 1 Socket with attached Allen wrench and cordless screw- 图 1 带方孔螺钉扳手的套筒扳手和无线螺丝起子
driver
For manual operation: 用于手动操作：
• Loosen wing screws and remove cover. • 松开翼形螺母，并取下盖子。

The limit switch interrupts the control circuit. 限位开关中断控制回路。
Fig. 2 Cover for manual operation and electric locking 图 2: 用于手动操作的盖子与电气联锁
The control is interrupted for the duration of the man- 在手动操作期间可以中断开关控制。通过反转盖子
ual operation. Independently, the control may be 180°，可使控制系统暂时中断，而不受任何影响。
temporarily interrupted by putting the cover on in a .
180°inverted manner.
5-10 926 01050 174 C

Caution 注意
The limit switches are not designed for 限位开关并非用于电动机驱动机构的常规操作。
switching the motor drive during normal 在常规操作中取下盖子对限位开关进行控制将导
operation. The limit switches will be dam- 致限位开关的损坏。
aged if they are actuated during normal
operation by removing the cover!
• Remove cover on motor drive only when • 仅当电动机驱动机构不在运行状态时才能移除

motor drive is not activated. 其盖子。
• Do not use limit switch for actuating the motor • 不可使用限位开关来对电动机驱动机构进行。
drive.
If during manual operation the motor is unintentionally 如果在手动操作时因疏忽或仍在作用的合闸指令（例如当控
electrically operated, or if it is actuated by means of a still 制电压恢复时）而使电动机驱动机构被电气控制，则不会对
effective closing command (e.g. when the control supply 操作人员构成危险。限位开关防止了电路的闭合。
is restored), the operator is not at risk. The limit switches
prevent electrical switching.
• Place the socket wrench or the cordless screwdriver • 将带有方孔螺钉扳手的套筒扳手或无线螺丝起子放在电

with the Allen wrench on the free shaft end of the motor 动机驱动机构的自由轴端。
drive.
• Turn the socket wrench or the cordless screwdriver in • 将套筒扳手或无线螺丝起子向所需方向旋转。
the desired direction.
The required direction of rotation for closing or open- 电动机驱动机构的外壳上标明了闭合或断开所需的旋转
ing is indicated on the housing of the motor drive. 方向。
Caution 注意
Reconnection of high voltage when a 当接地开关并未完全到达至其规定的端点位置

earthing switch has not reached its proper （即故障位置），高压导体再次连接可能导致对
end position (i.e. is in fault position) can 开关的损坏。
cause damage to the switchgear.
• Turn until the end position of the switching de- • 旋转扳手直至开关达到末端位置。禁止将开关设
vice has been reached. Never leave the 备置于中间。
switching device in an intermediate position.
Due to the gearing ratio of the motor drive, only slight 手动操作过程中，由于电动机驱动机构存在齿轮变比，
mechanical resistance will initially be felt during man- 仅有微小的机械阻力会产生。
ual operation.
注意
Caution
施加于电动机驱动机构终端位置的过度外力可能
Excessive force being applied to the me-
造成对开关重要组件的损坏。
chanical end position limitator of the drives
can lead to damage of important
components
• Before the switching operation can be car- • 在操作开关前，操作孔套上套筒扳手后还须配

ried out, the extension must be inserted into 上加长柄。
the socket wrench of the operation aperture
as far as the stop.
• The manual switching must be performed in • 开关的手动操作必须为一个连续动作。禁止
one continuous movement. The drive must 对驱动机构强行使用外力操作至其末端位置。
not be guided forcefully to its end posi
926 01050 174 C 5-11

On the work-in-progress earthing switch, when the fric- 对于检修接地开关而言，通常情况下，当摩擦离合器的棘齿
tion clutch ratchets, this generally indicates that the re- 发出响声即标志着已越过所规定的终端位置。在此情况下，
quired end position has already been passed. In this case 应缓慢反向转动扳手，直到听见终端位置闭合发出的第一个
turn back slowly until the first click is heard from the end 卡塔声。然后反向转动，直至听见终端位置闭合发出的第
position switch. Then turn in the opposite direction until a 二个卡塔声。
second click is heard from the end position switch.
As grating can also mean that the switching device is 由于响声也可能由滞动所引起，应一直保持对开关电器的机
operating impermissibly sluggishly, always observe the 械式开关位置指示器的观察。
position indicator.
On the high-speed earthing switch you should turn until the 对快速接地开关而言，应一直转动扳手直到弹簧驱动机构进
spring drive has switched. After the switching movement 行闭合。弹簧驱动机构闭合后继续转动，直至听见卡塔声。
continue to turn until a click is heard.
Notes on the high-speed earthing switch 提示：快速接地开关
The high-speed (make-proof) earthing switch 在再次接通高压导体后，必须彻底检查快速接地

must be overhauled after the second closing 开关。
operation onto live conductors.
5-12 926 01050 174 C

5.2.2.2 On the drive, manually switch 5.2.2.2 将隔离开关和接地开关模块手动切换至驱动
disconnector and earthing switch module 机构
Provided the safety measures described at the begin- 若已遵守本单元前描述的安全说明，则隔离开关和接地开关
ning of the section are taken, the disconnector and 在设备安全维护或停电时可切换至手动操作模式。
earthing switch module can be operated manually in
emergency manual mode for maintenance work or in the
event of failure of the supply voltage.
Needed for manual switching: 在手动操作时需要以下工具：
– the two-way key for switching process pre-selection – 用以切换工作模式的双齿钥匙
– the socket wrench (marked 1) for switching the shaft of – 操作隔离开关轴的套筒板手（1）
the disconnector
– the socket wrench (marked 2) for switching the shaft of – 操作接地开关轴的套筒板手（2）
the earthing switch
– a ratchet lever with extension for operating the socket – 操作套筒扳手的加长棘轮柄
spanner.
Fig. 3 Two-way key and hexagon keys 图 3 双齿钥匙和套筒板手
926 01050 174 C 5-13

Pre-select disconnector or earthing switch function 预先使用隔离开关或接地开关
• Open up the cover [17]. • 打开盖子[17]
32 Plate 32 盖板
Fig. 4 View with cover in position 图 4 盖子合上时示意图
The aperture [26] into which the two-way key is in- 可获得双齿钥匙插入的开口。
serted is accessible.
26 Opening for inserting the two-way key 26 双齿钥匙插入的开口
Fig. 5 View with cover removed 图 5 盖子移除时示意图
• To select either the disconnector or the earthing switch, • 无论是选择操作隔离接地开关或接地开关，把钥匙插入

insert the key into the opening [26] and turn until the 开口[26]并旋转至适当位置即可。
appropriate opening becomes accessible.
An interlock is activated at the same time to prevent 内部联锁同时启动，将防止此时就地控制柜或控制室
operation from the local control cabinet or control room. 对开关操作。
Note: 提示：
Only the function that is permitted by the inter- 仅当联锁条件满足时，相应的开关功能才能被使

lock conditions can be selected. 用。
Open disconnector 断开隔离开关
• Insert the socket wrench for operating the disconnec- • 操作隔离开关时插入相应的套筒板手，并使用棘轮柄旋

转 180 度。
tor and turn using the ratchet lever through 180 de-
grees.
The required direction of rotation is indicated. The 规定的旋转方向已标示。状态位置指示器可显示开关
present switching state is shown by the position indi- 现在的位置状态。
cator.
5-14 926 01050 174 C

Close earthing switch 闭合接地开关
• Insert the socket wrench for operating the earthing • 操作接地关时插入相应的套筒板手，并使用棘轮柄旋转

switch and turn using the ratchet lever through 180 180 度。
degrees.
The required direction of rotation is indicated. The 规定的旋转方向已标示。状态位置指示器可显示开关现
present switching state is shown by the position indi- 在的位置状态。
cator.
锁住驱动装置
Interlocking the drive
• 要锁住驱动装置，需将从任意一个预选位置移除双齿钥
• To interlock the drive, remove the two-way key in one of
匙。
the pre-selected positions.
The drive then remains electrically interlocked. 此时驱动装置处于电动锁定状态。
926 01050 174 C 5-15

5.2.3 Operating a circuit-breaker manually 5.2.3 对断路器进行手动操作
If the control voltage fails, it is possible to switch me- 当控制电压出现故障时，可通过对脱扣器的控制来实现手动

chanically by activating the releases. 操作。
Warning 警告

result in serious damage to the switching
device and to the system.

adequately qualified personnel. 作。
Attention 注意
A minimum SF6 filling pressure is required 为了减弱断路器内运动部件的震动，即使在不带

(even for switching in dead state) for 电状态下的开关操作过程中也必需达到 SF6 的最
damping of the moving parts. Switching 小充气压力。在低于此最小压力值下进行开关操
below this minimum pressure will cause 作将导致断路器的损坏！
damage to the circuit-breaker.

• 在进行每项手动操作之前，应确保机械开关操
• Before manual operation, check that the
作所需的最小压力值。
minimum pressure for mechanical switching
is available.
5-16 926 01050 174 C

For manual switching, activate the OPEN release [12] 应通过启动分闸脱扣器 [12]
or the CLOSE release [10]. 或合闸脱扣器[10] 来实现手动操作。
The circuit-breaker can only be switched off when the 当然，仅在分闸弹簧处于储能状态下可对断路器进行分闸操
opening spring is charged and switched on when the 作，并且仅在合闸弹簧处于储能状态下可对断路器进行合闸
closing spring is charged. A spring status indicator [13] 操作。弹簧状态指示器[13]给出了有关弹簧储能状态的信
shows the tension status of the springs. 息。
10 CLOSE release 10 合闸脱扣器

12 OPEN release 12 分闸脱扣器
13 Spring position indicator 13 弹簧位置指示器
Fig. 6 Drive cabinet with releases
图 6 带脱扣器的驱动机构柜
926 01050 174 C 5-17

If the closing spring is not charged because of failure of the 如果由于控制电源中断或储能电动机出现故障而无法对合
control voltage or a charging motor is defective, it can be 闸弹簧进行储能，可借助工具对其进行手动操作。为此应
charged by hand by means of a tool. To do this, the tool 将图中所示的工具安装在传动轴上，并向左转动，直至听到
should be placed on the gear shaft - as shown in the 合闸闩锁定的声音。
picture - and turned anti-clockwise until the CLOSE latch
audibly locks in place.
Caution 注意
The charging motor starts automatically 当电源电压恢复时，储能电动机自动启动

when the supply voltage is turned back on – 可能会受到惊吓。
– frightened reaction possible.
• Always interrupt the motor circuit before • 每次使用此工具前都应中断电动机回路。

applying the tool.
Fig. 7 Charging the closing spring using a tool (Version 图 7 使用工具对合闸弹簧进行储能（通用管脚驱动机构）
common pin drive)
5-18 926 01050 174 C

In version E, the access to the drive shaft is possible only 对于 E 型驱动机构，只能从前面接触驱动轴。为此，标记
from front. To do this, the special key at the height of the 最高处的特殊扳手（见下图）应向后沿水平方向进行操作，
marking (see figure below) must be guided back- wards 并必须置于驱动轴的直角面上。
horizontally and must be placed on the square of the drive
shaft.
Fig. 8 Charging the closing spring by means of a special key 图 8 使用带扩展手柄的特殊扳手对合闸弹簧进行储能（电流互感器单

with extended handle (Current transformer single pole 极驱动机构）
drive)
926 01050 174 C 5-19

5-20 926 01050 174 C
5.3 Checks, alarms, causes, 5.3 检查、报警、原因及纠正措施
remedial measures
– recommended checks during operation – 在运行过程中推荐进行的检查
– fault signals and their causes as well as correction – 故障信号及其原因和相应的纠正措施。
measures.
基本信息：
Basic information:
安全指导 [=> 0.2]，先决条件 [=> 5.1]

Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] Prerequisites [=>
5.1]
Checking for leaks in gas compartments [=> 7.4] 气室密封性能的检查 [=> 7.4]
Pressure-temperature diagram for SF6 [=> 7.23] SF6 气体的压力-温度图表 [=> 7.23]
Advice on handling SF6 [=> 7.25] Gas 关于 SF6 气体处理的建议 [=> 7.25] 气体监控装
monitoring [=> 1.3] 置 [=> 1.3]
5.3.1 Checks during operation 5.3.1 运行过程中的检查
Generally, checks are not necessary during operation. All 通常情况下，不需要在操作过程中进行检查。与开关设备
parameters relevant to the operation of the switchgear 运行相关的所有参数都处于持续监控下。在达到规定的极
are continuously monitored. If established limits have 限数值时，将产生视觉信号，有时也可能是听觉信号。如
been reached, this will be signalled visually and, in some 有必要，模块会启动功能包括开关设备。
cases, audibly. If necessary, blocks will engage to protect
the switchgear.
Independently, checks should be done by activating the 此外，应通过对显示器及显示设备的灯测试按钮的控制，进

lamptestbuttons of the displays and indication devices. 行检查。
The switchgear can only function correctly if the following 以下各项是确保开关设备正常运行的关键因素：
are available:
– The required gas density in the individual gas com- – 各气室内所规定的气体密度。
partments.
– Opening and closing spring under tension. – 合闸弹簧与分闸弹簧均处于储能状态。
– The various auxiliary supplies for control, position in- – 用于控制系统、开关位置指示器、电动机驱动机构以及
dicators, motor drives, electrical anti-condensation 防凝露电加热器等的各类辅助电源。
heaters etc.
In the event of a failure or an impermissible deviation, 如果出现故障或超出允许范围的偏差，将引发视觉（或听觉）
both visual and acoustic alarms are initiated. 报警信号。
If these deviations reach such magnitudes that normal 如果偏差已达到了使正常运行受到限制的数值，自动锁定装
operation can no longer be maintained, automatic lock- 置将产生作用，譬如防止（操作人员以及保护装置）对断路
out features come into effect, for example, preventing the 器的控制。
circuit-breaker from being switched (neither by the
operating personnel nor by protective devices).
926 01050 174 C 5-21

Attention 注意
Deviations from normal operating condi- 如果运行条件出现偏差，则有时候需要在不具备
tions may make it necessary to act without 正常运行时起作用的防误操作闭锁功能的情况下
the interlocking normally present to prevent 进行操作。因此，具备损坏或破坏设备零部件的
incorrect operation. Therefore there is a 危险。
danger of damage to or destruction of parts
of the equipment.
• Any faults are only to be corrected by qual- • 仅允许由经过相应指导培训的合格人员负责进
ified personnel that have been properly in- 行故障排除。
structed.
• Comply with all safety instructions and op- • 遵守所有的安全提示与运行规定。
erating requirements.
• Carry out all operations with due care and • 非常小心谨慎地进行各项操作。
attention.
The values can be found in the technical data. The fol- 相关数值可从技术数据中查阅。以下提供了在指定位置填
lowing sections enable values to be entered at the rele- 入相应数值的可能性。
vant points.
5.3.2 Alarms for the circuit-breaker 5.3.2 断路器的警报

5.3.2.1 CB: Loss of SF6 5.3.2.1 断路器: SF6 气体的泄漏
Alarm initiated: . . . . . . 警报发生在: . . . . . .
Meaning: 意味着:
The gas density in the gas compartment has decreased. 气室内的气体密度降低。（还）未对正常运行造成限制。
A restriction on operation is not (yet) necessary.
Cause: 原因:
A bad seal releases gas into the air or into a neighbouring 由于密封性差而导致气体泄漏或渗入相邻气室中。
gas compartment.
Measures to be taken: 相应措施:
• Top up with gas from a cylinder using the filling device • 使用充气装置将气瓶内与泄漏气体等量的气体通过气室
connected to flange W1 in the automatic control unit to 上的维护法兰 W1 充入气室。
compensate for any gas loss.
• Check the gas compartment continuously for leaks. • 对气室的密封性进行持续监控。
In the control unit, connect a precision pressure gauge 对此，应在控制部件的维护法兰 W1 处安装一个精密压力
to maintenance flange W1 for this purpose. Record 表。从较短的时间单元开始，读出每个时间单元（每小
pressure drop per time unit (every hour, every 3 hours, 时、每 3 个小时，每 12 个小时及每 12 个小时）的气压
after 12 hours, after 24 hours) starting with smaller time 降。
units.
If the gas pressure is dropping by measurable amounts 若气压降的数值已可测取（注意温度的影响），请通
(take into account that it varies with temperature), 知西门子代表处。
notify the appropriate Siemens agency.
• Until Siemens specialists have carried out repairs, top • 在由西门子专业人员进行修复工作前，使用充气装置或维
up with gas using the filling device or the maintenance 护设备通过维护法兰 W1 充入与泄漏气体等量的气体。
unit connected to flange W1 to compensate for any gas
loss.
5-22 926 01050 174 C

5.3.2.2 LS: General lockout SF6 5.3.2.2 LS: SF6 闭锁
Alarm initiated at: . . . . . . Meaning: 警报发生在: . . . . . . 意味着:
Gas pressure has dropped so low that arc-quenching is no 气压已下降至无法再确保灭弧功能的程度。
longer ensured.
The circuit-breaker cannot now be operated electrically 由于脱扣回路和合闸回路已中断，断路器被电气锁定，无法
because the trigger circuits and the closing circuit have 进行合闸及分闸操作。
been interrupted.
注意
Caution
断路器未被锁定对脱扣器进行手动操作。在进行
The circuit-breaker is not locked against
手动操作时，未能满足安全操作所要求的参数 –
manual operation of the release devices. The
在负荷下进行开关操作将导致断路器的损坏！
parameters required for safe switching are
not met with manual operation; switching
under load may result in the breaker being
damaged.
• 仅允许在调试、维护及紧急状态下 - 禁止在运
• Only operate the breaker manually during
行过程中 - 对断路器进行手动操作。
commissioning, maintenance and in an
emergency and NOT during normal opera-
tion.
• 在进行手动操作前，应确保断路器不带电。
• Isolate the circuit-breaker before manual
operation.
A minimum SF6 filling pressure is required (even for 为了减弱断路器内运动部件的震动，即使在不带电状态下的
switching in dead state) for damping of the moving parts. 开关操作过程中也必需达到 SF6 的最小充气压力。在低于
Switching below this minimum pressure will cause 此最小压力值下进行开关操作将导致断路器的损坏！
damage to the circuit-breaker.
• Before manual operation, check that the minimum • 在进行每项手动操作之前，应确保机械开关操作所需的最
pressure for mechanical switching is available. 小压力值。
Cause: 原因:
A bad seal releases gas into the air or into a neighbouring 由于密封性差而导致气体泄漏或渗入相邻气室中。
gas compartment.
• When the breaker has to be opened, top up the gas • 必须断开断路器时，使用充气装置将气瓶内与泄漏气体等
filling from the cylinder using the filling device con- 量的气体通过气室上的维护法兰 W1 充入气室，并使常规
nected to flange W1 in the automatic control unit / 锁定功能失去作用。
compensate for any gas loss, so that the general
lockout is cancelled.
• 断开断路器。
• Open the circuit-breaker.
• Notify the appropriate SIEMENS agency and ask for • 向相关负责的西门子代表处请求派遣专业人员。
specialists to be sent.
926 01050 174 C 5-23

5.3.2.3 CB: On-spring unloaded 5.3.2.3 断路器: 合闸闭锁
Meaning: 意味着:
Closing spring spring is not tensioned. The circuit- breaker 合闸弹簧无法储能。断路器处于下列状态
is
– locked against closing, – 被锁定，无法进行合闸操作，
– locked against auto-reclosing (KU). – 被锁定，无法进行自动重合闸操作（KU）。
Attention 注意
The circuit-breaker is not locked against 断路器未被锁定对脱扣器进行手动操作。
manual operation from the releases.
Causes: 原因:
a) Charging process running b) No motor voltage a) 储能处理的连续性问题， b) 无电动机电源电压
c) Charging motor defective. C) 储能电动机故障

Measures to be taken in the control room: 在操作室内可采取的措施:
If the message appears for less than 30 s, no further 如果警报信号在30s内消失，不需要进一步处理。因为电动

measures are required. The motor has tensioned the 机已使合闸弹簧储能完毕。断路器已为重合闸做好准备。
closing spring. The circuit-breaker is ready for switching 如果信号时间持续超过30s,电动机运行时间监控系统将启
again. 动。[=> 5.3.2.5]
If the message appears for more than 30 s, motor run time

monitoring starts.[=> 5.3.2.5]
Measures to be taken locally: 就地可采取以下措施:
Cause a) 原因a)
No further action necessary (normal operation) 不需要采取进一步措施（常规操作情况）
Cause b) [=> 5.3.2.5] 原因 b) [=> 5.3.2.5]

Cause c) [=> 5.3.2.5] 原因 C) [=> 5.3.2.5]
5.3.2.4 Motor protection 5.3.2.4 电动机保护

Meaning: 意味着:
The fault current circuit-breaker for the motor circuit has 断路器电动机电路产生故障电流，迫使电动机停止运行。
tripped.
Causes: 原因:
a) Short circuit in the motor circuit b) The kinematic chain a) 电动机电路发生短路, b) 电动机齿条链卡死或故障
is sluggish.
Measures to be taken in the control room:
在操作室内可采取的措施:
In order to ensure continuity of supply, initiate the ap-
为保证持续供电，系统中需进行适当的负载转移。再断开
propriate load transfer actions in the system. Then open the
触发警报的故障断路器。需在开断后才能就地采取进一步
circuit-breaker that caused the alarm. Further measures
的措施。
need to be taken locally after opening.
5-24 926 01050 174 C

a) Measure the motor circuit. In the case of a short cir- a) 测试电动机电路。若存在短路，替换故障零件。
cuit, replace the faulty part.
b) Perform a visual inspection of the drive. Check visu- b) 肉眼观察驱动机构。目测弹簧是否位于正确位置。如
ally that the spring is in the correct position. If the 果弹簧并未完全拉紧，使用特定的弹簧释放工具来释放
spring is only partly wound up, use a suitable spring 弹簧。之后再检查齿条链故障的原因。
discharging mechanism to discharge it. Then check
the kinematic chain for sluggishness.
Warning 警告
Any attempt to relieve by hand or by the re- 任何尝试手动解除或通过释放未储能完毕的弹簧
lease a spring which has not been wound 将导致人员受伤。
properly can lead to severe physical injury.
• Only use a suitable spring discharging • 只能使用专用的弹簧释放工具才能释放弹
mechanism to discharge the spring 簧。
• After repairing any faults, switch the cir- • 修理完故障后，须合上断路器。
cuit-breaker on.
5.3.2.5 Motor run time monitoring 5.3.2.5 电动机运行时间监控
Meaning: 意味着:
The motor run time monitor has tripped. The motor is 电动机运行时间监视器停止运行。电动机默认为关闭状态
switched off by default (if required, the motor can be left （如果有需求，电动机可以保持运行同时输出信息）。运
running and just a message output). The run time mon- 行时间监控默认设定为 60s。
itor is set by default to 60 s.
In circuit-breaker drives with AC motors, the set time can 断路器驱动机构使用 AC 交流电动机，为了防止电动机电
be increased in order to prevent motor voltage fail- ures 压在 AC 交流网络运行条件下下降，储能时间可适当增加
through AC network operations (no CB-internal （需保证断路器内部无故障）。
malfunction).
Causes: 原因:
a) The kinematic chain is broken a) 齿条链断裂。
b) The kinematic chain is sluggish b) 齿条链动作延迟。
c) No motor voltage c) 电动机无输入电压。
d) The charging motor is faulty d) 储能电动机发生故障。
In order to ensure continuity of supply, initiate the ap- 为保证持续供电，系统中需进行适当的负载转移。之后断
propriate load transfer actions in the system. Then open 开触发警报的故障断路器。进一步的措施需在开断后才能
the circuit-breaker that caused the alarm. Further meas- 在就地进行。
ures need to be taken locally after opening.
• Acknowledge alarm using lockswitch after rectifying • 在故障解除后识别警报指示的联锁。
the fault.
a) Perform a visual inspection of the drive. Check that the a) 对驱动机构进行目测。目测弹簧是否位于正确位置。如
spring is in the correct position. If the spring is not wound 果弹簧未被上紧，测试电动机回路。当电动机回路断开时，
up, measure the motor circuit. Replace the faulty part 替换掉故障零件。若电动机回路完好，请参照 b)。
when the motor circuit is open. If the motor circuit is in
order, see b).
926 01050 174 C 5-25

When the spring is fully wound up, check that the mo- 当弹簧完全归位后，检查电动机是否正常停止。当电动
tor shuts down properly. Change the faulty part when 机回路闭合时，更换故障零件。
the motor circuit is closed.
b) Perform a visual inspection of the drive. Check that the b) 对驱动机构进行目测。检查弹簧是否位于正确位置。如
spring is in the correct position. If the spring is not (or 果弹簧未被上紧（或部分未上紧），测试电动机回路。当
only partly) wound up, measure the motor circuit. 电动机回路断开时，替换故障零件。当电动机回路正常
Replace the faulty part when the motor circuit is open. 时检查运动连接链是否有延迟。为此，运用弹簧释放工
Check the kinematic chain for sluggishness when the 具来释放拉紧的弹簧。
motor circuit is OK. To do this, relieve the wound-up

spring beforehand using the spring relieving
mechanism.
Warning 警告
-{}-Any attempt to relieve by hand or by the 任何尝试手动解除或通过释放未储能完毕的弹
release a spring which has not been 簧将导致人员受伤。
wound properly can lead to severe physical
injury.
• Only use a suitable spring discharging • 只能使用适当的弹簧释放工具才能释放
mechanism to discharge the spring 弹簧。
c) Check whether c) 检查以下情况
– motor protecting switch is active – 电机保护开关是否已启动
– the necessary voltage is present – 电压是否正常
d) Replace charging motor. d) 替换储能电动机
5.3.2.6 Autoreclosure interlocking: 5.3.2.6 自动重合闸锁定

This facility is not used in switch control. It is available in 此功能并非用于开关控制。而是运用在主控室，目的是
the control room for blocking the feeder protection 作为保护措施防止馈线自动重合闸。
auto-reclosure function.
Meaning: 意味着:
The circuit-breaker cannot perform auto-reclosure at 断路器当时不能自动重合闸。
present.
Causes:
原因:
a) The charging motor tensions the spring (operating
a) 储能电动机正在对弹簧储能（运行模式）
mode)
b)SF6 气体状态处于总闭锁
b) The General lockout SF6 has tripped.
Measures to be taken:
相应措施:
a) [=> 5.3.2.3]
a) [=> 5.3.2.3]
b) [=> 5.3.2.2]
b) [=> 5.3.2.2]
5.3.2.7 Pole discrepancy alarm
5.3.2.7 电极差异警报
Meaning:
意味着:
The pole discrepancy alarm is generated when the pole
当电极差异监控装置跳闸时，就会发出电极差异警报。
discrepancy supervision has tripped.
5-26 926 01050 174 C

Causes: 原因:
The pole discrepancy supervision provides for the auto- 如在调整的时间周期后，并非所有的极点都在同一个断路
matic opening of the closed interrupter unit if, after an 器水平，电极差异监控装置可用于自动断开闭合的断流器。
adjustable time period, not all the poles are in the same 此类情况具有多种原因：
breaker state. This can have various causes:
a) The command was initiated for a single pole only. a) 只对单极驱动机构发出操作指令。
b) One or more releases are defective. b) 一个或多个脱扣器发生故障。
c) One or two drives are not ready for switching. c) 一个或两个驱动机构未做好切换操作准备。
The waiting time is factory-set to 1 second. This is nec- 出厂设置的等候时间为 1 秒。这样设置是为了在不断开电
essary in order to carry out a single-pole auto-reclosure 极差异监控装置的情况下执行单极的自动合闸操作。
without tripping the pole discrepancy supervision.
a) Acknowledge the alarm after establishing the reason a) 确认造成电极差异脱扣的原因后，识别警报指示。
for the tripping of the pole discrepancy.
b) Check whether the command was initiated for a sin- b) 检查是否只对单极驱动机构发出操作指令。
gle pole only.
a) Check the releases and the electrical trigger circuits of a) 检查脱扣器和断路器的电子触发电路。
the CB.
b) Check the kinematic chain. b) 检查齿条链。
5.3.3 Signals from switchgear modules 5.3.3 开关设备模块的信号
5.3.3.1 Loss of SF6 5.3.3.1 SF6 气体的泄漏
Alarm initiated: . . . . . . 警报发生在: . . . . . . 意味
Meaning: 着:
The gas density in the gas compartment has de- 气室内的气体密度降低。（还）未对正常运行造成限制。
creased. A restriction on operation is not (yet) neces-
sary.
Cause: 原因:
A bad seal releases gas into the air or into a neighbour- 由于密封性差而导致气体泄漏或渗入相邻气室中。
ing gas compartment.
• Top up the gas filling from the cylinder using the filling • 使用充气装置将气瓶内与泄漏气体等量的气体通过气室
device connected to the maintenance flange of the gas 上的维护法兰充入气室。
monitoring system to compensate for any gas loss.
• Check the gas compartment continuously for leak- • 对气室的密封性进行持续监控。如果有必要，应在维护
age. If necessary, connect a precision pressure gauge 法兰处安装一个精密压力表。读出每个时间单元（每小
to the maintenance flange for this purpose. Record 时、每 3 个小时，每 12 个小时及每 24 个小时）的压降，
pressure drop per time unit (every hour, every 3 最初可以从较小的时间单元读数。
hours, after 12 hours, after 24 hours) starting with
smaller time units.
• If the gas pressure is dropping by measurable amounts • 若气压下降的数值已可测取（考虑到随温度的变化），
(take into account that it varies with temperature), 请通知相关的西门子代表处。
notify the appropriate Siemens agency.
926 01050 174 C 5-27
5.3.3.2 Minimum SF6 density 5.3.3.2 SF6 气体绝缘性能的减弱
Meaning: 着:
The gas density in the compartment has decreased to 气室内的气体密度已降低到相关开关设备模块的绝缘性能
such an extent that the dielectric strength of the affected 略微低于正常标准的程度。气体密度已不允许再继续下
switchgear module(s) is just below the normal level. The 降；开关设备的相关部件必须停止运行。
gas density must not decrease any further, i.e. the
affected part of the switchgear must then be taken out of
service.
原因:
Cause:
Gas is released into the air by means of an bad seal. 由于密封性不良而导致气体泄漏或渗入相邻气室中。
same measures as on the "Loss of SF6"; the following 应采取的措施与“SF6 气体的泄漏”一节中的相同；此外，
also applies: 还适用以下措施：
• Monitor the gas pressure very carefully and engage • 对气压进行非常仔细的监控，并尽快让专业人员进行修
specialists to carry out repairs as soon as possible. 复工作。
• Please notify the appropriate Siemens agency for this • 为此，请通知相关负责的西门子代表处。
purpose.
partments [=> 7.2]
5.3.3.3 SF6 pressure rising 5.3.3.3 SF6 压力上升
Meaning: 着:
The gas pressure in the gas compartment has risen 气室压力已上升到气室额定压力标准以上。
above the rated operating level.
Cause: 原因:
a) Too much gas was pumped in at a lower ambient a)环境温度较低时，过量气体被充入。
temperature.
b) Gas has entered the compartment from an adjacent b)气体通过故障套管，从工作压力较高的气室（如断路器）
compartment with higher operating pressure (circuit 进入该气室。
breaker) through a defective bushing. 警报可能从这个气室发出，标示
The alarm may have already been initiated there “断路器: SF6 气体泄
“CB: Loss of SF6”. 漏“
Cause a) 原因 a)
• Lower the gas pressure to the rated operating level • 通过释放气体或将气体泵入另外一个容器降低气体压
(as a function of the temperature) by bleeding it off, or 力，使其降到额定水平。（根据相关温度函数）
pumping it into the vessel of a service unit.
Cause b) 原因 b)
• Notify the appropriate Siemens agency and ask for • 向相关负责的西门子代表处请求派遣专业人员。
specialists to be sent.
5-28 926 01050 174 C
5.3.4 Fault position 5.3.4 故障位置
Alarm: 警报：
signal is given when the pin of the disconnector or of the 当隔离开关或接地开关的导电杆在完成一项开关操作后不
earthing switch is not in its prescribed end position after a 在其规定的终端位置时，信号触发。
switching process.
Meaning: 意味着:
The fault position results in a change in the dielectric 故障位置导致相关开关电器的绝缘性能发生改变。如果保

properties of the switching device concerned. If this state 持此种状态，将在高压电源电接通时造成严重的损坏。
is allowed to continue, severe damage can result when
the high voltage is switched back in.
Cause: 原因:
The disconnector or earthing switch has not been moved 由于开关联锁条件被解除（S1 开关处于断开位置），隔离
into its end position (with the switchgear interlock unit 开关或接地开关未导入其终端位置。
deactivated, i.e. S1 switch in OPEN position).
• Acknowledge fault position via switchgear interlock • 通过开关联锁装置或客户指定的设备对故障位置进行

unit, or acknowledge customer-specific activation. 确认。
• Then close or open by means of appropriate push- • 之后，通过相应的按钮进行合闸或分闸操作。

buttons.
• 重新恢复联锁条件。
• Reactivate switchgear interlock unit.
926 01050 174 C 5-29

5-30 926 01050 174 C
6 Maintenance 6 维护
926 01050 174 C 6-1

Note: 提示：
The representations in the follwing illus- 以下图中所述内容可能全部或部分不同于交

付型号。这点尤其适用于当前的追踪指南、
trations can differ, in total or in part, from the
套管及辅助设备的安装位置和实施情况。
delivered version. This applies particularly
equipment.
6-2 926 01050 174 C

This section describes: 本章节描述了：

– Regulations for safe working conditions – 安全操作条件
– Basic requirements of personnel – 对工作人员的基本要求
– Maintenance kits – 维护工具包
– Applicable measures in case of malfunction. – 出现故障时应采取的措施。
Intervals and maintenance service [=> 6.2] 维修服务周期 [=> 6.2]，维修工作 [=> 6.3]
Maintenance work [=> 6.3]
Advice on handling SF6 [=> 7.25] 关于 SF6 气体处理的建议 [=> 7.25]

Disposing of high-voltage switching devices 高压开关电器及设备的处理 [=> 7.27]
and systems [=> 7.27]
6.1.1 Basic safety measures 6.1.1 基本安全措施
Warning 警告
During operation, certain parts of the 在运行期间，开关设备的某些部件带有危险

switchgear carry dangerous voltage. 电压。
Improper operation and non-observance of 对开关设备的不规范操作以及对安全提示的忽

safety instructions can result in death, 视可能导致死亡、严重的身体伤害以及巨大的
severe personal injury and substantial 财物损失与环境污染。
property and environment damage.
Before any work starts: 在进行每项工作前，应
• Activate • 启动装置
• Secure against switching back on • 排除重合闸的可能性
• Establish absence of voltage • 切断电压电源
• Earth and short circuit the equipment • 对设备进行短路接地处理
• Cover or cut off adjacent live parts. • 绝缘或隔离附近的带电部件。
926 01050 174 C 6-3

Warning 警告
In operation, parts of the drive systems are 在运行期间，驱动系统内的部件处于弹簧储能状

spring charged. Even in discharged state, 态。即使在释放状态下，弹簧仍具有预张力。
springs are pre-charged.
The closing spring is automatically re- 只要断路器驱动机构的控制电压及电动机电压

charged after closing as long as the con- 未被切断，合闸弹簧就会在合闸操作完成后自动
trol voltage and motor voltage of the 进行重新储能。
circuit-breaker drive are not switched off.
The spring drive of the high speed earth- 快速接地开关的弹簧驱动机构在开启时会进行

ing switch is tensioned when switching on. 储能。
Improper operation of the switchgear and 对开关设备的不规范操作以及对安全提示的忽

non-observance of safety instructions can 视可能导致死亡、严重的身体伤害以及巨大的财
result in serious injury to personnel and 物损失与环境污染。
substantial damage to property and the
environment.
When working on the circuit-breaker, dis- 在操作断路器时，应释放合闸弹簧和分闸弹簧。

为此，应
charge the closing and opening springs. To
do this
• 切断储能电动机电压电源。
• Switch off the motor voltage.
• 如果断路器处于闭合位置，断开断路器。
• Open the circuit-breaker if it is set to
.
CLOSE.
• 闭合断路器。
• Close the circuit-breaker.
• 再次断开断路器。
• Open the circuit-breaker again.
• 切断控制电压电源。
• Switch off the control voltage.
When working on the high-speed earthing 在操作快速接地开关时，应切断控制电压及电动

switch, turn off the control and motor voltage. 机电压的电源。
6-4 926 01050 174 C

Warning 警告
During operation, certain parts of the 在运行期间，开关设备的某些部件处于 SF6 气体
switchgear are under SF6 pressure. Under 的压力之下。在某些情况下，SF6 气体及其分解
certain circumstances, SF6 and its decom- 产物可能会构成一定程度的危害。
position products may represent a hazard. 对开关设备的不规范操作以及对安全提示的忽
Improper operation and non-observance of 视可能导致死亡、严重的身体伤害以及巨大的
safety instructions can result in death, 财物损失与环境污染。
severe personal injury and substantial
property and environment damage.
• Reduce the SF6 pressure to the required • 将 SF6 气压降低到规定值。采用适用于气
value. Install the appropriate service units 体处理的维护设备。
for work with gas.
• When working in gas compartments, if there • 在气室内工作时，如果存在着因工具使用或
is a danger of mechanical load on the 物体坠落而使绝缘盆受到机械应力的危险，
bushing due to the use of tools or as a result 则应将相邻气室内的压力降至 0.5 bar 之下。
of falling objects, the pressure in the
adjacent gas compartment must be re-
duced to < 0.5 bar.
• If the occurrence of SF6 decomposition • 如果有接触到 SF6 分解物的可能，则应采取
products is to be expected, the prescribed 规定的防护措施。
protective measures must be taken.
Caution 注意
On the primary side, a removed RC voltage 在一次侧，由于装有冷凝器，即使在开关设备切
divider can have a residual charge, because 断并进行接地处理后，分离的 RC 分压器也可能
of the condens- ers fitted, even after 带有剩余电荷。
switching off and earthing of the switchgear. 在开关设备运行时，二次侧会接通电压。
On the secondary side a voltage is applied 如果触及带电部件，电荷会通过人体得以平衡。
when the switchgear is in operation. 电击可导致保护反应，从而造成人身伤害、材料
If it is touched the charge is balanced via 损失及环境污染。
the person.
The shock can lead to a defence reaction
and this can result in bodily injury and ma-
terial and environmental damage.
• 将 RC 分压器从开关设备移除之前，必须对
• Before removing an RC voltage divider
from the switchgear, the relevant installa- 相关的安装组件进行绝缘和接地处理。
tion component must be insulated and 将 RC 分压器从开关设备移除后，对一次导
earthed. 体和外壳之间的 RC 分压器的一次侧进行短
After removing the RC voltage divider from 路处理。
the switchgear, short-circuit the primary
side of the RC voltage divider between the
prinmary conductor and the housing.
Before starting work on the measurement and protection 在开始使用测量设备和保护装置之前，必须对 RC 分压器的
devices, all secondary side outputs of the RC voltage 所有二次侧输出进行短路处理。
divider must be short-circuited.
926 01050 174 C 6-5

Warning 警告
Failing to observe a minimum safe dis- 如果忽视与带电体（尤其是户外套管）应保持的
tance to live system components, particu- 最小安全距离以及安全提示，则可能导致死亡、
larly outdoor bushings, may result in death, 严重的身体伤害以及巨大的财物损失与环境污
severe injury and considerable damage to 染。
property and environmental damage. 在操作高压系统前，必须创建一个安全的工作环
Before work on high-voltage systems can 境。
be carried out, a safe working area must be
created.
• Any work on high-voltage systems may be • 任何高压系统的操作工作只能由经过培训的
performed by adequately qualified person- 合格人员执行。
nel only.
• Always observe a minimum safe distance to • 任何时候应遵守最小安全距离规定。
live system components.
6.1.2 Secure drive against operation 6.1.2 操作安全驱动机构
6.1.2.1 Electrically lock earthing switches on the 6.1.2.1 接地开关在马达驱动机构上的电气闭锁

motor drive
Electrical interlocking is effected by interruption of the 采用限位开关（1）切断控制回路可实现电气联锁，该限
control circuit by means of a limit switch [1], the sensor of 位开关的传感器位于实现手动操作和电气闭锁的封盖（2）
which is present on the cover for manual operation and 上。
electric locking [2].
• Loosen wing screws [3] and remove cover. • 松开翼形螺栓（3），并取下盖子。
The limit switch interrupts the control circuit. 限位开关中断控制回路。
• Now fit cover in the wrong direction (cover marking [4] • 在相反方向安装盖子（盖子上的标记（4）指向”断开”位
points towards "OPEN"). 置）。
1 Limit switch 1 限位开关
2 Cover 2 盖子
3 Wing bolt 3 翼形螺栓
4 Cover marking 4 盖子上的标记
Fig. 1 Drive with cover for manual operation and electric lock- 图 1: 带手动操作与电气联锁封盖的驱动机构
ing
6-6 926 01050 174 C

a) b)
1 Limit switch 1 限位开关
Fig. 2 Cover positions 图 2 封盖位置
a) Limit switch with cover in “operation” position a) 封盖在“运行”位置上的限位开关
b) Limit switch with cover in “control disabled” position b) 封盖在“控制停止”位置上的限位开关
6.1.2.2 Mechanically block earthing 6.1.2.2 接地开关在马达驱动机构上的机械闭

switches on the drive linkage 锁
Earthing switches can be blocked on the drive linkage. 接地开关可以闭锁在驱动联锁上。
Caution 注意
Danger of damage to operating mecha- 损坏机械操作机构会造成危险：开关操作前，

nisms: Remove all blocking devices be- 去除所有闭锁装置。
fore performing switching operations.
• Fit blocking devices only in accordance with • 根据操作手册规定来安装闭锁装置。

the operating instructions.
• Do not give clearance for switching opera- • 在移除所有闭锁装置前不许进行开关操作。

tions until all blocking devices are removed.
For application of the blocking: 进行闭锁操作时，应
• Remove cover on motor drive. • 移除马达驱动机构上的封盖。
• Insert the blocking bolt through the hole in the drive • 将闭锁螺栓插入操作杆（5）上的开孔。
lever [5].
926 01050 174 C 6-7

Fig. 3 Blocking the earthing switch on the drive linkage 图 3 接地开关闭锁在驱动联锁上
6.1.2.3 Electromechanical lock the disconnector 6.1.2.3 隔离/接地开关模块的电气和机械闭锁

and earthing switch module

• Insert two-way key into the opening [26] and turn so that • 将双齿钥匙插入开孔（26）并转动，到达所需的位置（27）
the desired position [27] or [28] is reached. 或（28）。
Simultaneously, an interlock is activated that prevents 内部联锁同时启动，以防止就地控制柜或控制室对开关操
operation from the local control cabinet or control room. 作。
• To interlock the drive, remove the two-way key from out • 要锁住驱动装置，需从任意一个预选位置移除双齿钥匙。
of one of the pre-selected positions.
The drive then remains electrically interlocked. 此时驱动装置处于电动锁定状态。
26 Opening for two-way key 26 双齿钥匙开孔
27 Cover of shaft 1 27 轴 1 的封盖
28 Cover of shaft 2 28 轴 2 的封盖
Fig. 4 Devices for manual operation 图 4 手动操作设备
6-8 926 01050 174 C

6.1.2.4 Disconnector and earthing switch 6.1.2.4 机械闭锁的隔离和接地开关模块
module to be mechanically blocked
Disconnector and earthing switch modules can be 隔离和接地开关模块可以机械闭锁在驱动轴上。
blocked mechanically on the drive shaft.
Caution 注意
Danger of damage to operating mecha- 损坏机械操作机构会造成危险：开关操作前，

nisms: Remove all blocking devices be- 去除所有闭锁装置。
fore performing switching operations.
• Fit blocking devices only in accordance with • 根据操作手册规定来安装闭锁装置。

the operating instructions.
• Do not give clearance for switching opera- • 在移除所有闭锁装置前不许进行开关操作。

tions until all blocking devices are removed.
For application of the blocking: 进行闭锁操作时，应
• Remove cover on drive housing. • 移除驱动机构外壳上的封盖。
• Position and bolt the blocking device [6] in position • 用螺栓将闭锁装置（6）固定在驱动轴（7）上。

on the drive shaft [7].
6 Locking bolt 6 防松螺栓
7 drive shaft 7 驱动轴
Fig. 5 Blocking the drive shaft 图 5 闭锁驱动轴
926 01050 174 C 6-9

6.1.2.5 Securing locking and/or blocking with a 6.1.2.5 采用挂锁的安全锁定和/或闭锁
padlock
All fixtures can be secured from removal and/or rotation by 所有固定装置可采用挂锁来确保不被移除和/或转动。

using a padlock.
Fig. 6 Example of securing with a padlock 图 6 使用挂锁的实例
6.1.3 Assignment of personnel 6.1.3 人员委派

The inspection and maintenance services may only be 检查和维修工作仅允许由合格的专业技术人员进行。
carried out by qualified personnel.
The advantage of calling in Siemens personnel is that 西门子工作人员的优势在于，能够运用最新的技术知识以
the work is always carried out in accordance with the 及凭借操作大量金属封闭、气体绝缘开关设备所积累的丰
latest knowledge and experience gained from a large 富经验，开展各项工作。这将有利于提高开关设备的操
number of metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear. 作安全性。
This is then reflected in the switchgear having a higher
reliability standard
The experience of the Siemens personnel also ensures 此外，西门子工作人员的丰富经验确保工作能迅速完成。
completion of the work in the shortest possible time. 开关设备运行受到限制及中断的时间将尽可能地维持在最
Consequently, the periods of reduction or interruption to 短。
the operation of the switchgear line are kept as short as
possible.
Siemens qualified personnel should be supported, how- 当然，客户/最终用户工作人员应给予西门子工作人员大力
ever, by the customer's/user's personnel. 支持。
Assignment of Siemens personnel also means that 除此之外，委派西门子人员可以使客户对没有购买必要

tools and measuring instruments etc. that are usually 的工具及测量仪器等进行租用。
not worth buying are provided on a hire basis.
6.1.4 Maintenance kits 6.1.4 维修用具包

Maintenance kits include enough sealing material for 维修用具包主要包括根据预期的维修服务要求所估算的
the anticipated service requirements. 密封材料。
Maintenance kits are available at extra cost from Sie- 作为额外收费，西门子可以提供维修用具包。

mens AG.
Only those spare parts approved by the manufacturer 仅允许使用经由制造商认可的备件。
may be used.
It is not recommended to keep a stock of such kits, since 由于某些零部件，例如 O 型密封圈，会发生老化，所以不
some parts, e.g. O-rings, are subject to aging. 建议进行库存。
6-10 926 01050 174 C

6.1.5 Responding to malfunctions 6.1.5 发生故障时的对应措施
Any unintended deterioration in the proper functioning of 故障指的是，整个开关设备或其中一个间隔的功能性受到

the switchgear as a whole or one of its bays is regard- ed 非故意的限制或中断。
as a disturbance.
A disturbance is caused by failure of one or several parts 故障的形成是由开关设备的一个或多个部件的损坏所引起

of the switchgear. These parts have then lost their wear 的。而这些部件可能因为操作错误而过早地磨损失效。为
reserve prematurely, possibly as a result of ma- 此，应对因不小心闭合而导致三极短路的快速接地开关加
loperation. For this reason, high-speed earthing switch- 以检查，并在必要时对其进行维修。
es that caused three-phase fault by being closed
inadvertently should be inspected and, if necessary, re-
paired.
In the event of a disturbance apply to the appropriate 在发生任何故障时，请通过西门子代表处要求委派专业技
Siemens office for assignment of qualified personnel, 术人员。请对所发生故障的类型与范围程度给予尽可能详
stating the type and extent of the disturbance as accu- 尽的描述。如果部件有明显的损坏迹象，应给出部件的名
rately as possible and naming any parts that are show- 称。如能根据本操作说明（部件名称、部件编号、图中的
ing signs of damage. To simplify identification state the 标示）对损坏的部件加以命名，则将易于双方的沟通交流。
part designations given in these instructions (terminolo-

gy and/or part numbers used, reference to drawings).
Checks, alarms, causes, remedial measures [=> 5.3] 检查、报警、原因及纠正措施 [=> 5.3]
926 01050 174 C 6-11

6-12 926 01050 174 C
6.2 Intervals and maintenance 6.2 维修服务周期
service
The metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear is made so 金属密封、气体绝缘开关设备的设计与制造一方面确保了

as to ensure the best possible relationship between 结构与应用材料间的最佳组合，另一方面确保了维护成本
design and materials used on the one hand, and main- 与维修周期间的最佳组合。由此而达到了最佳的应用效
tenance effort and intervals on the other. The result is 果。
optimum utilization.
The switchgear therefore offers a high degree of relia- 随着时间的推移，开关设备即使在接近磨损（例如烧损、

bility, even as the limits of wear (erosion, aging, corro- 老化、腐蚀等）极限时也能提供高度的操作安全性
sion etc.) are approached.
The switchgear can only function reliably if it is correctly 为了确保开关设备的操作安全性，必须对其进行维护。每

maintained. The purpose of inspection and mainte- 项维护措施的目的如下：
nance is therefore to:
– determine to what extent certain parts have worn and – 确定某些部件的磨损程度，并对其状态加以评估，
to assess their state,
– ensure that parts still in good condition are kept in – 确保其它部件继续保持其完好的状态，
this state,
– replace certain parts in good time. – 在合适的时机更换某些部件。本章
This section describes: 节描述了：
– factors influencing maintenance intervals – 影响维修周期的因素
– determining the starting points for timely and consist- – 维修周期起始日期的确定

ent maintenance intervals
– various maintenance operations and the resultant – 各种维修服务及其预期对开关设备的运行限制
limits on system function
– max. permissible number of interruptions as a func- – 根据不同的开断电流所允许的开断次数。
tion of the breaking current.

Checks, alarms, causes, remedial measures 检查、报警、原因及纠正措施
[=> 5.3] [=> 5.3]
Disposing of high-voltage switching devices and 高压开关电器及设备的处理 [=> 7.27]

systems [=> 7.27]
926 01050 174 C 6-13

6.2.1 Influences on the maintenance 6.2.1 影响维修周期的因素
interval
Inspection and maintenance services are categorized 根据维护措施的工作量对其分类，并进行相应的命名。

in line with the work involved and designated according- .
ly.
6.2.1.1 Influences through mechanical wear 6.2.1.1 机械磨损和/或开关操作的影响

and/or switching operations
Switchgear that is operated frequently obviously suffers 频繁操作的开关电器自然要比较少操作的开关电器磨损程
greater wear than switchgear operated only seldom. The 度要高。在此，必须对下列各项损耗原因加以区别：
following distinction must be made here:
– mechanical wear caused by friction as a result of the – 由（机械）开关操作引起的机械磨损所导致的损耗

number of (mechanical) operating cycles and
– arc erosion due to the switching of load current or – 由工作电流及短路电流所导致的损耗
fault current.
The wear reserve is calculated so that in most cases the 损耗极限的测定应确保在大多数的情况下，可在固定周期
various maintenance services can be performed at fixed 内完成各项检修服务。只有在开关电器的开关操作尤其频
intervals. Only if switchgear is operated particularly 繁的情况下，限定的开关操作次数以及开断次数或负荷开
frequently, the permissible number of mechanical op- 关次数才迫使比规定的时间提前进行相应的维修服务。
erations and/or load switching operations may make it
necessary to bring forward the corresponding mainte-
nance service.
The prescribed maintenance intervals and the instruc- 应遵循所规定的维护周期以及维修工作与部件更换的
tions for maintenance work and the replacement of parts 指导说明。
must be complied with.
6.2.1.2 Damaging environmental 6.2.1.2 外界环境的影响

influences
In order for a metal-encapsulated, gas-tight switchgear to 为使金属封闭、气体绝缘开关设备免受腐蚀，通常采用涂
withstand corosion stresses, it is protected by a coating 层系统对其进行保护。需采取其它措施维护涂层系统的保
system. Additional measures must be taken to maintain 护作用。
the effect of the coating system.
The best protection against damaging environmental 使开关设备免受外界环境影响的最佳保护措施是由训练

influences is regular maintenance and checking of the 有素的专业人员定期对涂层系统进行维护和检查。
coating system by trained personnel. 维护检查工作应最长每隔两年进行一次。在具有特殊应力
These checks shall be carried out in max. 24 month in- 的环境条件下，可适当缩短维护周期。
tervals. The intervals are to be appropriately shortened
given environmental conditions with special stresses.
Special stresses especially include chemical stresses 此类特殊应力主要包括通过本地排放的化学应力（如酸、

through local emissions (e.g. acids, alkali or salts, or- 碱或盐、有机溶剂和腐蚀性气体）
ganic solvents, and corrosive gases).
Potential damage to the coating system must be re- 必须由训练有素的专业人员对涂层系统的潜在损坏进
paired by trained personnel. 行修复。
The protection duration or the time span until the first 在正常应力作用的环境条件下，对开关设备进行第一次防腐
maintenance must be undertaken for corrosion protec- 蚀维护工作的保护期限或时间跨度通常为 5 年、10 年和 15
tion reasons usually is 5, 10, and 15 years under normal 年。
stress.
6-14 926 01050 174 C

The protection duration is not a "warranty period", it is a 保护期限不是“保修期”，它是一个技术术语，用以表述维护
technical term to support the planing of maintenance 工作的计划安排。
services.
The most significant climate and environmental conditions 考虑了对防腐蚀维护工作影响甚大的最低端气候和环境条
that are important for an appropriate corrosion protection 件，制定出保护期限。如涂层系统低于 ISO 4628-3 标准
have been taken under consideration for the protection 的 Ri 3 锈度，则应对钢制部件进行适当的防腐蚀处理。
duration. Steel parts are appropriately corrosion protection
when the coating system has not passed the degree of
rust Ri 3 according to ISO 4628-3.
Environmental conditions with special stresses present 具有特殊应力的环境条件对涂层系统提出了更高要求。此
higher requirements for the coating system. Special 外，特殊应力可使涂层保护系统过早老化或造成损坏，可能
stresses can cause early ageing or damage to the 会因美观或其它原因要求提前安排维护工作。
protective coating system among other things, and may
call for a pre-scheduled maintenance for aesthetical or
other reasons.
6.2.2 Starting date 6.2.2 起始日期
The starting date for the inspection and maintenance 指定维修服务周期的起始日期被定为将吸附剂放入气室，并
schedule is that at which the filter material is placed in the 对气室抽气后充入气体的那天。
gas compartments, and these are evacuated and filled
with gas.
However, since not all compartments are filled with gas on 但由于经常会出现所有的气室并不是在同一天完成充气的
the same day, a starting date for the switchgear 情况，所以必须为整套开关设备或每个完成阶段确定一个起
installation 始日期。
as a whole (or its various construction stages) must be 在此，一般 2 至 3 个月的时间差异可忽略不计。
set. As a general rule, differences of between two and 起始日期与开关设备在安装完成后是否投入预期的运行之
three months are of no significance here. 间没有必要的联系。
It does not matter either whether the gas-filled switchgear 建议应以书面的形式对起始日期加以记录，并在之后的运行
is put into service or not, following its installation. 过程中，对机械开关操作的次数、开断次数等进行监控，从
The starting date should be recorded in writing and the 而确定究竟应根据时间、开关操作次数还是磨损程度而采取
number of mechanical operations and fault current 维修措施.
operations etc. monitored in order to see whether
in-spection and maintenance should be carried out as a
function of time or of wear.
926 01050 174 C 6-15

6.2.3 Maintenance service 6.2.3 维护服务
Maintenance service (due after time or wear1)
Time Wear Observations
Visual inspection (SK)

after 9 years Switchgear remains in service; the bays must be iso-
lated one after the other.
The gas compartments need not be opened.

Visual inspection (SK)
after 17 years Circuit-breakers: Switchgear remains in service; the bays must be iso-
after 3,000 mechanical lated one after the other.
operating cycles The gas compartments need not be opened.
Major revision (REV)
after 25 years Circuit-breakers: Switchgear is taken out of service, either completely or
after 6,000 mechanical in sections, depending on the amount of work involved.
operating cycles The gas compartments should be opened.
Work-in-progress earthing switch, high-
speed earthing switch and Disconnector:

Contact system check (KK) after 2,000 mechanical
Circuit-breakers:
operating cycles The concerned module must be isolated.
when the max permissible number of
switching operations is reached accord-
ing to number 6.2.4.1. The corresponding gas compartment is opened.
High-speed earthing switches:
Visual inspection (SK) after every 2nd switching into connection

after 34 years The
with maintenance schedule is repeated.
high-voltage parts
1)
In extreme environmental conditions such as heavy dirt or dust accumulation, maintenance intervals must be reduced
accordingly.
See also 6.2.1.2 Damaging environmental influences. Accordingly, the coating systems are to be checked in intervals of max. 24
months and repaired when necessary. The intervals are to be appropriately shortened given environmental conditions with special
stresses.
6-16 926 01050 174 C

维修服务（根据时间或磨损程度1）
时间磨损程度备注
目检 (SK)
9年后开关设备保持运行状态，必须先后断开各间隔的电源。
不必打开气室。
目检 (SK)
17年后断路器：开关设备保持运行状态，必须先后断开各间隔的电源。

在完成3,000 次机械开不必打开气室。
关操作后
复核 (REV)
25年后断路器：根据开关设备的规模与构型而逐段或全部停止开关设
在完成6,000次机械开备的运行。
关操作后应打开气室。
检修接地开关、快速接地开关和隔离开关
在完成2,000次机械开关操作后
.
触点系统检查 (KK)
断路器：相关模块必须绝缘。
允许的最大开断次数参照第6.2.4.1章节。
快速接地开关打开相应的气室。
每当第二次带电操作后
目检 (SK)
34年后重复维修计划。
1) 如果外部环境具有很高的污染性或者尘埃, 则必须适当缩短维修周期。
还应参照第6.2.1.2章节：外部环境的影响。相应地，涂层系统应最长每隔2年检查一次，必要时应进行修复。在具有特殊应力的环

境条件下，维修间隔时间应相应缩短。
926 01050 174 C 6-17

6.2.4 Inspection of the contact system 6.2.4 触头系统的检查
6.2.4.1 Inspection of the circuit-breaker contact 6.2.4.1 根据开断电流对断路器的触头系统进行检查

system, depending on the breaking current
n max. permissible number of interruptions n 最大允许中断次数
I breaking current in kA I 开断电流（kA）
Fig. 1 Max. permissible number of interruptions as a function of 图 1 根据不同的开断电流所允许的最大开断次数。
the breaking current.
6.2.4.2 Inspection of the high-speed earthing 6.2.4.2 快速接地开关触头系统的检查

switch contact system 经过第二次带电操作后，必须对快速接地开关的触头进行检
The contact system of the high-speed earthing switch 查。
must be inspected after the second switching into con-
nection with conductors carrying high-voltage.
6-18 926 01050 174 C

6.3 Maintenance work 6.3 维护工作
The following table provides an overview of the mainte- 下表对应执行的维护工作进行了概括性的总结。

nace tasks to be carried out.
Section/
Maintenance
Typical
Visual inspection
Major inspection
Entire installation, including outgoing lines

• • Check exterior, record operating cycle counter reading 7.1
• • Check and repair the anti-corrosion agent 7.18
• • Check rupture disc with protection plate for damage –
• • Check function of anti-condensation heaters in drive housings and 7.11
cabinets
• • Check the fixing of the cable and the cable glands, and if required tighten the 7.11
terminals
Gas-related work
• • Check the pressure of the gas filling with precision pressure gauge 7.4
• Extract the SF6 gas by suction 7.2
• Replace filters 7.15
• Evacuate gas compartment and fill with SF6 gas 7.2
• Check moisture content of the SF6 gas 7.5
• Measure SF6-air content 7.5
• Perform leakage detection when the installation is ready for operation (in the case of loss of gas and 7.4
generally at covers and flanges that have been removed)
Gas monitoring
• • Check function of the density monitor 7.3
Circuit breaker
• Check drive 7.9
• Visual inspection of contact system –
• • Function check of release circuits 7.10
• • Function check of closing lockout 7.3
• • Function check of General lockout SF6 7.3
• • Check anti-pump function 7.10
• • Check control function 7.10
• Check electrical connections and tighten terminals if necessary 7.11
Disconnector and earthing switch module, work-in-progress earthing switches and high-speed earthing
switches.
• Check drive 7.8
• Visual check on switching system –
• Check electrical connections and tighten terminals if necessary 7.11
Expansion joint
• Check setting of tie rods on the removal link. Fasten screw connections as specified 4.3.1.8
Current and voltage converter and RC voltage divider
• Electrical connections in terminal box or control cabinet to be checked, tighten if necessary. 7.12 / 7.13 / 7.14
926 01050 174 C 6-19

章节/典例
维护
目检
复核
整套开关设备，包括出线模块
• • 检查外部状况，记录开关操作计数器的读数 7.1
• • 对防腐保护层进行检查，必要时对其进行修复 7.18
• • 检查防爆膜是否受损 –
• • 对驱动机构壳体与柜内的防冷凝加热装置的功能进行检查 7.11
• • 对电缆的固定与电缆的螺栓连接进行检查，必要时拧紧接线端。 7.11
与气体相关的工作
• • 使用精密压力表对气体的充气压力进行检测 7.4
• 抽取SF6气体 7.2
• 更换吸附剂 7.15
• 把气室抽成真空后充入SF6气体 7.2
• 检查SF6气体的湿度 7.5
• 测量SF6气体与空气的含量 7.5
• 对运行准备就绪的开关设备进行泄漏检测（气体泄漏一般发生在松开的盖子与法兰处） 7.4
气体监控装置
• • 对密度监视器的功能进行检查 7.3
断路器
• 检查驱动机构 7.9
• 触点系统的目检 –
• • 脱扣电路的功能检查 7.10
• • 合闸闭锁的功能检查 7.3
• • SF6闭锁的功能检查 7.3
• • 防跳功能的检查 7.10
• • 控制系统的检查 7.10
• 检查电气连接，必要时拧紧接线端 7.11
隔离开关和接地开关模块、检修接地开关和快速接地开关
• 检查驱动机构 7.8
• 开关系统的目检 –
• 检查电气连接，必要时拧紧接线端 7.11
膨胀节.
• 检查移除连接上拉杆的设置。按照规定固定螺栓连接。 4.3.1.8
电流和电压转换器，RC分压器
• 对端子箱内的电气连接或控制柜进行检查，必要时拧紧接线端。 7.12 / 7.13 / 7.14
6-20 926 01050 174 C

7 General 7 一般注意事项及操作
considerations and 指南
instructions
926 01050 174 C 7-1

Note: 提示：
The representations in the follwing illus- 以下图中所述内容可能全部或部分不同于交

trations can differ, in total or in part, from 付型号。这点尤其适用于当前的追踪指南、套
the delivered version. This applies partic- 管及辅助设备的安装位置和实施情况。
ularly to the current track guiding, the lo-
cation and execution of the bushings and
the ancillary equipment.
7-2 926 01050 174 C

7.1 Checking external system 7.1 检查开关设备的外部状态
condition
This section sets out the criteria for inspecting the exte- 本章节列举了操作车间与开关设备外部状态检查的评估标
rior condition of the plant and switchgear. 准。
Attention 注意
If they are not adequately covered, compo- 因开关操作而被移动的部件若未经充分的遮盖，

nents which move during switching oper- 在触摸或握紧时可能导致身体部分的受伤。
ations can cause crushing of body parts
when touched or gripped.
• If a complete visual check requires climb- • 如果为了能进行充分的检视而必须爬上开关
ing aboard the system, it is important to be 设备时，应确保在维护工作过程中不进行任何
sure that no switching operations are con- 开关操作。
ducted for the duration of the check.
• Any necessary organizational specifica- • 操作说明中应收录必要的组织规定。
tions must be incorporated in the operating
instructions.
• Carry out a visual inspection according to the follow- • 按照下列评估标准进行目检；并记录检查结果。
ing criteria; record the results.
• Decide on any steps necessary to correct the de- • 确定排除故障必须采取的措施
fects.
Criteria for the operating unit: 操作车间的评估标准:

– General tidiness and cleanliness – 总体整洁度
– Intactness of the structural enclosure, in particular – 完好无损的建筑结构，尤其是防火设施与安全装置。
fire protection equipment and locking devices
– Availability of life-saving and fire-fighting appliances – 备有急救设备与灭火设施。
– Availability of documentation for the safe operation of – 备有确保开关设备安全运行的必要文件（操作说明，气
the switchgear (operating manual, gas monitoring 体监控图）。
plan, etc.)
Criteria for evaluating the installation: 开关设备的评估标准:

– Cleanliness – 清洁度
– Paintwork damage – 漆面的损坏
– Corrosion – 腐蚀
– Inspecting the bellows of the compensators for defor- – 对膨胀节波纹管的变形与冲击损坏进行检查。
mation and damage by impact.
926 01050 174 C 7-3

7-4 926 01050 174 C
7.2 Evacuating, filling and 7.2 对气室进行抽真空、充气
emptying the gas 和排空操作
compartments
This section contains a detailed description of 本章节包含以下内容：
– evacuating and filling gas compartments – 对气室进行抽真空与充气
– emptying gas compartments. – 排空气室。
Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] 安全指导 [=> 0.2]，放置/更换吸附剂 [=>

Inserting/replacing filter material [=> 7.17] 7.17]
Advice on handling SF6 [=> 7.25] 关于SF6气体处理的建议 [=> 7.25]
Warning 警告
SF6 is heavier than air and can displace the SF6气体比空气重，在位于低处或狭窄的空间内
air for breathing at lower levels or in 可能会对人体呼吸所需的空气形成排斥。当空
confined spaces. Danger of suffocation if 气中SF6气体的体积浓度超过35%时，将形成窒
the SF6 concentration in the air exceeds 息的危险!
35% by volume!
• Work involving a risk of suffocation as a re- • 仅当在有第二位熟悉风险的工作人员在场时，
sult of escaped or escaping SF6 may only be 才允许在有因SF6气体逸出而引起窒息危险
performed in the presence of a second person 的环境下工作。两位工作人员之间必须始终
who must likewise be familiar with the risks 保持视觉及听觉上的联系。
involved. Both persons must remain in
constant visual and acoustic contact.
• When any work is done on gas compart- • 对于所有在气室内进行的工作，应确保充分的
ments, there must be adequate ventilation. 通风。
instructions.
Note: 提示：
Evacuation and emptying may only be carried 只能使用相应的维护设备来对气室进行抽真空
out with the appropriate service unit. The 与排空。维护设备的结构确保了气体的排放不会
equipment is designed to ensure environmen- 对环境造成不利的影响。
tally compatible evacuation. 也可使用带有充气装置的压缩气瓶来进行充气
Filling and refilling can also be carried out with a 及再充气。
gas cylinder and filler appliance. 在进行充气及再充气的过程中，应在维护设备及
A safety valve must be installed between the 压缩气瓶与气室之间安装一个安全阀，以防止因
service unit and the gas cylinder for filling and 疏忽而导致气室内工作压力的最大允许数值超过
refilling, in order to prevent the maximum per- 10%。
missible operating pressure in the gas com-
partment from being accidentally exceeded by
more than 10%.
926 01050 174 C 7-5

The gas monitoring diagram shows the following neces- 下列重要数据说明可从气体监控图中获取：
sary data:
– filling pressures – 充气压力
– designation of gas compartments – 气室名称
– location of gastight bushings – 不透气绝缘盆的位置
– volume of the gas compartment and weight of the – 气室的体积与所充入 SF6 气体的重量。
SF6 filling. .
7.2.1 Evacuating and filling the gas 7.2.1 对气室进行抽真空和充气操作

compartments
Evacuation and filling are carried out with the service 使用维护设备对气室进行抽真空和充气。在使用维护
unit. After the gas compartment has been evacuated, it 设备完成抽真空的过程后，也可直接使用带有充气装置
can be filled by means of the service unit or directly from 的压缩气瓶进行充气。
the gas cylinder with the filling device.
• Install the filter. • 安装吸附剂。
• Remove the union nut of the maintenance connec- • 除去被检查气室维护接口处的锁紧螺母；在安全阀的转
tion from the gas compartment to be checked; con- 接处下方将维护设备与维护接口相连。维护设备的操作
nect the service unit to the maintenance connection 请参见维护设备的相关操作说明。
with the safety valve in between. To operate the serv- 如果在抽气管道内进行测压，则在测量过程中必须关
ice unit see the appropriate operating instructions. 闭泵和气室之间的阀门。
If the pressure measurement takes place in the suc-
tion line, the valve between pump and gas compart-
ment must be closed for the duration of measurement.
• Evacuate the gas compartment to a pressure of • 对通风后的气室进行抽真空，使其绝对压力 P 降至
P-abs < 20 mbar (2 kPa). When this pressure has 20mbar（2 kPa）以下。在达到此压力值后，继续进行
been reached, evacuate for an additional 15 minutes. 15 分钟的抽真空
• After the evacuation procedure has been completed, • 在完成排气后，将维护设备转换成充气功能或把带有充
switch the service unit to fill or connect the gas cylin- 气装置与安全阀的压缩气瓶连接到气室。
der with filling device and safety valve to the gas
compartment.
• Refer to the gas monitoring diagram for the filling • 气室的充气压力值可在气体监控图中查阅，并确定容器
pressure of the gas compartment to be filled and de- 温度。
termine the container temperature.
The pressure values always refer to a container tem- 压力数据所指的容器温度总是+ 20°C。不同温度所对
perature of + 20 °C. The gas pressure levels to be set at 应的气压设置可在压力-温度-图表中查阅。
various temperatures are shown in the pressure/
temperature diagram.
Attention 注意
The tanks are designed for different filling 各种构型的容器适用于不同的充气压力。
pressures.
• Before filling, determine the highest per- • 在充气前，应了解各容器工作压力的最大允许
missible operating pressure for the tank in 数。
question.
7-6 926 01050 174 C

• Filling the gas compartment. When the filling pres- • 对气室充气。对气室充气,当气室气压达到充气压力（必
sure is reached (temperature-corrected if neces- 要时，可根据温度调整压力）时，停止充气;解除维护设
sary), stop filling; disconnect the connection between 备以及充气装置与维护接口之间的连接，并记录充气压
the service unit or filling device and the maintenance 力与容器温度。
connection, and record the filling pressure and con-
tainer temperature.
• If cable plug-in bushings are used on the cable seal- • 若使用插拔式电缆头连接方式，当高压电缆或临时堵头
ing end without high-voltage cables or dummy plugs, 未连接时，电缆筒须密封、充气并使用不透气封盖密封。
these must be sealed, evacuated and filled using
pressure gas tight covers.
Any necessary test of the density monitors should be 必要时，应在充气过程中对密度监视器进行检测。
performed in the context of the filling procedure.
• Screw the union nut onto the maintenance connec- • 拧上维护接口处的锁紧螺母。
tion.
7.2.2 Emptying and venting the gas 7.2.2 气室的排空和通风

compartments
Gas compartments may only be emptied using the serv- 只可使用维护设备来进行气室的排空。

ice unit.
• Remove the union nut on the maintenance connec- • 除去被检查气室维护接口处的锁紧螺母；将维护设备与
tion of the gas compartment to be tested. Connect the 维护接口相连。维护设备的操作请参见维护设备的操
service unit to the maintenance connection. To 作说明。
operate the service unit see the appropriate operat-
ing instructions.
If the pressure measurement takes place in the suc- 如果在抽气管道内进行测压，则在测量过程中必须关
tion line, the valve between pump and gas compart- 闭泵和气室之间的阀。
ment must be closed for the duration of measurement.
• Pump the SF6 out of the tank until the overpressure • 从开关设备的容器内抽取 SF6 气体，使其压力降至
has fallen < 100 mbar (10 kPa). 100mbar（10 kPa）以下。
• Pump out the remaining gas with the vacuum pump • 使用真空泵抽取剩余气体，直至压力降至 20 mbar
until the overpressure has fallen to < 20 mbar (2 kPa) （2kPa）以下。
• Vent the tank, preferably by way of ventilating filters, • 尽可能使用通风过滤器对开关设备的容器进行通风，直
until atmospheric pressure has been reached. 至达到空气压力。
SF6 can be re-used, provided its decomposition prod- 只要 SF6 气体的分解产物不超过 1 ppm-V，便可对其进行
ucts do not exceed 1 ppm-V. The measurement is to be 重复使用。建议由西门子公司采用（例如 Draeger 公司制
taken with a detector tube (e.g. as manufactured by 造的）检测管进行测量。
Draeger) and preferably by Siemens.
• Screw the union nut onto the maintenance connec- • 拧上维护接口处的锁紧螺母。
tion.
926 01050 174 C 7-7

7-8 926 01050 174 C
7.3 Testing the gas monitor 7.3 检查气体监控装置
This section contains a detailed description of 本章节包含以下内容：

– the removal and fitting of the density monitor – 密度监视器的安装与拆卸
– checking the density monitor. – 密度监视器的检查。
Gas monitoring [=> 1.3] 气体监控装置 [=> 1.3]，

partments [=> 7.2]
7.3.1 Mounting and removing density 7.3.1 密度监视器的安装和移除

monitor
Removal is required, 在下列情况下需移除密度监视器：
– if the density monitor is defective – 密度监视器发生故障时

– for the purpose of the test – 对密度监视器进行检测时
Density monitors can be replaced without letting out or 无需排出相应气室内的 SF6 气体，即可对密度监视器进行
having to pump out SF6 gas from the corresponding gas 更换。
compartment.
Warning 警告
Potentially lethal voltage 潜在致命电压
• Switch off the control voltage. • 切断控制电压电源。
• Undo clamping or plug-and-socket connectors of the • 松开信号导线的插头连接或接线柱连接（根据构型）。
signal lines undo (dependent on the design).
7.3.1.1 Density monitor with test 7.3.1.1 带有测试连接器的密度监视器

connection
A non-return valve shuts off the gas chamber as the 在断开密度监视器时，逆止阀会关闭气室。
density monitor is disconnected.
• unscrew density monitors. • 旋开密度监视器。
For reconnecting the density monitor: 在重新连接密度监视器时，应：
• Check that the O-ring is correctly fitted in the seal • 确保 O 型密封圈正确安放在密封槽内。通过测试后一
groove. Replace this provided the density monitor is 旦重新连接密度监视器，应更换 O 型密封圈。
reconnected upon passing the test.
• Install density monitor. • 装上新的密度监视器。
• Attach the clamping or plug-and-socket connectors of • 固定信号导线的插头连接或接线柱连接（根据构型）。
the signal lines (dependent on the design).
• Check the joint to make sure it is air-tight. • 检查连接的密封性能。
926 01050 174 C 7-9

7.3.1.2 Density monitor with test 7.3.1.2 带有测试连接器的密度监视器
connection
A non-return valve closes the gas chamber off when un- 在旋开测试连接器的锁紧螺母时，逆止阀会关闭气室。
screwing the union nut on the test connection.
Caution 注意
The gas chamber is under pressure - when 气室处于压力下 – 在旋开密度监视器时气体会
the density monitor is unscrewed, gas can 逸出，除非首先旋开锁紧螺母。
escape unless you first unscrew the union
nut!
• Remove the union nut of the test connec- • 在旋开密度监视器前首先移除测试连接器的
tion before unscrewing the density moni- 锁紧螺母。
tor.
• Now unscrew density monitors. • 现在旋开密度监视器。
To mount the density monitor: 要安装密度监视器，应：
• Check that the O-ring is correctly fitted in the seal • 确保 O 型密封圈正确安放在密封槽内。通过测试后
groove. Replace it if the density monitor is refitted 一旦重新安装密度监视器，应更换 O 型密封圈。
after passing the test.
• Install density monitor. • 装上密度监视器。
• Attach the clamping or plug-and-socket connectors of • 固定信号导线的插头连接或接线柱连接（根据构型）。
the signal lines (dependent on the design).
• Screw the union nut onto the test connection. • 拧上测试连接器的锁紧螺母。
• Check the joint to make sure it is air-tight. • 检查连接的密封性能。
7.3.2 Checking density monitor 7.3.2 密度监视器的检查
The density monitors have been set in the factory. Sub- 密度监视器的设置在工厂内已完成。既不允许也没必要在
sequent on-site adjustment is neither possible nor nec- 安装现场对其进行后续的设置调整。相关设定值和充气压
essary. Refer to the gas monitoring plan for setting 力可参阅气体监控图。
values and filling pressures. 密度监视器的预设置在工厂内进行。
The density monitors are preset at the works.
7.3.2.1 对不带测试连接器的密度监视器进行检查
7.3.2.1 Testing the density monitor
without the test connector
For preparing for the test, density monitor should be dis- 为做好测试准备，应将密度监视器断开并连接到气体检测
connected and connected to the gas testing device. 设备。
Testing involves raising or lowering the gas pressure 测试包括提高或降低气体压力，以及确定信号跳闸瞬间的
and determining the exact pressure at the moment the 精确压力。
signal is tripped.
• Refer to "Technical Data" for switching pressure val- • 请参阅“技术参数”了解开关压力值；并确定容器的温度。
ues; determine container temperature.
The pressure details for the density monitors always 密度监视器的压力数据始终是以 20 °C 容器温度为条
refer to a container temperature of 20 °C. The gas 件。在压力-温度表中可查阅在其它温度下的气体压力
pressures that arise at other temperatures are shown in 值。
the pressure-temperature diagram.
• Find the corresponding density line in the Pressure- • 在压力- 温度表中可查找相应的密度线。
Temperature diagram.
• Reduce pressure gradually at approx. 0.02 bar (2 kPa • 以每秒大约 0.02 bar (2 kPa 或 0.29 psi)的速度逐渐降低
or 0.29 psi) per second. 压力。
7-10 926 01050 174 C

• Determine actual switching pressure values and • 确定实际的开关压力值并与参考值进行比较。
compare to the reference values.
• Remove connection maintenance unit - density mon- • 移除连接的维护设备 – 密度监视器。

itor.
• Once the deviations are within the tolerance range, • 如果压力偏差未超出公差范围，则可重新连接密度监视

reconnect the density monitor. 器。
• If the actual switching pressure value deviates from • 如果实际的开关压力值超出允许的公差范围，则需更换

the permissible tolerance range, replace the density 密度监视器。
monitor.
7.3.2.2 Testing the density monitor with the 7.3.2.2 对带有测试连接器的密度监视器进行检查

test connector
In order to prepare for the test, unscrew the union nut on 为做好测试准备，应旋开测试连接器上的锁紧螺母，并将
the test connection and screw the maintenance unit onto 维护设备连接到测试连接器。
the test connection.
Testing involves raising or lowering the gas pressure 测试包括提高或降低气体压力，以及确定信号跳闸瞬间的
and determining the exact pressure at the moment the 精确压力。
signal is tripped.
• Refer to "Technical Data" for switching pressure val- • 请参阅“技术参数”了解开关压力值，并确定容器的温度。

ues; determine container temperature.
The pressure data for the density monitor always re- 密度监视器的压力数据始终是以 20 °C 容器温度为条
fer to a container temperature of 20 °C. The gas pres- 件。在压力-温度表中可查阅在其它温度下的气体压力
sures which result at other temperatures are shown in 值。
the pressure/temperature diagram.
• Find the corresponding density line in the Pressure- • 在压力- 温度表中查找相应的密度线。

Temperature diagram.
• Reduce pressure gradually at approx. 0.02 bar (2 • 以每秒大约 0.02 bar (2 kPa 或 0.29 psi) 的速度逐渐
kPa or 0.29 psi) per second. 降低压力。
• Determine actual switching pressure values and • 确定实际的开关压力值并与参考值进行比较。

compare to the reference values.
• Remove connection maintenance unit - density mon- • 移除连接的维护设备 – 密度监视器。

itor.
• If the deviations are within the permissible range, • 如果压力偏差未超出允许的范围，则重新拧上测试连

screw the union nut back on the test connection. 接器上的锁紧螺母。
• If the actual switching pressure value deviates from the • 如果实际的开关压力值超出允许的公差范围，则需更换

permissible tolerance range, replace the density 密度监视器。
monitor.
926 01050 174 C 7-11

7-12 926 01050 174 C
7.4 Checking for leaks in gas 气室密封性能的检查
compartments
This section contains a detailed description of 本章节详细描述了：
– checking the gas filling with the precision pressure – 使用精密压力表对充气压力进行检查
gauge
– leakage detection – 泄漏检测

Evacuating, filling and emptying the gas 对气室进行抽真空、充气和排空操作 [=> 7.2]
compartments [=> 7.2]
Warning 警告
SF6 is heavier than air and can displace the SF6 气体比空气重，在位于低处或狭窄的空间内可
air for breathing at lower levels or in confined 能会对人体呼吸所需的空气形成排斥。当空气中
spaces – danger of suffocation if the SF6 SF6 气体的体积浓度超过 35%时，将形成窒息的
concentration in the air exceeds 35% by 危险!
volume!
• Work involving a risk of suffocation as a • 仅当有第二位熟悉风险的工作人员在场时，才
result of escaped or escaping SF6 may only 允许在有因 SF6 气体逸出而引起窒息危险的
be performed in the presence of a second 环境下工作。两位工作人员之间必须始终保
person who must likewise be familiar with the 持视觉及听觉上的联系。
risks involved. Both persons must remain in
constant visual and acoustic contact.
• Necessary organizational stipulations should • 操作说明中应收录必要的组织规定。
be adopted in the operating instructions.
• When any work is done on gas
compartments,there must be adequate • 对于所有在气室内进行的工作，应确保充分的
ventilation. 通风。
926 01050 174 C 7-13

7.4.1 Checking pressure of the gas filling 7.4.1 通过精密压力计检查充气压力
with precision pressure gauge
• Read off the filling pressure of the gas compartment to • 从气体监控图中读取被检测气室的充气压力，并确定容

be tested from the gas monitoring plan and measure 器温度。
the container temperature.
The pressure values always refer to a container tem- 压力数据所指的容器温度总是+ 20°C。不同温度所对应
perature of + 20 °C. The gas pressure levels to be set at 的气压设置可在压力-温度-图表中查阅。
various temperatures are shown in the pressure/
• Remove the union nut of the maintenance connec- • 除去被检查气室维护接口处的锁紧螺母；将维护设备或
tion of the gas compartment to be checked; connect SF6 充气装置与维护接口相连。
the service unit or the SF6 filling device to the main-
tenance connection.
• Record the pressure reading and container tempera- • 记录所显示的压力值以及所测得的容器温度。
ture measured.
• Evaluate the results; in the event of a deviation from • 对测试结果加以评估；在温度偏离标准温度（20 °C）时，
the normal temperature (20 °C) refer to the pressure/ 请参考压力-温度-图表。
• if the pressure differential • 在压力差符合以下条件时
0.2 bar (20 kPa) => 0.2 bar (20 kPa) =>
up SF6; record the filling pressure. 再充入 SF6 气体；记录再充气压。
0.2 bar (20 kPa) => 0.2 bar (20 kPa) =>
Leakage detection. 泄漏检测。
7.4.2 Leakage detection 7.4.2 泄漏检测
A check for leakage must be made 应在下列情况下进行泄漏检测

– on the flange connections and pipe unions which – 在现场进行安装的法兰连接及管接头处，
were assembled on site, and – 在压降超过允许值的情况下。
– in the event of inadmissible loss of pressure.
• Search for leaks using a leak tester. • 使用测漏仪对可能的泄漏部位进行搜寻。
Halons and halogenated substances, also cigarette 在某些情况下，卤化烃及卤化物或香烟烟雾和汗水将对
smoke and perspiration under certain conditions can 测量结果产生影响。因此，在清洁及油漆工作后不应立
influence the readings. Measurements should thus not 即进行测量。
be taken immediately after cleaning and/or paint- ing.
• If a leakage is detected, it must be stopped. • 一旦发现泄漏现象，应立采取相应措施停止泄露。
7-14 926 01050 174 C

7.5 Measuring the moisture 7.5 气体湿度和 SF6 含量的测量
content and SF6 content of
the gas
– measuring the moisture content of the gas to deter- – 对气体湿度的测量，以确定露点

mine the dew point
– potential health hazards. – 对健康的潜在危险。

Warning 警告
SF6 is heavier than air and, in lowlying or SF6 气体比空气重，在位于低处或狭窄的空间内

confined spaces, can displace the air re- 可能会对人体呼吸所需的空气形成排斥。
quired for breathing. 当空气中 SF6 气体的体积浓度超过 35%时，将
There is danger of suffocation if the SF6 形成窒息的危险!
concentration in the air exceeds 35%!
• Work involving a risk of suffocation as a re- • 仅当有第二位熟悉风险的工作人员在场时，才
sult of escaped or escaping SF6 may only be 允许在有因 SF6 气体逸出而引起窒息危险的
performed in the presence of a second 环境下工作。两位工作人员之间必须始终保
person who must likewise be familiar with 持视觉及听觉上的联系。
the risks involved. Both persons must re-
main in constant visual and acoustic con-
tact.
• When any work is done on gas compart- • 对于所有在气室内进行的工作，应确保充分的
ments, there must be adequate ventilation. 通风。

instructions.
The gas monitoring diagram shows the following neces- 下列重要数据说明可从气体监控图中获取：
sary data:
– gas compartments and marking of expendable mate- – 气室与设施名称
rials
– volume of the gas compartment and weight of the – 气室的体积与所充入 SF6 气体的重量。
SF6 filling.
926 01050 174 C 7-15

7.5.1 Measuring the moisture content of the 7.5.1 气体湿度的测量（露点）
gas (dew point)
A dew point measuring instrument must be used for this 使用露点测量仪来测量气体的湿度。露点测量仪的操作应
purpose. Refer to the instructions supplied by the man- 符合制造商提供的使用说明。
ufacturer.
The gas must flow very slowly through the sensor. 气体流过探测器的速度必须非常慢。
The criterion for the humidity content of the SF6 gas is 衡量SF6气体湿度的标准是露点温度，即在水蒸气开始冷
the dew point temperature, i.e. the temperature at which 凝的温度。以下为与允许湿度相对应的露点温度：
condensation of the water vapour begins. The permis-
sible humidity levels at the corresponding dew point
temperatures are shown below:
Dew point 露点
Critical humidity level – 5 °C (+ 23 °F) 临界湿度值 – 5 °C (+ 23 °F)
Maximum permitted humidity:
最大允许湿度
during start-up – 10 °C (+ 14 °F) – 10 °C (+ 14 °F)
调试过程中
In operation
– 10 °C (+ 14 °F) 运行过程中 – 10 °C (+ 14 °F)
The measurement must be taken at operating pressure. 测量应在工作压力下进行。
7.5.2 Measuring the SF6 percentage or air 7.5.2 SF6 气体含量或空气含量的测量

content
Use an SF6 percentage gauge for taking measure- 使用 SF6 气体含量测量仪来进行测量。SF6 气体含量测
ments, thereby referring to the manufacturerís instruc- 量仪的操作应符合制造商提供的使用说明。
tions for use.
The SF6 percentage must not fall below 95%. By anal- SF6 气体含量不可低于 95%。即空气含量不可高于 5%。
ogy, the air content must not be more than 5%.
The SF6 percentage or air content need not be meas- 如果开关设备所充入的 SF6 气体直接来自原封气瓶，则
ured if the switchgear is filled with gas straight from the 无须对 SF6 气体含量及空气含量加以测量。
original cylinders.
7-16 926 01050 174 C

7.6 Preparing and assembling 7.6 导体连接和法兰连接的预处理
conductor and flange 和装配
connections
– the spare parts, expendable materials and tools – 备件、消耗材料及工具

– preparing and joining flanges – 法兰的预处理与连接
– preparing and connecting conductors. – 导体的预处理与连接。
Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] 安全指导 [=> 0.2]，
Cleaning [=> 7.19] 清洁 [=> 7.19]

Corrosion protection, greasing and oiling 防腐、润滑脂和润滑油[=> 7.20]
[=> 7.20]
Bolted joints, tightening torques, locking tabs 螺栓连接、拧紧力矩及锁片[=> 7.24]
[=> 7.24]
Attention 注意
To protect personnel and the environment it 为了保护工作人员与周围环境，必须遵循润滑剂

is important to observe the instructions for 与清洁剂的使用说明。
use of lubricants and cleansing agents.
7.6.1 Spare parts, expendable materials and 7.6.1 备件、消耗材料及工具

tools
O-Rings O 型密封圈
O-rings are made seamlessly from a mixture of synthetic O 型密封圈由合成橡胶与天然橡胶的混合物构成不同的
kinds of rubber and natural rubber. Each individual 应用需要特殊的混合物。专门的制造公司可提供 7 个不同
application requires a special compound. Specialist 硬度等级共 150 种混合物。因此必须遵守以下规定：
suppliers offer about 150 such compounds in 7 degrees of
hardness. The following directives therefore apply:
– Fit only the O-rings supplied by the factory produ- – 只允许安装由产品（开关设备、断路器）制造商提

cing the switchgear. 供的 O 型密封圈。
– Clean O-rings by wiping them with lint-free paper – 使用浸过清洁剂的无绒纸对 O 型密封圈加以擦拭清洁。
moistened with liquid cleaning agent. Never immerse 绝不将 O 型密封圈浸入清洁剂中，严禁将其持续浸入其
the O-rings in the cleaning agent or, even worse, allow
中。
them to remain immersed.
926 01050 174 C 7-17

Consumables 消耗材料
– “Tectyl 506” (manufacturer: Valvoline) – “Tectyl 506” （制造商： Valvoline 公司）
– “Ritzol Tecto 7/2” (manufacturer: Valvoline) – “Ritzol Tecto 7/2” （制造商： Valvoline 公司）
– Vaseline (SHELL VASELINE 8420 or (SHELL COM- – 凡士林 8420（制造商：Shell AG 公司）
POUND S6800)
– paint (coating varnish included in switchgear auxiliary – 油漆（清漆包含在开关设备的附件内）
pack)
– Haku 5067 (or alternative cleansing agent) – Haku 5067 （或其它类似的清洁剂）
– lint-free paper (manufacturer: e.g. Mölnlycke, trade – 无绒纸（制造商：例如 Mölnlycke 公司，品牌名
name “A-Tork”) 为 ”A-Tork“)
– cleaning cloths – 抹布
Tools 工具
– flat brushes, one each 6 mm and 15 mm wide – 6 mm 宽与 15 mm 宽的扁刷各一把
– 2 conical fitting spikes or stud bolts – 2 个圆锥形的定位销或双头螺柱
– 1 spanner – 1 个扳手
– 1 torque wrench – 1 个扭矩扳手
– 1 vacuum cleaner (if required) – 1 个真空吸尘器（如有需要）
– wire brushes – 钢丝刷
– Scotch-Britt sponges (switchgear auxiliary pack) – Scotch-Britt 百洁布（开关设备附件）
7.6.2 Preparing and connecting flanges 7.6.2 法兰的预处理与连接
When preparing the flanges, a distinction must be made 在对法兰进行预处理时，应对下列各项加以区分

between
– interior flanges and – 内部法兰与
– exterior flanges. – 外部法兰。
In addition, the preparation of the bright surfaces de- 此外，金属裸面的处理取决于其究竟暴露在气体（内部区域
pends on whether these are exposed to the gas (interior B）中还是在周围空气（外部区域 A）中。
zone B) or the outside air (exterior zone A).
– – –Tectyl 506 - coating for external area A – – –Tectyl 506 – 外部区域 A 的涂层
- - - -Trost Multifunktionöl coating for inner area B - - - -Trost 多功能油 – 内部区域 B 的涂层
Grease bolts with "Molykote Longterm 2" before inserting 使用螺栓前，用"Molykote Longterm 2" 对其表面加以润滑。
Fig. 1 Flange preperation of the metallic bare surfaces of flanges 图 1 法兰与盖的金属裸面的预处理
and covers
7-18 926 01050 174 C

In general: 一般情况下：
• Ensure that the outer surfaces of flanges and covers • 确保法兰与盖的外表面漆层上没有灰尘。
are free of dust.
• Remove plastic transport cover and all traces of ad- • 移除塑料运输盖，并去除所有的胶带残留物以及（用作
hesive tape and "Tectyl 506" (for transport and stor- 运输与存储保护涂层的）"Tectyl 506"。
age).
• Clean metal sealing faces of flanges. • 对法兰的金属裸面加以清洁。
• Check groove and sealing faces for damage. • 检查凹槽与密封面是否损坏。
• Apply a uniform thin coating of "Trost Multifunction oil" • 用扁刷在（内部）区域 B 均匀地涂上一层薄的 "Trost 多
in (inner) area B, "Tectyl 506" in (outer) area A using a 功能油"以及在（外部）区域 A 均匀地涂上一层薄的
flat brush. "Tectyl 506"。
Note 提示
Where covers for manway openings have been 对于分开供应的装配孔的盖子，必须先彻底清除
supplied separately, the "Tectyl 506" coating 在制造车间所上的"Tectyl 506"涂层，然后按本章
applied at the factory has to be removed 节的描述对盖子的密封面进行预处理。
completely and thereafter the sealing face of
cover to be treated as described here.
Carefully wipe away with lint-free paper any 用无绒纸小心地擦去进入（内部）
区域 B 的"Tectyl
"Tectyl 506" which got into (inner) area B. 506"。
• Check the O-ring and clean it. • 检查 O 型密封圈是否损坏，并对其加以清洁。
Note 提示
O-rings may be reused provided that 在下列情况下，可重复使用 O 型密封圈
– they were originally fitted less than 12 – 安装至今未超过 12 个月，并且
months previously, and
– there is no evident damage and/or deforma- – 没有损坏及变形（> 10%）的迹象。
tion (> 10%).
• O-ring apply a thin film of Vaseline. • 对 O 型密封圈涂以一层薄的凡士林。
• Place the O-ring carefully in the groove of the flange; it • 将 O 型密封圈小心地放入法兰槽内；O 型密封圈必须均
must fit completely and uniformly in the groove. The 匀地分布在整个槽内。凡士林涂层在此起到粘持的作
thin Vaseline film should hold it in place. 用。
• If necessary, vacuum-clean the gas compartment • 如有需要，应在连接法兰前，用吸尘器对气室进行吸尘，
before joining the flanges, and if appropriate prepare 并在必要时准备好耦合触点。
coupling contacts.
• Carefully bring flanges together. Either insert a fitting • 将法兰小心地靠近在一起，并在每对相差 180°的孔内
spike into two opposite pairs of drilled holes (180° 各插入一个定位销或在螺纹孔内旋入双头螺栓。
apart) or screw stud bolts into the tapped holes.
• As soon as the “Trost Multifunction oil" and "Tectyl 506" • 在 "Trost 多功能油" 与 "Tectyl 506" 涂层干后，将法兰
treatment has dried bring the flanges together and join 合在一起，先通过六角螺母连接 4 个大约相差 90°的螺栓
them with four bolts each 90°apart, using hexagonal 在此，应对角逐步旋紧螺栓。然后移除定位销或双头螺
nuts. Tighten the bolts in diagonally opposed sequence. 栓，并将所有其它的螺栓螺母相互旋紧。
Then remove the fitting spikes or stud bolts and insert
and tighten up all other bolts and nuts.
• Finally, tighten all bolts to the prescribed tightening • 最后，按规定的扭矩拧紧所有的螺栓。
torque.
926 01050 174 C 7-19

7.6.3 Preparing conductor connections 7.6.3 导体连接的预处理与建立
Attention 注意
Risk of contamination of the modules during 装配期间，组件受到污染的危险 – 对运行操作构
installation – hazardous for operation 成危险
• No dirt particles, e.g. dust or metal filings • 类似灰尘或金属屑等脏物颗粒不可进入模块内。
should be allowed to enter the modules.
To guarantee trouble-free operation, the copper spray 为了确保无故障的运行，在装配前必须对铝制导体的喷铜接
plated contact surfaces of the aluminium conductors must 触面进行预处理，从而长期有效地防止超过允许范围的电压
be prepared to prevent inadmissible voltage drops and 降及接触腐蚀。不可损坏接触面，必要时，必须对其加以
contact corrosion in the long term. The contact surfaces 修复。由监督人员给出修复工作的建议。
should not be damaged; refinish if necessary. The
supervisor can give assistance with refinishing.
• Clean contact surfaces with a wire brush. • 使用钢丝刷清洁接触面。
• Remove unacceptable residual grease (Haku 5067). • 清除油脂残留物（Haku 5067）。
• Then coat with a thin Vaseline film. • 接着涂上一层薄的凡士林。
• Assemble conductor connections according to the • 按照各连接部位的特殊要求建立导体连接。
specific requirements of the individual connecting
point.
Housing and conductor connections [=> 2.18] 壳体连接和导体连接 [=> 2.18]
7-20 926 01050 174 C

7.7 Laying cables 7.7 铺设电缆
This section contains detailed information on 本章节详细描述了

– basic requirements for laying and joining cables – 电缆铺设与连接的基本要求
– measures to ensure electromagnetic compatibility. – 确保电磁兼容性的措施
7.7.1 Basic requirements for the laying and 7.7.1 电缆铺设与连接的基本要求

joining of cables
The cables are laid when assembly of all components 在完成组件和就地控制柜的装配后进行电缆的铺设工作。

and the on-site control cabinet has been completed. 为了便于使用，应先放入吸附剂，并对气室进行排空及充
Access is better if the cables are only laid when the filter 以 SF6 气体后再进行电缆铺设。
material has been fitted, the gas compartments evacu-
ated and filled with SF6.
The cables are provided by the company installing the 由安装公司根据运营商的要求值负责提供电缆。

system and according to the operator's instructions.
For information on the electrical equipment, see the cir- 电气装备的相关信息可参阅电路手册。
cuit manuals.
7.7.2 Measures to ensure electromagnetic 7.7.2 确保电磁兼容性的措施

compatibility
Given the use of electronic and digital devices in the 保护及控制系统中数字电子设备的应用以及现代开关设备

control and protection system and the compact design of 紧凑的结构类型要求必须特别重视用于确保电磁兼容性
modern switchgears, it is of prime importance to take （EMC）的措施。
measures to ensure electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC).
When designing and constructing the cabinets, the Sie- 西门子公司在控制柜的设计与组装时已采取了用于确保电
mens AG pays attention to measures ensuring EMC. 磁兼容性（EMC）的措施。这些措施也同样适用于电缆及
These measures also apply to the laying of cables and 导体的铺设。对于运营商的特殊要求，安装公司也应相应
wiring. Any requirements of the operator above and be- 地予以考虑。
yond this must be taken into consideration appropriately by
the firm installing the system.
926 01050 174 C 7-21

This includes, e.g.: 其中包括了：
– The spatial separation of interference-sensitive sig- – 通过把易受干扰的信号导线与高干扰电平的信号导线
nal leads and signal leads with high levels of interfer- 放置在不同的电缆架内或垂直的电缆线上来实现两者
ence by laying them on different racks or vertical 之间的空间隔离。
cable lines.
– Good and secure earthing connections via toothed – 通过齿状接触盘或锁齿盘来确保良好的壳体连接。
contact disks or lock-tooth disks.
– The limitation of switching overvoltage by protecting – 通过接入二极管、变阻器或 RC 单元对继电器线圈、
the coils of relays, contactors, solenoid valves etc. 接触器、电磁阀等进行保护，来限制开关操作过电压。
with diodes, varistors or an R.C. section.
– Short electrical connections between corresponding – 支架上相应组件之间的电气连接应尽量简短。

assemblies in the subracks.
– Paying attention to the magnetic stray fields of bus- – 注意母线与电缆的电磁散射场。

bars and cables.
– Protecting the subracks and wiring sections against – 通过多孔板的屏蔽来使组件支架与接线场免受散射干
interference by screening them with perforated 扰。
plates.
– Good, comprehensive earthing connection between – 所有组件与设备相互之间及其与接地电位之间尽可能
all subassemblies and devices and with the earth po- 广泛、良好的接地连接。
tential of the switchgear.
– The use of screened cables or leads, suitable for – 使用高频屏蔽电缆或导线。其末端的电气连接尽可能
high-frequency application and which should ideally 同心。
be contacted concentrically at the ends.
– The use of anti-corrosion agents to protect the con- – 在户外使用防腐剂，用以保护触点。
tacts in use outdoors.
– Large-area, concentric connections of the screens, – 大截面同心、具有良好导电性的屏蔽连接，其两侧为
good conductors and on both sides via short con- 短连接导线（< 10 cm）。
necting leads (< 10 cm).
根据不同的屏蔽结构而有一系列连接处理方式。由规划
As there are many different screen constructions, there are
various methods of handling the connections. The 部门或现场管理根据上述基本的电磁兼容性要求来决定
constructing department or site management will stipu- 究竟采用何种方法。
late which type of screening is to be used, taking care to
comply with the aforementioned basic EMC require-
ments.
7-22 926 01050 174 C

7.8 Testing the disconnectors, 7.8 隔离开关、接地开关和快速接
earthing and high-speed 地开关的测试
earthing switches
– visual check and inspection of the heating unit of the – 电动机驱动机构加热装置的检视与测试。
motor drive
– the function test. – 功能测试。

Disconnector and earthing switch module [=> 2.6] 隔离和接地开关模块 [=> 2.6]
7.8.1 Visual check and inspection of the 7.8.1 对电动机驱动机构加热装置进行检视和测

heating unit of the motor drive 试。
Warning 警告

• Such work may only be done by appropri- • 此项工作仅允许由经过专业培训的合格人员
ately qualified and instructed personnel. 负责进行。.
• Units should not remain open for any longer • 只有出于检测的需要，才允许将设备打开，在
than is absolutely necessary to carry out the 对打开的设备进行检测的过程中要十分小心
inspection, which must be performed with the 谨慎。对可触及的带电部件应加以遮盖。
utmost care. Any accessible live components
that could be touched must be covered.
• Carry out the visual check and correct defects as • 进行检视，并在必要时对缺陷部位加以修复。
necessary.
• Before connecting the anti-condensation heating • 在接通防凝露加热装置前，应先移除用于防止在装配期
units, remove the transportation plugs from the ven- 间水汽侵入的运输堵头。然后才能实现在电动机驱动机
tilation housings in the motor drives. These plugs are 构内的空气流通，并确保接通防凝露加热装置的正确运
designed to prevent the ingress of water during in- 转。
stallation. The air that is required to ensure the cor-
rect operation of the anti-condensation heating units
will not be able to circulate in the motor drives until
the transportation plugs have been removed.
• Check the function of the heating units. • 检查加热装置功能
During commissioning only: 仅在调试期间：
Warning 警告

• Setting up a measuring circuit for deter- • 建立一个用于确定在不带电状态下的电流消
mining power consumption in an off-circuit 耗的测量回路。
state.
• Measure power consumption. • 测量电流消耗。
• Record the readings. • 记录测量值。
926 01050 174 C 7-23

7.8.2 Function test 7.8.2 功能试验
Warning 警告
Exposed moving parts – danger of injury 未加遮盖的移动部件 – 有人员伤害以及财物

to personnel and/or damage to property 损失的危险
• Before switching on the motor drive, en- • 在接通电动机驱动机构前，确保驱动机构的

sure that no persons, tools or other articles 周边区域内没有工作人员、工具以及其它物
are in the vicinity of the operating mecha- 品。
nisms.
The following must be checked 应对下列各项进行检查
– switching operations – 开关操作动作
– free movement of the drive linkage – 传动连杆的灵活性
– condition of the position indicator – 开关位置指示器的状态
– limit of travel of switching devices. – 开关电器的终端位置。
During maintenance work, the following must also be 在维护期间，还应额外对下列各项进行检查：
checked:
– Lock nuts, other bolted joints and locking tabs for se- – 锁紧螺母与其它螺栓连接件以及锁片的正确入位和腐
cure seating and corrosion. 蚀状况。
• Close and open disconnectors and earthing switches • 通过马达驱动对隔离开关、接地开关以及工作中接地开

as well as work-in-progress earthing switches 5x with 关进行 5 次闭合与断开，并对其检查。在开关动作时
the motor drive to check them. Check any specific 观察各项细节特点。
features in the switching movements.
Disconnector and earthing switch modules as well as 隔离、接地开关模块以及接地开关也可以通过操作手柄
earthing switches can also be operated manually by 手动操作来检查驱动联接是否顺利运转。
means of the hand crank in order to check the easy
running of the drive linkage.
• Check that the position of the position indicator is cor- • 当操作开关时检查位置指示器的位置是否在设定的闭合

rect when the switching devices are in their limit po- 与断开位置内。
sitions CLOSE and OPEN.
• Check the position indicator for damage and wear at • 检查开关位置指示器是否有损坏以及机械连接件是否有

mechanical contact points. 磨损。
• Record the results. • 对检查结果加以记录。
7-24 926 01050 174 C

7.9 Checking spring 7.9 断路器弹簧储能机构的
accumulator drive for 检验
circuit breaker
– inspection of the auxiliary switch – 辅助开关的检查

– visual inspection – 检视
– inspection of the releases and latching blocks – 脱扣器与闩锁的检查
Warning 警告
Hazardous voltage and charged springs – 危险电压与储能弹簧对生命安全有潜在威胁
danger to life
The closing spring is automatically re- 只要断路器驱动机构的控制电压及电动机电压

charged after closing, as long as the con- 未被切断，合闸弹簧就会在合闸操作完成后自动
trol voltage and motor voltage of the drive 进行重新储能。
are not switched off.
Improper operation of the switchgear and 对开关设备的不规范操作以及对安全提示的漠

non-observance of safety instructions can 视可能导致严重的身体伤害以及巨大的财物损
result in serious injury to personnel and 失与环境污染。
substantial damage to property and the
environment.

When working on the drive, discharge the 在操作驱动机构时，应释放合闸弹簧及分闸
closing and opening springs. To do this 弹簧。为此，应执行下列各项步骤
• Switch off the motor voltage. • 切断储能电动机电压电源。
• Open the circuit-breaker if it is set to • 如果断路器处于闭合位置，断开断路器。
CLOSE. .
• Close the circuit-breaker. • 闭合断路器。
• Open the circuit-breaker again. • 再次断开断路器。
• Switch off the control voltage. • 切断控制电压电源。
Intervals and maintenance service [=> 6.2] 维修服务周期 [=> 6.2]

Maintenance work [=> 6.3] 维修工作 [=> 6.3]
926 01050 174 C 7-25

7.9.1 Checking auxiliary switches 7.9.1 检查辅助开关
The bearings of the auxiliary switches are maintenance 无须对辅助开关的轴承加以维护。应检查 AMP 插头[ 1]是
free. Check that the AMP plugs [1] are seated properly 否正确入位以及连结杆 [2] 是否有磨损及损坏的现象。
and check the coupling rods [2] for wear and damage.
1 AMP plug 1 AMP 插头
2 Coupling rods 2 连接杆
Fig. 1 Auxiliary switch 图 1 辅助开关
Line is to be laid from the auxiliary switch from the aux- 如果从辅助开关触点引出线路，按下 AMP 插头上的弹簧片
iliary switch contact, press the spring tab [3] on the AMP [3]。如果 AMP 插头带绝缘套[4]，只需拉绝缘套脱开插头。
plug. In the case of AMP plugs with insulating sleeves [4],
simply pull the insulating sleeve to disengage the plug.
3 Spring tab 3 弹簧片
4 Insulating sleeve 4 绝缘套
Fig. 2 AMP plug 图 2 AMP 插头
7.9.2 Checking the dampers for leakage 7.9.2 检查缓冲器的密封性能
Carry out visual inspection of exterior of damper for 对外部合闸缓冲器与分闸缓冲器的密封性能进行检视。

closing and damper for opening for leakage.
• Check the area of the lower damper attachment • 在缓冲器下方的固定部位处（如图所示）搜寻红色的润滑

(marked in illustration) for traces of reddish oil. 油痕迹。.
Note 提示
If traces of reddish oil are found in these places, inform 如果在指定部位发现红色的润滑油痕迹，则应通知相关负责
the appropriate Siemens office and request the help of 的西门子代表处，并请求增派专业技术人员。
expert personnel.
7-26 926 01050 174 C

Fig. 3 Inspection of the dampers 图3 缓冲器的检验
7.9.3 Checking that the releases and latching 7.9.3 检查脱扣器与闩锁是否固定

blocks are affixed tightly
• Using a torque wrench, check that the cheese-head • 借助扭矩扳手对脱扣器底板的圆柱头螺钉[5]以及闩锁底

screws [5] of the release plate and the cheese-head 的圆柱头螺钉[6] 是否固定进行检查。
screws [6] of the latching blocks are tightly seated.
Torques: Cheese-head screws [5] 8 ±1 Nm and 扭矩：圆柱头螺钉 [5] 为 8 ±1 Nm，圆柱头螺钉 [6]
cheese-head screws [6]: 40 ± 4 Nm 为 40 ± 4 Nm。
Fig. 4 Latching block 图4 闩锁
926 01050 174 C 7-27

7-28 926 01050 174 C
7.10 Checking the electronic 7.10 断路器电气控制系统的检测
circuit-breaker control
This section describes in detail the procedure for testing 本章节详细描述了对以下各项内容的检测过程
– the anti-pump function – 防跳功能
– the release coils – 脱扣器线圈
– the closing spring motor – 合闸弹簧的电动机
7.10.1 Check anti-pump function 7.10.1 检查防跳功能
Attention 注意
Switching operations without the neces- 在未达到规定气压的情况下进行开关操作可能
sary gas pressure can cause mechanical 导致机械损坏！
damage!
• For minimum operating pressure refer to • 最低压力值可查阅技术参数或控制单元内的
the specifications or rating plate on the 提示牌。
control unit
The anti-pump function prevents repeated switching 在有同时输入或等候的开关操作指令的情况下，防跳功能
(pumping) in the event of simultaneously input or active 防止了重复的分、合闸操作（跳跃）。
switching commands.
• The circuit-breaker is in the CLOSE position Send • 断路器位于合闸位置。同时各有一个合闸操作指令与

one CLOSE and one OPEN command at the same 分闸操作指令发出。
time.
The circuit-breaker should only go to OPEN once. 仅允许对断路器进行分闸操作。
• The circuit-breaker is in the OPEN position. Send • 断路器位于分闸位置。同时各有一个合闸操作指令与
one CLOSE and one OPEN command at the same 分闸操作指令发出。
time.
The circuit-breaker should only go to CLOSE once 仅允许对断路器进行先合闸后分闸操作。
and OPEN once.
7.10.2 Checking the releases 7.10.2 检查脱扣器
• Check the circuit-breaker closing and opening oper- • 通过接通电源或启动变电站或间隔控制装置，对断路器

ations of all existing trigger circuits by applying cur- 经由所有现有脱扣器进行的分、合闸操作加以检查。
rent or actuating the station or bay control unit. • 对检查结果加以记录。
• Record the results.
7.10.3 Checking the double excitation 7.10.3 检查双励磁装置
to be dropped 待补充
926 01050 174 C 7-29

7.10.4 Closing spring motor 7.10.4 合闸弹簧电动机
• Check for the correct selected cutout. • 对断路器的正确选择加以核查。
• Check the monitoring timer, if installed, for correct • 如果安装有运行时间监控装置，对其功能进行检测。

operation.
7-30 926 01050 174 C

7.11 Checking the control 7.11 控制设备的检测
functions
This section describes in detail the procedure for testing 本章节详细描述了对以下各项内容的检测过程
– control and alarm circuits – 控制回路和报警回路

– measuring, display and alarm circuits – 测量、显示和报警回路
– electrical lockouts – 电气联锁
– heating. – 加热装置。
7.11.1 Checking the control and alarm 7.11.1 控制和报警回路的检测

circuits
Warning 警告

• Inspections on open equipment should be • 只有出于检测的需要，才允许将设备打开，在
limited to the time absolutely necessary for 对打开的设备进行检测的过程中要十分小心
the test and appropriate caution should be 谨慎。对邻近的带电部件应加以遮盖。
taken. Exposed live parts in the vicinity

should be covered.
The tests include the control and alarm circuits from the 检测包括了从开关电器至就地控制柜的控制回路和报警回
switching devices to the local control cabinet and the lo- 路，以及就地控制柜本身的功能。
cal control cabinet itself.
• Check that installation has been carried out accord- • 检查回路布置是否符合电路图。其中包括了
ing to the circuit diagram. This includes
– Electric circuits and their protection – 电路及其保护装置。
– Switch position indicators/system balancing. – 开关位置指示器/系统平衡
• Check terminal and plug-in connections for adequate • 检查插头连接或端子连接的接触是否充分，必要时加以

contacting and correct if necessary. 修正。
• Check for correct operation of the control and alarm • 检查控制回路和报警回路的功能。

circuits.
926 01050 174 C 7-31

7.11.2 Checking measuring, display and 7.11.2 测量、显示和计数设备的检测
counting devices
• Check connection circuits (phase sequence, rotating • 对所有测量、显示和计数设备的接线回路（相序、旋转

field, energy flow direction) of all measuring, display 场及能流方向）进行检测，并对测量、显示和计数设备
and counting devices and ensure that the device data 参数与开关设备参数（测量范围、特征曲线及辅助电压）
correspond to the system data (measuring rang- es, 的一致性加以核查。应确保所选的回路可胜任相关的
characteristic curves, auxiliary supplies). Ensure the 测量任务。
chosen circuitry is adequate for the measuring task
involved.
• Test the measuring, display and counting devices, in- • 通过模拟激发对测量、显示和计数设备及其相应的测量
cluding appropriate measuring amplifiers and trans- 放大器与变压器 –电流及电压互感器除外– 进行检
ducers – except current and voltage transformers – 测。
by simulated excitation.
• Check the markings on the display devices and func- • 检查显示设备与功能键的标记的正确性及可辨性。
tion keys for correctness and perceptibility.
7.11.3 Checking the electric interlock 7.11.3 电气联锁的检测
The system interlocking is structured as follows 开关设备联锁系统的结构如下

– internal interlocking (interlock conditions between the – 内部联锁（一条馈路上各开关设备之间的联锁条件）
switching devices of one feeder) and 以及
– external lockout (higher-order interlocking conditions – 外部闭锁（各条馈路之间的互锁条件）。
between the branches).
The following lockout conditions apply: 适用的联锁条件如下：
– Disconnectors are not to be switched "under load". – 禁止带负荷操作隔离开关。
– Circuit-breakers may not closed when a disconnector – 在同一回路中的隔离开关处于故障/中间位置的情况
in the same electrical circuit is in the fault position/ 下，不允许对断路器进行合闸操作。
centre position.
– Circuit-breakers which create a parallel current loop – 如果在另一个开关间隔的的一条馈路上出现下列情
to other disconnectors (e.g. in a bus coupling) may 况，则禁止对与其它隔离开关构成并联回路（例如在
not be opened when in a branch of another switch- 一个母联中）的断路器进行分闸操作
gear panel
– more than one bus isolator is closed – 一个以上的母线隔离开关处于合闸状态
– one of these isolators is in fault position – 其中的一个隔离开关处于故障位置，或者
– all isolators are closed. – 所有的隔离开关处于合闸状态。
– Earthing switches should only be operated if it is cer- – 只有确认应进行接地的开关设备部件不带电，才允许对
tain that the component to be earthed is off circuit. 接地开关进行操作。
• Check to see that all internal and external interlocks • 根据联锁回路图对所有的内部及外部联锁进行检查。
correspond to the interlock plan.
• Check the interlock lockswitches. • 检查联锁解除的钥匙开关。
• Check the transition from remote to local control. • 检查远程控制与就地控制之间的转换功能。
• Check the fault signal keys (acknowledgement, test • 检查故障信号键（确认，测试程序）。
program).
7-32 926 01050 174 C

7.11.4 Checking the anti-condensation 7.11.4 防凝露加热装置的检测
heating units
Anti-condensation heating units prevent corrosion re- 防凝露加热装置防止了由冷凝水构成而引起的腐蚀。因

sulting from condensation. They must therefore remain 此，它们必须一年四季（即使在温暖、炎热的季节）不间
switched on throughout the year – including the warm 断地运行。
and hot seasons.
The motor drive heating units should be inspected at 对电动机驱动机构加热装置的检测与电动机驱动机构的
the same time as the motor drives. 检测一起进行。
• Before connecting the anti-condensation heating • 在接通防凝露加热装置前，应先移除用于防止在装配期

units, remove the transportation plugs from the ven- 间水汽侵入的运输堵头。 . 然后才能实现在电动机驱
tilation housings in the motor drives. These plugs are 动机构内的空气流通，并确保接通防凝露加热装置的
designed to prevent the ingress of water during in- 正确运转。
stallation. The air that is required to ensure the cor-

rect operation of the anti-condensation heating units
will not be able to circulate in the motor drives until
the transportation plugs have been removed.
• Switch on the heating by means of the corresponding • 通过就地控制柜内相应的熔断器接通加热装置。用手贴

cutout in the local control cabinet. Check by hand that 近加热装置，检查其发热情况。
they are emitting heat.
During commissioning only: 仅在调试期间：
Warning 警告
• Setting up a measuring circuit for deter- • 建立一个用于确定在不带电状态下的电流消

mining power consumption in an off-circuit 耗的测量回路。
state.
• Measure power consumption. • 测量电流消耗。
• Record the readings. • 记录测量值。
926 01050 174 C 7-33

7-34 926 01050 174 C
7.12 Checking the current 7.12 电流互感器的检测
transformer
– visual inspections – 目检的实施
– checking polarity – 极性测试的实施
– checking secondary circuits. – 二次回路的测试。
Current transformer [=> 2.9] 电流互感器 [=> 2.9]
7.12.1 Visual inspection 7.12.1 目检
• The following should be checked in the course of a • 在目检的规定范畴内应对下列各项内容进行检查：

visual inspection:
– Selection and dimensioning of the transformers – 互感器的选择和尺寸（等级、功率、过流系数、
(class, rating, overcurrent factor, cores, 铁芯、二次绕组及其抽头等）
secondary windings and their tapping points
etc.)
– That the current transformers have been – 电流互感器的安装是否符合装配图及电路图。
installed according to the drawings and
circuit-diagrams
– Secondary-side earthing of the transformers – 互感器的二次侧接地。
– The termination of all secondary windings with – 所有二次绕组与各规定电阻（负载）的连接。
the prescribed resistance (impedance).
• Terminal connections for adequate contacting. If • 检查接线柱连接的接触是否充分，必要时，拧紧螺
necessary, tighten the screws. 栓。
7.12.2 Polarity test 7.12.2 极性测试
• Apply a DC voltage impulse to the primary terminal • 向互感器的一次电流接线处（正极在 P1）施加一个

connections of the transformer (plus on P1). 直流电压脉冲。
If the pole connection / direction of winding are cor- 在极性连接/绕组方向正确的情况下，连接在二次侧（正
rect, the measuring device (with the zero position in 极在 S1）的测量设备（指针零位位于中心位置）必须
the centre), connected to the secondary side (plus on
S1)
– deflect to the positive side when direct current is – 在接通直流电源时为正
applied
– deflect to the negative side when the direct current – 在断开直流电源时为负
is switched off.
During the commissioning procedure it is advisable to 在调试过程中，为了提高效率，应在测试主导体的电压降的
carry out polarity measurements together with voltage 同时进行极性测试。
drop measurement of the main conductor.
926 01050 174 C 7-35

7.12.3 Testing the secondary circuits 7.12.3 二次回路的测试
• Apply a testing current to the secondary terminals • 向二次接线端输入测试电流（例如通过二次测试装置

(e.g. with a secondary testing device or variable 或可调变压器）。
transformer).
• Loop an ammeter into the respective transformer cir- • 在各变压器回路中接入一个安培表。

cuit.
• Check for the correct phase assignment to the down- • 检查所连接的附加设备的相位分配是否正确，并确认所

stream device and ensure that all circuits are closed. 有的回路都处于闭合状态。
The insulation was inspected at the works. Additional 绝缘测试由制造商负责实施。附加的测试可作为电网及开

inspections may be incorporated in checks of the net- 关设备保护测试的组成部分。
work and switchgear protective system.
7-36 926 01050 174 C

7.13 Testing the voltage 7.13 电压互感器的检测
transformer
– performing the inspection of the insulation – 绝缘测试的实施
Voltage transformer [=> 2.10] 电压互感器 [=> 2.10]
7.13.1 Visual inspection 7.13.1 目检

visual inspection:
– Selection and dimensioning of the transformers – 互感器的选择和尺寸
– That the voltage transformers have been – 电压互感器的安装是否符合装配图及电路图。
installed according to the drawings and circuit
diagrams
– Secondary-side earthing of the transformers – 互感器的二次侧接地。
– Correct configuration of the links on the – 接线端板上开关接片的排列布置是否正确。
terminal board.
• Check terminal connections for adequate contacting. • 检查接线柱连接的接触是否充分，
Tighten the screws if necessary. 必要时，拧紧螺栓。
7.13.2 Insulation test 7.13.2 绝缘测试
Attention 注意
Residual charge – risk of minor electric 剩余电荷 – 在通过身体放电时可能引起触
shocks if conducted through the body! 电!
• Upon completion of the insulation check, • 在完成绝缘测试后，将剩余电荷接地。
the residual charge should be earthed.
• Inspect the insulation on the secondary circuits of the • 对从电压互感器至保护性断路器的二次导线进行绝缘测
voltage transformer up to the protective circuit-break- 试（2kV 相对相和相对地）。
er (phase-to-phase and phase-to-earth with 2kV). 在测试过程中禁止把二次导线与互感器相连。电压互
The secondary leads must not be connected to the 感器本身的绝缘测试由制造商负责实施。
transformer during the test. The insulation of the volt-
age transformer itself was checked at the works.
• Earth the secondary circuits after the insulation test • 在完成绝缘测试后，将二次导线一端接地。
has been completed.
926 01050 174 C 7-37

7.13.3 Checking the secondary circuits 7.13.3 二次回路的测试
Downstream devices must be checked for in-phase 对所连接附加设备的相位是否正确加以核查。

connection.
• Disconnect secondary circuits at the bushing box of • 断开电压互感器引线盒上的二次导线。

the voltage transformer.
• Apply voltage to the three phases and check for in- • 对三相施加相应的电压，并检查相位连接是否正确。
phase connection.
Additional tests can be components of preventive net- 附加的测试可作为电网及开关设备保护测试的组成部分。

work and system tests.
7-38 926 01050 174 C

7.14 Checking RC voltage divider 7.14 RC 分压器的检测

– the preparation for high voltage checking of the – 开关设备高压试验的准备工作
switchgear
RC voltage divider [=> 2.11] RC 分压器 [=> 2.11]
7.14.1 Visual checks 7.14.1 目检

visual inspection:
– the selection and dimensioning of the – RC 分压器的选择和尺寸
RC-voltage divider
– That the RC voltage divider has been installed – RC 分压器的安装是否符合装配图及电路图。
according to the drawings and circuit-diagrams
• Check connections of the secondary cables in the • 检查开关柜内二次电缆连接的接触是否充分

switchgear cabinet for adequate contact.
7.14.2 Preparation of the RC voltage divider for 7.14.2 开关设备高压测试用 RC 分压器的预处理

high voltage test of the switchgear
• Short-circuit all secondary lines before carrying out • 在进行开关设备高压试验前对所有

high voltage testing of the switchgear. 的二次接线进行短路处理。
The primary side of the RC voltage divider must not RC 分压器的一次侧在开关设备高压试验中不得脱离

be separated from the installation for the duration of 装置。
the high voltage test of the switchgear.
7.14.3 Check secondary current circuits 7.14.3 二次电流回路的测试
Secondary lines in the switchgear cabinet must be 必须检查开关柜内二次接线的相位连接是否正确。

checked for in-phase connection.
• Secondary cables in the switchgear cabinet. • 检查开关柜内的二次电缆。
• check the correct phasing connection with a suitable • 通过专用的测试装置对相位连接的正确性加以检测

test unit.
Additional tests can be components of preventive net- 附加的测试可作为电网及开关设备保护测试的组成部分。
work and system tests.
926 01050 174 C 7-39

7-40 926 01050 174 C
7.15 Check cable sealing end 7.15 检查电缆终端头

– the preparation for the high-voltage test – 高压试验的准备工作
– the prerequisites for the high-voltage test – 高压试验的先决工作
partments [=> 7.2]
Cable connection module [=> 2.16] 电缆连接模块 [=> 2.16]
Warning 警告
A high-voltage test or the commissioning of 当不连接高压电缆头进行高压试验或调试开关

a switchgear without a pressure-tight cable 会导致人身伤害或对系统造成相当大的破坏。
sealing end may result in serious bodily
injury or considerable damage to the
system.
• Before conducting the high-voltage test, • 在进行高压试验前，确保电缆头已密封并不漏
ensure that the cable sealing end is sealed 气。电缆头可以通过高压电缆、密封盖或厂
gastight. The sealing end may be closed off 商授权的密封堵头(如果使用电缆连接导体)进
with a high-voltage cable, a pressure gas 行密封隔离。
tight cover or – if used with cable con-
nectors – with a dummy plug authorised by
the manufacturer.
• Do not perform a high-voltage test or com- • 若电缆头没有密封，不要进行高压试验或开关
mission the switchgear if the sealing end has 调试。
not been closed off gastight.
926 01050 174 C 7-41

7-42 926 01050 174 C
7.16 Testing the primary part 7.16 一次回路的检测

– voltage drop measurement – 电压降测量
– high-voltage test. – 高压测试

partments [=> 7.2]
7.16.1 Measuring voltage drop 7.16.1 电压降测量
This test must be carried out to detect excess contact 该项测量的目的是查明接触电阻是否过高。

resistance. 通过一个直流电流来进行该项测量。
Conduct the test with a fixed D.C current.
• Determining measuring distances. Ensure that • 确定测量路径。在此注意下列各项：
– the distances specified are as short as possible, – 确定尽可能短的测量路径，以便尽快确认接触不
in order to locate poor contact points as quickly 良的部位。
as possible, – 确定各相邻馈线之间的测量点，以确保良好的可比
– measuring points are located between 性。
neighbouring branches, in order to ensure direct
comparability.
• Calculate the allowable voltage drop for the specified • 计算指定测量路径所允许的电压降值。制造商给出的
sections. Manufacturer's specifications form the ba- 规格参数是计算每个耦合点、导体连接部位以及导体每
sis for voltage drops at each coupling point, conduc- 厘米长度的电压降值的依据。
tor connection and each running centimetre of
conductor.
The following are suitable as feeder and measuring 以下各部位可作为电流输入点和测量点。
points:
– Outgoing cables and overhead lines – 输出电缆和输出架空线
– Insulated earthing switches. – 绝缘接地开关。
Earthing switches should be used primarily as feed- 接地开关主要用作电流输入点。若同时用作测量点将
ing points. If they are used as measuring points at the 导致测量值严重失真。
same time, the readings may be seriously corrupted.
A single-pole measurement across a closed earthing 由于接地开关接触电阻的影响，不推荐通过闭合的接地
switch is not advisable, owing to the earth contact re- 开关进行单极测量。
sistance.
• When using earthing switches, disconnect the link • 在使用接地开关时，应断开指定连接，并在测量结
and reconnect after taking the measurement. 束后重新建立连接。
• Feed a constant direct current current of 100 A and • 单相输入 100 A 的不变直流电流，并在设定的测量点
measure the voltage drop at the specified points. 对电压降进行测量
• Make a record of the readings and the test condi- • 对测量结果和测试条件加以纪录。
tions.
926 01050 174 C 7-43

7.16.2 High voltage test 7.16.2 高压试验
After installation of the switchgear a voltage test of the 在完成开关设备的安装后，应按照现行规章采用工频电压

main current paths with power-frequency voltage must 对主回路进行高压试验。
be conducted in accordance with the local regulations.
The test voltage must be applied to each phase in op- 试验电压应施加在各相与其它两个接地相及接地壳体之

position to the two other earthed phases and the 间。
earthed housing.
• Specify testing sections. The sections should be as • 确定试验段落。在此，应确定尽量小的试验段落，因
small as possible, because 为
– the low power output of the test transformer limits

the maximum test capacity – 试验变压器的低输出功率限制了最大的试验容量。
– in the event of a fault (disruptive discharge), the
discharge energy is reduced (proportional to the – 当出现故障（击穿放电）时，放电能量（与试验
test capacity), i.e. there is less risk of damage to 容量成比例）减少，这意味着开关设备部件的损
the switchgear 坏概率降低。
– faults can be localized more easily.
– 易于确定故障位置。
The high-voltage test consists of forming and the main
test. 高压试验由形成与主测试构成。
The test has been passed when all three phases of a test
section retain the test voltage for one minute without a 如果一个试验段落的所有三相都能维持一分钟的试验电压
fault occurring. 而不出现任何故障，则认为试验通过。
C Forming (1 and 2) C 形成（1和2）
Uds Test voltage as per IEC 62271-204 Uds 根据 IEC 62271-204 标准的的测试电压
T Main test T 主测试
Ur Rated voltage Ur 额定电压
Fig. 1 Timing diagram for forming and main test with alternat- 图 1: 使用交流电压进行形成与主测试的时间图表
ing voltage
7-44 926 01050 174 C

Warning 警告
High voltage – Danger! 高压电 – 有生命危险！
The high-voltage test may only be performed by 仅允许由经过专业培训的电气工程师进行高压试
specially qualified electrical engineers. 验。
For the duration of the high-voltage tests 在高压试验期间
• insert an adapter which has been earthed via • 在被测试的开关设备与各可能处于运行状态下的
two isolating points between the system section 开关设备部件之间建立一个通过两个分离点接地
being tested and each of the (possibly operative) 的连接件。
system components
• short-circuit and earth the current transformers • 对电流互感器的二次侧进行短路连接及接地。
on the secondary side
• screening components must be fitted if system • 如果出于试验需要而必须对开关设备部件加以分
parts have to be disconnected for testing 离，则应安装屏蔽件。
• Depending on the type of high-voltage test, • 根据高压试验的类型，对电压互感器及其它设备
voltage transformers, and certain other items （变压器和电缆）与被测试的开关设备加以分离。
(e.g. transformers and cables),must be
disconnected from the system section to be
tested.
Following the high-voltage tests, earth and 为了放掉可能存在的剩余电荷，应在完成高压试
short-circuit the system to divert any possible 验后，对开关设备进行短路连接与接地。
residual charges.
Before the start of the high-voltage tests 在开始进行高压试验前，应
• notify the system owner of the high-voltage tests and • 先通知开关设备运营商，并共同商定安全预防措施。
agree on the safety precautions to be taken.
• initiate the safety precautions. • 实施相关的安全预防措施。
• earth the sections of the system not to be tested. • 对不进行测试的开关设备部件进行接地。
• provided a resonance testing station is not to be • 如果不使用谐振测试装置进行测试，则在高压试验期间
employed,disconnect the contact connections to the 移除通往电压互感器的导体连接。
voltage transformer for the duration of the high-voltage
tests.
• Mount the screening on plant-side connection piece if • 出于试验目的如需隔离开关设备组件（如电压转换器），
plant components need to be isolated for testing (e.g. 则应在开关侧的连接件上安装屏蔽件。
the voltage converter)
• Seal off the gas compartments. For the duration of the • 对气室进行封闭。在试验期间安装电压互感器或附盖。
tests, install voltage transformers or supplementary 不可将外部电缆接入本体接线盒。
covers. Do not make contact or control cable
connections to the terminal box.
• Evacuate gas compartments and fill with SF6. • 把气室抽成真空后充入 SF6 气体
• Check the gas quality: The SF6 gas must show an SF6 • 检查气体质量： SF6 气体中 SF6 的含量必须≥ 95 %，
proportion of 95 % and a dew-point temperature of 其露点温度至少为– 10°C。对气体湿度以及 SF6 的百分
at least – 10 °C. Measuring the moisture content and 比进行测量。
SF6 content of the gas.
Measuring the moisture content and SF6 content 气体湿度和 SF6 含量的测量 [=> 7.5]
of the gas [=> 7.5]
926 01050 174 C 7-45

• Specify the test sections so that the energy in the • 在确定试验段落时，应使击穿时产生的能量尽量减至
case of a flashover is reduced to a minimum. 最低限度。
• Create a feed-in for the test voltage via outdoor bush- • 可通过户外套管或封装部件输入试验电压。
ing or enclosed built-on assembly.
• Note down the conditions for the high-voltage test. • 记录高压试验的测试条件。
• Perform the high-voltage test. Record the results. • 实施高压试验，并记录试验结果。
7-46 926 01050 174 C

7.17 Inserting/replacing filter 7.17 放置/更换吸附剂
material
– preparatory work – 准备工作

– inserting filter material – 吸附剂的放置
– replacing filter material. – 吸附剂的更换。

partments [=> 7.2]
Cleaning [=> 7.19] 清洁 [=> 7.19]
[=> 7.20] [=> 7.20]
Bolted joints, tightening torques, locking tabs 螺栓连接，拧紧力矩，上锁片
[=> 7.24] [=> 7.24]
7.17.1 Preparatory work 7.17.1 准备工作
Note: 提示：
Cleanliness at the workplace and the immediate 保持安装现场及附近的清洁是确保维护质量必不
vicinity is an absolute prerequisite for the 可少的前提条件。
maintenance of the assured quality parameters.
• Refer to the gas monitoring schedule for the required • 下列重要数据说明可从气体监控图中获取：
data:
– Filling pressures, – 充气压力
– Description and location of the gas – 气室的名称和位置，以及
compartments and
– capacities of the gas compartments and weight – 气室的体积与所充入 SF6 气体的重量。
of the SF6 filling.
• Before commencing work, set out a sufficient quanti- • 在开始工作前应准备好相应数量的下列各项物品。
ty or number of the following:
– tins of filter material, – 罐装吸附剂，
– sealing rings and – O 型密封圈，以及
– anti-corrosion agent. – 防腐剂。
The filter material is supplied in bags packed in airtight 吸附剂放置在吸附剂袋中，然后装在不透气的密封金属罐
tins. 内。
926 01050 174 C 7-47

Fig. 1 Opened tins with filter material 图 1 打开的吸附剂罐
Note: 提示：
Do not use filter material from leaking tins, as its 禁止使用取自非密封包装的吸附剂，因为它对水

capacity to absorb moisture and decompo- 分与分解产物的吸收能力可能不足于维持到下
sition products may be insufficient for the pe- 次计划更换吸附剂的时间。
riod until the next scheduled filter change.
There must be a loud hiss when an air-tight tin is 在打开封装良好的金属罐时，必须听到一声清晰

opened. If in doubt, compare the weight with 的咝声。在不确定的情况下，应通过与取自另一
that of bags from another tin to determine 个金属罐的其它袋子进行重量比较来确定吸附
whether the filter material has absorbed mois- 剂是否有可能已经吸收了水分。
ture.
The maximum time lapse between the opening of a tin 从打开金属罐至把所有罐内的吸附剂放入相关气室，并对气
and the insertion of the filter material it contains and the 室完成气密封闭的持续时间最长不允许超过 1 小时，在接下
gas-tight sealing of the gas compartment is 1 hour; the 来的 1 小时内必须开始对气室进行抽真空。
evacuation process should begin within a further hour.
7-48 926 01050 174 C

7.17.2 Inserting filter material 7.17.2 放置吸附剂
In all modules the location of the filter bags is accessible 所有模块都可通过打开安装吸附剂的遮罩、吸附剂载体或

by opening a hood, a filter carrier or a cover, which may 封盖来放置吸附剂袋（这些装置部分装有防爆膜与导向
be fitted with rupture disk and diverter. 罩）。
• Remove the union nut on the maintenance connec- • 旋下相关气室维护接口处的锁紧螺母。将维护设备与
tion of the respective gas compartment. Connect the 维护接口相连。维护设备的操作请参见维护设备的操
service unit to the maintenance connection. To oper- 作说明。
ate the service unit see the appropriate operating in-
structions.
• Remove hood or filter carrier or open the hood. • 移开遮罩或吸附剂载体，或打开盖板。
• Clean the interior. • 清洁内部
• Apply an anti-corrosion agent. • 放入防腐剂。
• Open the filter tins and insert the filter bags in the • 打开吸附剂罐，将吸附剂放入规定的支架内。
holders provided.
• Fit new round sealing rings. • 放入新的 O 型密封圈。
• Fit the hood, filter carrier or cover. Observe the spec- • 盖上遮罩、吸附剂载体或盖子。注意符合拧紧扭
ified tightening torque. 矩的要求。
• Evacuate the gas compartment and then fill with SF6 • 把气室抽成真空后充入 SF6 气体
gas.
7.17.3 Replacing filter material 7.17.3 更换吸附剂
Warning 警告
After heavy-duty short-circuit switching, the 在相关断路器或负载隔离开关的气室进行大功率的短
gas compartment of the relevant cir- 路开关操作后，将生成有害健康的气体状或粉尘状的
cuit-breaker or load-break switch will con- SF6 分解产物!
tain SF6 decomposition products in
gaseous and/or dust form, which are haz-
ardous to health!
• Wear a protective outfit. • 使用个人防护装备。
• not expel SF6 gas into the environment. • 禁止将 SF6 气体排入周围环境中。
• Carefully remove switch dust and contam- • 小心去除开关粉尘和污染气体，并按规定加以
inated gas carefully and dispose of it ac- 处置。
cording to regulations.
After inspecting the quality of the SF6 gas in the instal- 在对位于开关设备内 SF6 气体的质量进行检测后，应决定
lation, a decision must be made on its suitability for re- 其是否可重复使用。如果气体中 SF6 的含量 < 95%，则
use. The gas must be replaced if an SF6 content of < 应对气体加以置换。
95% is found. .
Do not open the gas compartment of the voltage trans- 禁止打开电压互感器的气室!
former!
• Remove the union nut on the maintenance connec- • 旋下相关气室维护接口处的锁紧螺母。将维护设备与
tion of the respective gas compartment. Connect the 维护接口相连。维护设备的操作请参见维护设备的操
service unit to the maintenance connection. To oper- 作说明。
ate the service unit see the appropriate operating in-
structions.
• Extract the SF6 gas by suction. • 抽取 SF6 气体
• Ventilate the evacuated gas compartment. • 对排空后的气室进行通风。
926 01050 174 C 7-49

• Open the filter cover. • 打开吸附剂盖。
• Remove used filter bags. • 取走用过的吸附剂袋。
• Visually inspect the interior space. Record any pecu- • 对气室内部进行目检。对异常现象加以记录。
liarities.
• Remove old anti-corrosion agent from the open • 去除开放式法兰与盖上的旧防腐剂。

flanges and covers.
• Clean the interior. • 清洁内部
• Apply new anti-corrosion agent. • 放入新的防腐剂。
• Open the filter tins and insert the required number of • 打开吸附剂罐，将吸附剂放入规定的支架内。
filter bags in the holders provided.
• Insert new sealing rings and close the filter cover. • 放入新的 O 型密封圈，盖上遮罩、吸附剂载体或盖子。
Observe the specified tightening torque. 注意符合拧紧扭矩的要求。
• Evacuate the gas compartment and then fill with SF6 • 把气室抽成真空后充入 SF6 气体
gas.
• Clean the maintenance unit after contact with con- • 清洁接触污染气体的维护装置

taminated gas.
7-50 926 01050 174 C

7.18 Fitting the rupture disks 7.18 防爆膜的安装

– unpacking the rupture disc – 防爆膜的拆封
– inserting the rupture disc. – 防爆膜的安装。
Covers, filter mounts, rupture disk assemblies 盖子、吸附剂支架和防爆膜安装

[=> 2.17] [=> 2.17]
Cleaning [=> 7.19] 清洁 [=> 7.19]
Rupture disks are precision parts important to the 防爆膜是对开关设备安全具有重要作用的精密部件，因此

safety of the system. Consequently, please pay at- 必须注意下列提示！
tention to the following instructions!
Note: 提示：
Rupture disks that have already been in use 不得重复使用防爆膜。凡是已拧紧至拧紧扭矩一

must not be used again. Rupture discs are 次或承受过一次压力负荷的防爆膜均视为已使用
considered to be used if they have been tight- 过，不得再次使用。
ened once to the tightening torque or have been
exposed to another pressure load.
Carry out a visual inspection of new rupture 在安装新的防爆膜之前，应对其进行目检。若
disks before fitting them. Do not use the rup- 发现防爆膜有损坏，例如膨胀、变形、连续的细
ture disk if an impurity has been found (e.g. 槽、凸面结构的球状变形等，则禁止使用。
bulges, deformations, grooves which have
passed through, spherical deformations in the
convex structure)!
7.18.1 Unpacking the rupture disc 7.18.1 防爆膜的拆封
• Remove rupture disc carefully from the package. • 小心地从包装中取出防爆膜。

• Check convexity and sealing surfaces of the rupture • 检查防爆膜的凸面和密封面上是否有损坏。
disc for imperfections or damage.
Note: 提示：
Always store rupture discs on clean surfaces and such 防爆膜应始终放置在干净的表面上并且凸面朝上。绝对不
that the convexity points upward. Never store other 允许将其它物体放在防爆膜上。
objects on top of rupture discs.
926 01050 174 C 7-51

7.18.2 Fitting the rupture disk 7.18.2 防爆膜的安装
• Compare the rupture disk identification with the prod- • 将防爆膜的特征与产品说明相对照。

uct specification.
• Inspect (and clean and dry if necessary) the sealing • 对密封面与 O 型密封圈槽进行检查，必要时应进行清
surfaces and O-ring groove. O-rings must only be 洁与干燥。仅允许使用符合说明的 O 型密封圈。
used in accordance with specifications.
• Treat the contact surfaces of pressure ring, flange • 在压力环、法兰和防爆膜的接触表面涂上一层 Trost
and rupture disc with Trost multi-oil and/or Tectyl 多功能油和/或 Tectyl 506。
506.
• Place the rupture disc [1] of the cleaned installation • 将防爆膜[1]放置在清洁后的安装位置上，对准开关设备
location centrally to the holes in the installation sec- 部件开孔的中心点，同时防爆膜的凸面指向气室。
tion and with the bulge of the rupture disc pointing to
the gas chamber.
• Place the pressure [2] ring in such a way that the flat • 放入压力环[2]，使其凹平面指向防爆膜。
depression points towards the rupture disc.
• Screw [3] the relevant screws into the holes provid- • 将提供的螺栓[3]旋入规定的螺孔中并用手拧紧。应确
ed and tighten by hand. Make sure the rupture disk 保防爆膜的位置保持置中。否则将损坏防暴膜。
remains centered. Inadequate centering can damage
the rupture disk.
• Evenly tighten the screws diagonally in pairs, starting • 将螺母对准螺栓，使用扭矩扳手将其均匀旋紧。具体
with a torque of 25% and increasing to 50%, then 方式为以规定扭矩的 25%、50%、75%、100%循序
75% and finally 100% of the required torque, which 渐进地对角旋紧。规定的扭矩大小取决于螺纹的规格
will depend on the thread size and the strength of the 以及材料的强度。
material involved.
• On versions with rupture disc device with diverting • 在带有防爆膜和导向罩的开关装置上准备一个带孔的

hood prepare a protection plate [4] with holes. 保护板[4]。
• Remove protective paper from the protection plate. • 去除保护板上的保护纸。
• Place the protection plate evenly on the pressure ring • 将保护板均匀地放在压力环上，这样现有的所有透孔均
so that any through-holes that are present remain 保持畅通。
free.
• Use a scraper to press firmly and remove any air • 使用刮刀用力按压，去除所有气泡。按压时应施加足
bubbles. When doing so, use adequate presure to 够的力，以确保粘合剂渗入压力环的气孔。
ensure that adhesive penetrates into the pores of the
pressure ring.
• If necessary, bolt the diverter [5] hood to the pres- • 如有必要，将导向罩[5]通过螺栓固定在压力环上。将
sure ring. Screw the relevant screws [6] into the 提供的螺栓[3]旋入规定的螺孔中，并用手拧紧。后
holes provided and tighten by hand. Observe the 续固定螺栓连接时应遵循以上规定。请遵守合同文
above instructions when subsequently bolting in po- 件中规定的放电方向。
sition! Please respect the discharge direction indicat-
ed in the contract documentation.
• With open-air installation, all open threaded holes • 在户外安装的所有开放式螺纹孔必须用螺栓密封，而且
must be closed off with bolts and the pressure bal- 必须装配压力平衡元件[7]（用于防爆膜和保护板封装
ancing element [7] (for the volume enclosed by the 的容积）。
rupture disc and protection plate) must be fitted.
7-52 926 01050 174 C

• Paint rupture device without sealing the pressure bal- • 给防爆膜涂上油漆，但油漆不应密封压力平衡元件及
ancing element and its depression with the paint. 其凹面。
1 Rupture disk 1 防爆膜
2 Bushing 2 套管
3 Bolted connection of pressure ring 3 压力环的螺栓连接
4 Guard plate 4 保护板
5 Diverter 5 导向罩
6 Bolted connection of the diverting hood 6 导向罩的螺栓连接
7 Pressure balancing element (with open air installation) 7 压力平衡元件（户外安装方式）
Fig. 1 Fitting the rupture disk 图 1 防爆膜的安装
Bolted joints, tightening torques, locking tabs 螺栓连接，拧紧力矩，锁片

[=> 7.24] [=> 7.24]
926 01050 174 C 7-53

7-54 926 01050 174 C
7.19 Cleaning 7.19 清洁

– cleaning agents to be used – 所使用的清洁剂
– cleaning equipment to be used – 所使用的清洁设备
– cleaning work – 清洁工作
– disposal of cleaning agents and equipment. – 清洁剂与清洁设备的处理。

7.19.1 Cleaning agents 7.19.1 清洁剂
Warning 警告
of the cleaning agents are harmful to water 部分清洁剂会对水源造成污染以及具有易燃性。
and/or highly flammable.
• the interests of personnel safety and of • 为了保护工作人员的安全并防止环境污染，必
protecting the environment, follow instruc- 须注意清洁剂的产品说明与安全参数表！
tions for use of cleaning agents carefully!
The following cleaning agents for work done during in- 下列清洁剂允许用于安装与维护期间的清洁工作。
stallation and maintenance may be used.
The selection was made from manufacturer's data 以下所选的重要材料参数取自制造商的规格表，可作为参
sheets, and constitutes a summary thereof; not a sub- 考信息，但最终仍以制造商所提供的信息为准。必要时，
stitute for the manufacturer's information. If necessary, 可通过相关负责的西门子代表处或直接向制造商要求进一
further information should be obtained from the appro- 步的信息。
priate Siemens office or from the manufacturer.
Ethanol (Spirit) / Isopropanol 乙醇 (酒精) / 异丙醇

– Solvents available from various manufacturers – 由各制造商销售的溶剂。
– Highly volatile solvents for insulating components in – 用于 SF6 气室内绝缘部件的易挥发溶剂。
SF6 compartments .
– Cast resin components are not electrostatically – 树脂浇铸件在用湿布加以擦拭时不会起静电。
charged when rubbed with cloths moistened therein
Note: 提示：
Highly flammable solvent 易燃溶剂
• Do not smoke or approach with a naked flame; when • 禁止吸烟或靠近明火；在容器中工作时应采取防爆措施！
working in vessels, take adequate precautions to
prevent explosions!
926 01050 174 C 7-55

Haku 5067 Haku 5067
Kluthe Kluthe
D-Heidelberg D-Heidelberg
– readily volatile solvent for insulating components in – 用于 SF6 气室内绝缘部件的易挥发溶剂。
SF6 compartments
– Cast resin components are not electrostatically – 树脂浇铸件在用湿布加以擦拭时不会起静电。
charged when rubbed with cloths moistened therein
Note: 提示：
Inflammable solvents 易燃溶剂

• Do not smoke or approach with a naked • 禁止吸烟或靠近明火；在容器中工作时应采取
flame; when working in vessels, take ade- 防爆措施！
quate precautions to prevent explosions!
Fluid is slightly harmful to water 对水源具有轻度污染性的液体

agents on hydrocarbon base (no halogenated hy- 烃基低温清洁剂（不含卤化烃）
drocarbons)
Shellsol D60, Shell Shellsol D60, Shell
Essovarsal 60, Esso Essovarsal 60, Esso
Aral 4005, Aral Aral 4005, Aral
Haku 1025 / 920, Kluthe Haku 1025 / 920, Kluthe
– Low-volatility solvents for painted and metal parts – 用于 SF6 气室外部的油漆部件以及金属部件的低

outside SF6 compartments 挥发性溶剂。
Note: 提示：
Combustible solvents (no EC labelling re- 易燃溶剂（无需满足 EC 的标志要求）
quirement)
• Do not smoke or approach with a naked • 禁止吸烟或靠近明火！
flame!
Fluids slightly harmful to water 对水源具有轻度污染性的液体
7.19.2 Cleaning equipment 7.19.2 清洁设备
Lint-free paper 无绒纸

Use lint-free paper e.g. “A-Tork” (supplier: Mölnlycke) to 使用一次性无绒纸，例如 “A-Tork” （供应商： Mölnlycke)
apply or remove cleaning agents. 来涂抹以及擦拭清洁剂。
Note: 提示：
Each paper is only to be used once. 每张纸只可使用一次。.
7-56 926 01050 174 C

Cloths and brushes 刷子与抹布
Cloths or brushes must not be used for the interior of 刷子与抹布禁止用于金属封闭、气体绝缘开关设备的内部
metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear, nor for parts of 以及在后续运行中将带有高压的开关电器部件。
switchgear which are to carry high-voltage in subse-
quent operation.
Cloths and brushes may be used outside the gas com- 只有确保绒毛或刷毛在任何情况下都无法进入气室时，才
partments, provided that no lint or bristles find their way 允许在气室外部破例使用刷子与抹布。
into the gas compartments under any circumstances.
Vacuum cleaners 吸尘器

Vacuum cleaners may be used if the tubes and nozzles 一般情况下可使用吸尘器。软管、管道及管口必须由塑料
are made of plastic. The nozzles may also be made of 制成。 .
rubber.
Note: 提示:
Brushes are not allowed owing to the risk of 禁止使用毛刷，因为刷毛可能会脱落。
loosing bristles.
High pressure cleaner 高压清洁器

The use of high pressure cleaners having a working 对于户外开关部件可使用最大工作压力达 10 MPa 的高压
pressure of maximum 10 MPa on switchgear compo- 清洁器，但需要考虑下列提示：
nents located outdoors is allowed providing the follow-
ing instruction is considered.
Note: 提示:
Rupture discs, drives, density monitor and 防爆膜、驱动机构、密度监视器和电控元件及其

electrical control elements and the immediate 周边范围不得使用高压清洁器进行清洁 – 会造
environment of these components must not be 成损坏元件的危险！
cleaned with a high pressure cleaner - danger
of damage!
The manufacturer's regulations of the high 必须遵守制造商提供的高压清洁器的使用说
pressure cleaner must be maintained. 明。
Do not use a high pressure cleaner indoors! 不得在室内使用高压清洁器。
7.19.3 Cleaning work 7.19.3 清洁工作
The location and nature of contamination determine the 由污染的部位与种类决定所使用的清洁剂与清洁设备以及

cleaning agent(s), equipment and process to be used. 过程。
Internal spaces of the housing and outer surfaces 壳体的内部以及布有零星灰尘与小颗粒杂质的外表面。

with loose dust and light foreign matter
Note:
提示:
If switching dust is to be expected after repeated heavy
如果预计在重复进行大功率的短路开关操作后可能会生成
short-circuit tripping, remedial measures must be taken for
开关粉尘，则应采取预防措施以保护工作人员的身体健康。
health reasons.
926 01050 174 C 7-57

• Use a vacuum cleaner to remove loose dust and light • 使用吸尘器把光滑表面上与壳体内的零星灰尘与小颗
foreign matter from smooth surfaces and from inside 粒的杂质吸除。
housings.
Insulated parts in the SF6 gas compartments SF6 气室内的绝缘部件
Warning 警告
fire and explosion hazard 火灾与爆炸的危险
• Do not smoke and do not approach with a • 禁止吸烟或靠近明火！
naked flame. • 在容器中工作时应确保良好的通风。
• Where closed vessels are concerned, be
sure to provide good through ventilation.
• Select a cleaning agent/solvent which is suitable for • 选择适用于 SF6 气室的清洁剂/溶剂。
use in SF6 gas compartments.
• Dampen lint-free paper with the cleaning water and • 用清洁剂把无绒纸蘸湿后对需清洁的表面加以擦拭。
rub down the surfaces to be cleaned. 擦拭时，不可滴下清洁剂。禁止清洁剂进入开口或
Do not spill any drops of the cleaning agent and do 裂缝中。
not allow it to get into openings or cracks. Do not al-
low any cleaning agent to enter openings and cracks.
Lightly soiled outer surfaces 轻微污染的外表面

• Dissolve a mild, liquid domestic cleaning agent in • 将温性液体状的家用清洁剂溶解在温水中。
warm water. • 用清洁剂把无绒纸蘸湿后对需清洁的表面加以擦拭。
• Dampen lint-free paper with the cleaning water and
rub down the surfaces to be cleaned.
Do not spill any drops of the cleaning agent and do 擦拭时，不可滴下清洁剂。禁止清洁剂进入开口或裂
not allow it to get into openings or cracks. Do not al- 缝中。
Outer surfaces or parts that have been greased or 涂有润滑脂或防腐剂的外表面或部件

treated with anti-corrosion agents
Warning 警告
fire and explosion hazard 火灾与爆炸的危险

No smoking, no naked flames ! 禁止吸烟或靠近明火!
• Select a cold-action, hydrocarbon-based cleaning • 选择烃基低温清洁剂。

agent.
• Dampen lint-free paper with the cleaning water and
• 用清洁剂把无绒纸蘸湿后对需清洁的表面加以擦拭。
rub down the surfaces to be cleaned. If necessary, 必要时把小型零部件浸泡在清洁溶液中。
immerse small parts. 擦拭时，不可滴下清洁剂。禁止清洁剂进入开口或裂
Do not spill any drops of the cleaning agent and do 缝中。
not allow it to get into openings or cracks. Do not al-
• Wipe off with lint-free paper. • 再次使用无绒纸进行擦拭。
O-rings O 型密封圈
• As above; but do not immerse the o-rings. • 如上；但不得对 O 型密封圈进行浸泡。
7-58 926 01050 174 C

7.19.4 Disposal 7.19.4 清除处理
Use the cleaning paper once only! 清洁纸只可使用一次！

Dispose of used cleaning paper, brushes, cleaning cloths 根据相应的国家规定对使用过的清洁纸、刷子与抹布以及脏
and dirty solvent in confirmity with national regulations. 污的清洁溶液加以清除。
926 01050 174 C 7-59

7-60 926 01050 174 C
7.20 Corrosion protection, 7.20 防腐、润滑脂和润滑油
greasing and oiling
This section contains detailed information on 本章节详细描述了

– corrosion prevention work to be done – 应进行的防腐工作
– properties and use of anti-corrosion agents – 所使用防腐剂的特性与应用
– additional greases and oils to be used during mainte- – 在维护范畴内应补充的润滑脂和润滑油
nance
– properties and use of these greases and oils. – 此类润滑脂和润滑油的特性与应用。
7.20.1 Application of anti-corrosion agent 7.20.1 采取防腐措施
Anti-corrosion measures are implemented at the factory 防腐处理由制造厂在对开关设备进行交付前完成。此外，

prior to shipment of the switchgear. In addition, further 在装配与维护期间应对用于户外的组件采取进一步的防腐
anti-corrosion measures must be carried out during the 措施。
assembly and maintenance work for modules installed
outdoors.
The following measures reliably inhibit the corrosion of 以下所描述的措施可有效防止开关设备及其部件发生腐蚀
the switchgear or for parts of the switchgear. 的现象，
This avoids corrosion-related maintenance measures 从而避免了因腐蚀而引起的维修工作以及由此造成对操
and the associated limitations of operation. 作运行的限制。
Note: 提示:
Corrosion stresses are, to a great extent, 腐蚀应力在很大程度上取决于安装现场复杂多样
dependent on the often greatly differing at- 的环境与气候条件。
mospheric environmental conditions and
the micro-climate at the site of installation.
7.20.1.1 Overview of anti-corrosive 7.20.1.1 防腐措施总览

measures to be taken
The following shows the work to be done in the context of 以下对在安装与维护期间应采取的防腐措施进行了介绍。
installation and maintenance. The place where such 具体说明了防腐部位以及措施的各具体步骤。下列示意图
anti-corrosive measures are to be taken and the individ- 有助于对说明的直观理解（实际构型将根据不同的开关设备
ual work steps are described. A diagram provides a vis- 类型而与图中所示的构型略有出入）。
ual aid (depending on the design of the switchgear
system, its appearance may differ slightly from the illus-
tration).
926 01050 174 C 7-61

7.20.1.2 Open-air and indoor with corrosive 7.20.1.2 户内与户外腐蚀性环境条件
environmental conditions
Note: 提示：
Tapped holes for pressurized containers, 对安装后仍打开的压力容器螺纹孔应使用经由

which remain open after assembly, must be Tectyl 预处理后的热镀锌螺栓与垫圈加以密
closed off with a hot-galvanized screw and 封。
a washer, both of which have been treated
with Tectyl beforehand.
Blind holes and unused holes must be filled with 盲孔和不用的孔必须填充 Sikaflex 221，并在其晾干后涂上
Sikaflex 221 and must be painted after drying. 油漆。
1 Blind holes and unused holes must be filled with Sikaflex 221 1 盲孔和不用的孔必须填充 Sikaflex 221，并在其晾干后涂上油漆。
and painted after drying
**** apply a coat of paint after drying **** 晾干后涂上油漆涂层
Fig. 1 Corrosion protection of blind holes and unused holes on 图 1 法兰和封盖上盲孔和不用的孔的防腐措施
flanges and covers
7-62 926 01050 174 C

Note: 提示:
All flanges and covers with O-ring seals to SF6 gas SF6 气室上带 O 型密封圈的所有法兰和封盖必须进行最终
chambers must have a final seal (e.g. including sight 密封（包括视镜法兰）
glass flanges)
––– "Tectyl 506" coating for external area A ––– “Tectyl 506” – 外部区域 A 的涂层
(Outside and inside of the flange, inside of the hole and washer （法兰的内外侧，孔的内侧以及放置前的垫圈）
before fitting)
---- "Trost Multifunktionöl" coating for inner area B ---- "Trost 多功能油" 内部区域B 的涂层（仅用于法兰
(only when making the flanged connection) 连接）
Grease bolts with "Molykote Longterm 2" before inserting. 使用螺栓前，用"Molykote Longterm 2" 对其表面加以润滑。
****** Paint coating of primer (Celerol 918) and final coat (Alexit ****** 使用漆刷或滚筒涂上底漆 (Celerol 918) 和最后一道漆 (Alexit
5225) to be applied with brush or roller 5225)
(remove excess anti-corrosive agent and thoroughly clean （上漆前应去除多余的防腐剂，并对表面进行彻底的清洁）
the surface beforehand)
Fig. 2 Final sealing of flanges and covers 图 2 法兰和封盖的最终密封
2 Check protection plate for damage and ensure that the pres- 2 检查保护板是否有损坏，并确保压力平衡元件功能正常。
sure balancing elements is functional. 在装配后，用"Alexit 5225"对保护板外部加以密封 (注意不要密
Seal the protection plate outside after fitting with "Alexit 5225" 封螺纹和压力平衡元件)。
(do not seal the thread and pressure balancing element!)

4 压力平衡元件
4 Pressure equalization element
Fig. 3 Rupture disc outdoors 图 3 户外防爆膜
926 01050 174 C 7-63

5 before fitting, degrease the 2 retaining plates, seal with 5 在装配前，对两个支撑板进行去油脂处理，
"Sikaflex 221" and paint with "Finalux" 然后用"Sikaflex 221"密封，并涂上"Finalux"。
6 After fitting, degrease the 4 busbars, seal with "Sikaflex 221" 6 在装配后，对四个母线排进行去油脂处理，然后用"Sikaflex 221"
and paint with "Finalux" 密封，并涂上 "Finalux"。
Fig. 4 Transitional areas between components made of differ- 图 4 不同金属制成的组件之间的过渡区域
ent metals
If no special corrosion protection measures have been 如果没有特殊的防腐措施规定（根据保护类别而定），则

stipulated (depending on the protection classification) 可对以下各部件应用双层或三层的 Tec tyl 50。
you should carry out double or triple application of Tec-
tyl 506:
– for mounted parts (shaft bearings, pins) made of – 由热镀锌钢或不锈钢制成的安装零部件 (如轴
steel GalZn or stainless steel 承、管脚等)
– moving parts made of steel or stainless steel – 由钢材或不锈钢制成的移动部件
– other components made of any material with – 由其它材料制成的其它组件
7-64 926 01050 174 C

7.20.1.3 Indoor conditions under normal 7.20.1.3 正常情况下户内条件
conditions
––– "Tectyl 506" coating for external area A ––– “Tectyl 506” – 外部区域 A 的涂层
(Outside and inside of the flange, inside of the hole and washer （法兰的内外侧，孔的内侧以及放置前的垫圈）
before fitting)
---- "Trost Multifunktionöl" coating for inner area B ---- "Trost 多功能油" 内部区域B 的涂层（仅用于法兰
(only when connecting) 连接）
Grease bolts with "Molykote Longterm 2" before inserting. 使用螺栓前，用"Molykote Longterm 2" 对其表面加以润滑。
Fig. 5 Anti-corrosion procedures for bare metal surfaces of 图 5 带/不带附件的法兰与盖的金属裸面的防腐处理, 户内
flanges and covers without/with attachment, Interior
7.20.2 Prescribed anti-corrosion and 7.20.2 规定的防腐剂和密封剂

sealing agents
Caution 注意
anti-corrosive agents are highly flamma- 部分防腐剂具有易燃性，会危害健康（微毒）

ble, hazardous to health (toxic) and/or 以及污染水源。
harmful to water.
• the interests of personnel safety and of • 为了保护工作人员的安全并防止环境污染，必

protecting the environment, follow instruc- 须注意防腐剂的产品说明与安全参数表！
tions for use of anti-corrosive agents care-
fully!
The following selection of the most important material
以下所选的重要材料参数取自制造商的规格表，可作为
data has been taken from the manufacturer's datash- eets
参考信息，但最终仍以制造商所提供的信息为准。必要
and facilitate initial information. It does not replace the
时，可通过相关负责的西门子代表处或直接向制造商要
manufacturer's information. If required, further infor-
求进一步的信息。
mation can be requested from the relevant Siemens
representative or direct from the manufacturer.
926 01050 174 C 7-65

Trost Multifunktionöl Trost 多功能油
O. Trost O. Trost 公司
D-Neumünster D-Neumünster
– Anti-corrosive oil (approx. 22%), dissolved in gaso- – 防腐油（大约 22%），溶于汽油。
line
– good coverage: thin oil film remains after the gaso- – 良好的渗透性：在汽油蒸发后，留有一层薄薄的油膜。
line has evaporated
– temporary anticorrosion protection for indoor condi- – 适用于户内环境的临时防腐保护。
tions
Note: 提示：
Inflammable when in a workable state 处于加工状态时具有易燃性。
flame!
Tectyl 506 Tectyl 506
Valvoline Valvoline 公司
D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– Wax-like anti-corrosion agent, dissolved in gasoline – 蜡状防腐剂，溶于汽油
– temporary anti-corrosion protection for outdoor con- – 适用于户外环境的临时防腐保护
ditions
– neutral towards all metal surfaces, does not attack – 对所有金属表面的反应均为中性，不会侵蚀漆层、塑
paint, plastics or rubber. 料与橡胶部件。
Note: 提示：
Inflammable when in a workable state 处于加工状态时具有易燃性。
• Do not smoke or approach with a naked • • 禁止吸烟或靠近明火！
flame! 对水源具有轻度污染性的液体
Fluid is slightly harmful to water
Sikaflex - 221
Sikaflex - 221 Sika Chemie 公司
Sika Chemie D-Stuttgart
D-Stuttgart
– Single-component sealing agent on polyurethane – 以聚氨酯为基础的单成分密封剂
base
Note: 提示：
Contains isocyanates 含有异氰酸脂
• Avoid contact with eyes and skin • 避免接触眼睛和皮肤
7-66 926 01050 174 C

7.20.3 Prescribed paints 7.20.3 规定的油漆
Caution 注意
of the paints are flammable and harmful to 部分油漆具有易燃性，并污染水源。

water.
• the interests of personnel safety and envi- • 为了保护工作人员的安全并防止环境污染，必
ronmental protection, read and pay atten- 须注意油漆的产品说明与安全参数表！
tion to the product instructions and safety
data for the paints!
The following selection of the most important material 以下所选的重要材料参数取自制造商的规格表，可作为参
data has been taken from the manufacturer's datash- 考信息，但最终仍以制造商所提供的信息为准。必要时，
eets and facilitate initial information. It does not replace 可通过相关负责的西门子代表处或直接向制造商要求进一
the manufacturer's information. If required, further infor- 步的信息。
mation can be requested from the relevant Siemens
representative or direct from the manufacturer.
Finalux coating varnish Finalux 清漆

Mankiewicz Mankiewicz 公司
D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– Air-hardening synthetic resin paint to repair small ar- – 气干型合成树脂漆，用于修复户外外表面损坏的小面积
eas of paint damage on external surfaces indoors 漆层（面积< 20 cm x 20 cm）。
(area < 20 cm x 20 cm
Note: 提示:
Inflammable and slightly toxic 易燃且微毒

Seevenax Schutzlack 112 Seevenax Schutzlack 112
D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– Together with Seevenax hardener 125, 2-component – 在室温下与 Seevenax 硬化剂 125 一起作用的双成分
epoxy resin varnish hardening at room temperature, 环氧树脂漆，用于修复 SF6 气室内损坏的漆层。
for repairing damaged paintwork in SF6 compart-
ments
Note: 提示:

flame!
Seevenax Hardener 125 Seevenax 硬化剂 125
D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– Hardener component for Seevenax protective var- – 用作 Seevenax 保护漆 112 的硬化剂成分。
nish 112
926 01050 174 C 7-67

Note: 提示：
Alexit 5225 Alexit 5225
D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– In combination with Celerol reaction primer 918 and – 与 Celerol 反应性底漆 918 和 Alexit 硬化剂一起作用，
Alexit hardener for the repair of paint damage and for 用于修复损坏的漆层及对法兰和封盖进行最终密封。
final sealing of flanges and covers
Note: 提示：
Alexit hardener Alexit 硬化剂

D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– Hardener components for Alexit 5225 – 用作 Alexit 5225 的硬化剂成分
Note: 提示：
Celerol reaction primer RG 918 Celerol 反应性底漆 RG 918

D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– quick-drying meatl-reacting primer with adhesive – 具有粘性和防腐效果的易干、金属反应的底漆
properties and corrosion protection effect
7-68 926 01050 174 C

Note: 提示:
Schuppenpanzer K Zinkschutz Schuppenpanzer K Zinkschutz
Fritze Fritze
D-Berlin 公司 D-Berlin
– Air-drying zinc dust paint for repairs to zinc surfaces – 气干型锌粉漆，用于镀锌保护层的修复。
Note: 提示:
flame!
7.20.4 Greasing and lubrication 7.20.4 润滑脂和润滑油
In order to minimize friction losses and wear of moving 为了降低摩擦损失与运动零部件的损耗以及为了确保开关

parts, and to ensure free movement of bolted joints for 设备整个使用寿命期间螺栓连接的灵活性，将根据具体要
the entire working life of the switchgear, lubricating 求与材料种类而采用不同的润滑脂和润滑油。
greases and oils must be applied according to the antic- 必要时，应在维护过程中对润滑脂和润滑油加以更新或补
ipated stress to which the materials are subjected. 充。可根据具体情况而使用下列各种润滑脂和润滑油：
In the course of maintenance the oils and greases must
be renewed or replenished when required. In particular,
the following must be used:
提示:
Note:
所有下列润滑脂和润滑油均为对水源具有污染性
All the following greases and oils are sub-
的液体及材料。
stances or liquids that are harmful to wa-
ter.
7.20.4.1 For all lubricating points and 7.20.4.1 若未规定其它的润滑剂，则适用于

所有的润滑部位和未经热镀锌处理
non-hot-galvanized bolts,
的螺栓
provided no other lubricant is
specified
Centoplex 24 DL Centoplex 24 DL
Klüber Lubrication Klüber Lubrication
D-München 公司 D-München
– High-speed / low-temperature grease on mineral oil – 矿物油基快速/低温润滑脂，含有锂钙皂作为稠化剂。
base with Li-Ca soap as thickener
926 01050 174 C 7-69

7.20.4.2 For sealing rings and anti-friction 7.20.4.2 适用于拐臂和驱动机构 SF6 轴封的密封圈
bearings of the SF6 shaft seal on the 和滚动轴承
corner gears and on the operating
mechanism
Isoflex Topas L32 Isoflex Topas L32

Klüber Lubrication Klüber Lubrication 公司
D-München D-München
– High-speed / low-temperature grease on mineral oil – 矿物油基快速/低温润滑脂，含有锂钙皂作为稠化剂。
base with Li-Ca soap as thickener
7.20.4.3 For the threads of all hot-galva- 7.20.4.3 适用于所有热镀锌螺栓的螺纹

nized bolts
Molykote Longterm 2 plus Molykote Longterm 2 plus

Dow Corning Dow Corning 公司
– grease on mineral oil base with Li soap as thickening – 矿物油基润滑脂，含有锂皂作为稠化剂以及二硫化钼
agent and molybdenum disulphide for increasing the 用于提高受压能力。
pressure absorption capacity
7.20.4.4 For hinges, articulated joints, auxiliary 7.20.4.4 适用于铰链、接头和辅助开关轴

switch shafts
Trost Multifunktionöl Trost 多功能油

Shell Shell 公司
D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– Lubricating oil on mineral oil base with additional ma- – 矿物油基润滑油，含有添加剂。
terials
7.20.4.5 For termination faces of high-voltage

7.20.4.5 适用于高压导线的连接面以及螺旋触头和固
lines, bolted and fixed contacts,
定触头、接地及和母线螺栓连接
earthing bar and busbar bolted
connections
SHELL VASELINE 8420 or SHELL VASELINE 8420 或
SHELL COMPOUND S 6800 SHELL COMPOUND S 6800

Shell Shell 公司
D-Hamburg D-Hamburg
– Vaseline as contact protection grease – 凡士林，用于触头保护的润滑脂
7.20.4.6 For 0-rings 7.20.4.6 适用于 O 型密封圈
Polylub 801 Polylub 801

– Fitting aid for o-rings (not permitted as a contact pro- – 有助于 O 型密封圈的安装（不允许用作触头保护）
tection)
Different types of grease can damage the o-rings and thus 使用不同类型的润滑脂可能损坏 O 型密封圈，从而导致泄
can cause leaks. 漏现象。
7-70 926 01050 174 C

7.20.4.7 Disconnector and earthing switch pins 7.20.4.7 隔离开关和接地开关管脚
Barrierta Barrierta
– For greasing the switching pins. The grease film – 用于润滑开关管脚。润滑脂应在移动触头的整个表面
should form a thin, whitish, gleaming layer on the 形成一层闪闪发光的白色薄层。
whole surface of the moving contact.
926 01050 174 C 7-71

7-72 926 01050 174 C
7.21 Remove the spring 7.21 拆除断路器的弹簧储能驱动机
accumulator drive of the 构（G 型）
circuit breaker (Version G)
section describes how to dismantle the spring-stored- 此单元描述如何运用锁止装置拆除弹簧储能机构。

energy mechanism using the blocking device. 如果由于损坏需要拆除储能机构，但又不可能比如通过操
The blocking device must be used if the energy mecha- 作脱扣器先释放分闸弹簧的话，则必须使用锁止装置。
nism needs to be dismantled due to damage, but where it
is not possible to first relieve the breaking spring, for
example by operating the release.
Safety Instructions [=> 0.2] 安全指导 [=> 0.2]，断路器
Circuit-breaker [=> 2.5] [=> 2.5]
警告
Warning
The spring-stored-energy mechanism 此弹簧储能机构存着很高的势能，如果此能量以
非受控的方式释放的话，会对人员的生命和健康
stores a high energy potential which can
构成威胁。
represent a threat to the life and health of
• 对储能机构的操作工作只能由训练有素的专业
personnel if it is released in an uncon-
人员进行。
trolled manner.
• Work on the spring-stored-energy mecha-
nism must be carried out by qualified and
trained personnel only.
• 当拆除弹簧储能机构时，必须使用锁止装置。
• The blocking device must be used when
dismantling the spring-stored-energy
mechanism.
• The spring tensioning device must always be • 当释放合闸和分闸弹簧时，应始终运用弹簧储
used when relieving the closing and 能装置。
breaking springs.
926 01050 174 C 7-73

7.21.1 Structure of the blocking device 7.21.1 锁止装置的结构
The blocking device consists of the holder [1], the spin- 锁止装置由固定件 [1]、心轴螺母 [2]、四个隔套螺栓 [3]
dle nut [2], the four spacer bolts [3] and the spindle [4] with 以及带有心轴头 [5]和连接螺栓 [6] 的心轴[4]组成。
the spindle head [5] and the coupling bolt [6].
1 Holder 1 固定件
2 Spindle nuts 2 心轴螺母
3 Spacer bolts 3 隔套螺栓
4 Spindle 4 心轴
5 Spindle head 5 心轴头
6 Coupling bolt 6 连接螺栓
Fig. 1 Locking bolt 图 1 锁止螺栓
Various kinds of spacer bolts and spindles are used de- 根据设备的类型采用不同种类的隔套螺栓和心轴。
pending on the type of equipment. 为此，在螺栓和心轴上标有它们所适用的开关装置类型
For this reason, the bolts and the spindles are marked 名称。
with the names of the switchgear types with which they
may be used.
7.21.2 Fitting the blocking device 7.21.2 安装锁止装置
• Remove the upper panel of the drive cabinet. • 拆去驱动装置柜的上面板

This provides access to recesses in the drive which 这样便于接近驱动装置上的凹口，有了此凹口，才
are necessary for fitting the blocking device to the 可将锁止装置安装到驱动装置中。
drive.
• Twist the spindle [4] into the spindle nut [2]. • 将心轴[4] 拧入心轴螺母 [2]。
• Remove the coupling bolt [6] and keep it to hand. • 拆下连接螺栓 [6] 并将它拿在手中。
• Screw the spacer bolts [3] into the spring-stored-en- • 将隔套螺栓 [3]旋入弹簧储能机构。
ergy mechanism.
• Fit the holder with the spindle and screw the four • 安装带有心轴的固定件，并将四个固定件螺钉旋入
screws of the holder into the spacer bolts. 隔套螺栓。
• turning the spindle, adjust it so that the bore hole in • 转动心轴对其进行调节，使分闸弹簧连接杆[7]上的钻孔
the connecting rod [7] of the breaking spring is at the 和心轴头[5]上的孔处于同一高度。
same height as the hole in the spindle head [5].
7-74 926 01050 174 C

• Insert the bolt through the hole in the spindle head and • 将螺栓插入心轴头的孔内以及分闸弹簧连接杆上的孔内
the hole in the connecting rod of the breaking spring 并固定。
and secure.
1 Holder 1 固定件
2 Spindle nut 2 心轴螺母
3 Spacer bolts 3 隔套螺栓
4 Spindle 4 心轴
5 Spindle head 5 心轴头

6 Bolt 6 螺栓
7 Connecting rod 7 连接杆
Fig. 2 Blocking device, fitted 图 2 已安装的锁止装置
• Disengage the connecting rod to the circuit-breaker. • 使连接杆和断路器脱离。

• Completely remove the drive cabinet. • 完全地拆除驱动装置柜。
• Remove the lower panel of the drive cabinet. • 拆除驱动装置柜的下面板
• Insert spring-tensioning device for relieving the clos- • 放入用于释放合闸和分闸弹簧的弹簧储能装置。
ing and breaking springs.
• Remove the blocking mechanism and the relieving • 拆除锁止机构和释放机构。
mechanism.
926 01050 174 C 7-75

7-76 926 01050 174 C
7.22 Timing charts 7.22 时间图
The identification data for the auxiliary switches are 辅助开关的识别数据由时间图构成，显示了单个辅助触头

completed by the timing charts which show the switch- 在主断流器开启和闭合过程中的切换位置。此识别数据不
ing position of the individual auxiliary contacts in the 包括时间数据。时间数据包含在常规测试记录中。
course of switching the main interrupter on or off. This
does not contain time data. The time data are provided in
the routine test records.
Order documentation 订购文档
Key 重要提示
The timing charts use the following descriptions: 时间图采用下列描述信息：
Motor running time with motor drives 电机驱动机构的运行时间运行时间
Main interrupter contact 主灭弧触头主触头
Wipe contact (auxiliary switch) 擦拭触头（辅助开关）擦拭物
NO contact (auxiliary switch) 无触头（辅助开关）无
NC contacts (auxiliary switch) NC无触头（辅助开关） NC
NO contact leading (auxiliary switch) 无触头导线（辅助开关）无em
NC contacts delayed break (auxiliary switch) NC触头延迟断开（辅助开关） NC lb
926 01050 174 C 7-77

main contact main contact
wiper wiper
NO NO
NC NC
off on off
switching directin on switching directin
Fig. 1 Circuit-breaker - shared drive 图 1 断路器（共用驱动装置）

OPEN and CLOSE 先分闸，再合闸
main contact
wiper
NO
NC
off on off
switching directin
Operating sequence CO 操作顺序：先合闸，再分闸（CO）
main contact
wiper
NO
NC
on off on off
switching directin
Operating sequence O - 0,3 s - CO 操作顺序：分闸 - 0,3 秒 – 合闸，再分闸
7-78 926 01050 174 C

opening operation
runtime
main contact
NOem
NO
NC
NClb
off on
closing operation
Fig. 4 Work-in-progress earthing switch 图 4 检修接地开关
CLOSE and OPEN 先合闸，再分闸
runtime
main contact
NOem
NO
NC
NClb
Wiper
off on
switching direction
runtime
main contact
NOem
NO
NC
NClb
Wiper
on off
switching direction
Fig. 5 High-speed earthing switch 图 5 快速接地开关
CLOSE and OPEN 先合闸，再分闸
926 01050 174 C 7-79

opening operation
runtime
main contact
NOem
NO
NC
NClb
off on
closing operation
Fig. 6 Disconnector and earthing switch module 图6 三位置开关模块（隔离和接地开关模块）

(Three position drive) CLOSE and OPEN （三位置驱动机构）先合闸，再分闸
7-80 926 01050 174 C

7.23 Pressure-temperature 7.23 SF6 气体的压力-温度图
diagram for SF6 表
All indications for gas pressures always assume a tem- 即使在个别情况下未具体加以说明，所有气压数据也都以

perature of + 20 °C, even if this has not been stated in 温度为 +20 °C 作为前提。
individual cases.
After evacuation a gas compartment is filled with gas up to 对气室进行抽真空后充以 SF6 气体，直至气室内的气压达
the prescribed rated filling pressure at + 20 °C. This filling 到 +20 °C 温度条件下所规定的额定充气压力。所充气体
then corresponds to a certain density. 具有某特定的密度值。
If the temperature changes, then the gas pressure indi- 如果此时温度发生变化，则由压力计所显示的气压也随之

cated on the pressure gauge will also change, but not the 发生变化，但密度值保持不变。由此，相应于某特定气体
density. Consequently, the gas pressures for various 密度的气压在不同的温度下的变化将呈一条曲线（恒定气
temperatures lie on a curve which is referred to as the line 体密度曲线）。
of constant gas density.
If the gas density should change, e.g. due to loss of gas, a 如果由于气体泄漏而使气体密度发生变化，则适用于另一
different constant gas density curve is applicable. 条恒定曲线。
To get an accurate reading of the pressure gauge dis- 因此，应采用下列图表对压力计读数进行精确评估。

play, use the diagram.
* Gauge pressure * 表压
Fig. 1 Pressure-temperature diagram for different gas densities 图 1 : 不同 SF6 气体密度的压力-温度图表。按下列示例加以应用。
(SF6). The following examples demonstrate how it is to be
used.
926 01050 174 C 7-81

Examples 示例
The examples do not apply to any particular type of 所选择的例子不适用于某特定的开关设备类型。
switchgear.
If pressure values lie between two lines of constant gas 如果压力值界于两条恒定气体密度曲线之间，则必须加
density an interpolated density line must be used. 入一条密度曲线。
1. Example 1. 示例
The gas filling pressure at + 20 °C is 4 bar (gauge pres- 在 +20 °C 时的充气压力为 4 bar（表压）。在 –5 °C 时，
sure). The pressure gauge indicates 3.5 MPa at – 5°C. 压力计的读数为 3.5 bar。
Question: 问题：
Is the indication in order or has a loss of gas oc- 读数是否正确或出现气体泄漏？
curred?
Answer: 答案：
There has been no loss of gas, because the value of 3.5 未发生气体泄漏。 –5 °C 时的压力值 3.5 bar 与+20 °C
bar at – 5 C lies on the same line of constant gas density 时的压力值 4 bar 位于同一条恒定气体密度曲线。
as the value of 4 bar at + 20 C.
The gas filling pressure at + 20 °C is 3.2 bar (gauge 在 +20 °C 时的充气压力为 3.2 bar（表压）。在 50 °C
pressure). The pressure gauge indicates 3.25 bar at 时，压力计的读数为 3.25 bar。
50 °C.
Question: 问题：
Is the indication in order or has a loss of gas oc- 读数是否正确或出现气体泄漏？
curred?
Answer: 答案：
3.25 bar at + 50 °C lies on a line of constant gas den- + 50 °C 时的压力值 3.25 bar 与 +20 °C 时的压力值
sity which is equal to a gas pressure of 2.8 bar at + 2.8 bar 位于同一条恒定气体密度曲线。发生了气体泄
20 °C. There has, therefore, been a loss of gas that 漏，从而导致在 +20 °C 时，压力下降了（3.2– 2.8 bar
has led to a pressure loss of (3.2 –2.8) bar = 0.4 bar =）0.4 bar。
referred to + 20 C.
The gas loss found in the second example is to be made 在例 2 中所确定的气体泄漏值应通过重新充气来加以弥
good by topping up the gas filling. The temperature has in 补。在此期间，温度降至 + 32.5 °C，压力计的读数为 3.0
the meantime dropped to + 32.5 °C and the pressure bar。
gauge indicates 3.0 bar.
Question: 问题：
Which value must the pressure gauge indicate when 在重新充气结束后，压力计的读数值应为多少？
topping up is completed?
Answer: 答案：
Topping up must continue until the density line is 连续充气，直至达到+ 20°C 时的压力值 3.2 bar（表压）
reached that at + 20 °C corresponds to the value of 3.2 所对应的密度曲线。 + 32.5 °C 时的压力值 3.4 bar 也对
bar (gauge pressure). At + 32.5 °C, this density line 应于此密度曲线。因此，当压力计的读数为 3.4 bar（表
corresponds to a pressure of 3.4 bar. Topping up must 压）时应停止重新充气。
therefore stop when the pressure gauge indicates 3.4
bar (gauge pressure).
7-82 926 01050 174 C

7.24 Bolted joints, tightening 7.24 螺栓连接、拧紧力矩和锁片
torques, locking tabs

– assembling a bolted joint – 螺栓连接的建立
– identifying the strength class – 强度等级的识别
– using locking tabs – 锁片的应用
– checking a bolted joint. – 螺栓连接的检查。
7.24.1 Assembling a bolted joint 7.24.1 建立螺栓连接
For assembling the switchgear use only the bolts sup- 在进行开关设备的组装时仅允许使用随同开关设备一起交
plied. Spare bolts are included in the accessories pack, in 付的螺栓和螺母。在附件中装有备用螺栓，以防在装配时
case any are lost during assembly work. 发生螺栓缺失的情况。
If the number of bolts supplied for the pressure vessels is 如果压力容器的备用螺栓数量不足，则只可向制造商订购。
insufficient, spare bolts must be ordered from the factory
only.
Warning 警告
If unsuitable bolts are used, they can mal- 采用不适当的螺栓可能导致故障发生，从而引起

function and cause severe personal injury. 严重的身体伤害。
All bolted joints must be tightened with a torque wrench 所有的螺栓连接必须使用设置成规定扭矩值的扭矩扳手加

以拧紧。随意地拧紧螺栓连接可能会对其造成损坏或引起
set to the prescribed tightening torque. Arbitrary tighten-
螺栓连接松脱。可参考下表拧紧扭矩。
ing can result in damage due to loosening of bolted joints.
Refer to the following table for tightening torques.
Note: 提示:
Take heed of deviations in drawings. 注意图纸中关于偏差的数据。
Lubrication 润滑
Bolt threads must be greased before use to reduce the 为了把螺纹摩擦作用对拧紧扭矩的影响减小到最低，必须

effects of friction on the tightening torque to a mini- 在进行螺栓连接前，对螺纹加以润滑。在此可采用下列润
mum.The following lubricants have to be used: 滑剂：
– for hot-galvanized bolts for housing flanges “Molyko- – Dow Corning 公司的“Molyko-te-Longterm2”，用于壳
te-Longterm 2” from Dow Corning 体法兰的热镀锌螺栓
– for all other bolts “Centoplex 24” from Klüber Lubrica- – Klüber Lubrication 公司的 “Centoplex 24” ，用于所有
tion 其它螺栓
926 01050 174 C 7-83

Fastening elements for general use 通用固定元件
a) Hex. socket head grub screws a) 内六角平头螺钉
b) Hex. socket head countersunk bolts b) 内六角埋头螺钉
c) Studs c) 双头螺柱
d) Nuts d) 螺母
e) Hexagon bolts e) 六角螺栓
f) Cheese-head bolts with hexagon sockets f) 内六角圆柱头螺钉
Fig. 1 Fastening elements for general use 图 1 通用固定元件
Tightening torques in Nm arranged according to strength 螺栓连接的拧紧扭矩（额定值，单位为 Nm）取决于强度等

class an thread size. The values apply to clean, greased 级和螺纹规格。扭矩额定值适用于干净、经过润滑处理的
threads and any nuts. 螺纹，如果是螺母的话，则为阴螺纹。
Tightening torques for general applications for pressurized containers

Strengh class 5.6 8.8 10.9 8.8
Thread sizes
M6 6 ± 0,5 8 ±1 8 ±1 8 ±1
M8 12 ± 2 20 ± 2 20 ± 2 20 ± 2
M 10 25 ± 3 40 ± 4 40 ± 4 40 ± 4
M 12 40 ± 4 70 ± 7 70 ± 7 70 ± 7
M 16 100 ± 10 170 ± 20 170 ± 20 170 ± 20
M 20 – 340 ± 30 340 ± 30 340 ± 30

see drawing data
M 24 – 600 ± 60 600 ± 60 600 ± 60
拧紧扭矩
> M 24 一般应用用于压力容器
强度等级 5.6 8.8 10.9 8.8
螺纹规格
M6 6 ± 0,5 8 ±1 8 ±1 8 ±1
M8 12 ± 2 20 ± 2 20 ± 2 20 ± 2
M 10 25 ± 3 40 ± 4 40 ± 4 40 ± 4
M 12 40 ± 4 70 ± 7 70 ± 7 70 ± 7
M 16 100 ± 10 170 ± 20 170 ± 20 170 ± 20
M 20 – 340 ± 30 340 ± 30 340 ± 30
M 24 – 600 ± 60 600 ± 60 600 ± 60
> M 24 参见图纸
7-84 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C 7-85
7.24.2 Identifying the strength class 7.24.2 强度等级的识别
Hexagon bolts: 六角螺栓：
Fig. 2 An example of the strength class (here 8.8) shown on 图 2: 六角螺栓强度等级（此处为 8.8）的标记
hexagon bolts
a) mainly raised or impressed on the top of the bolt head, or a) 一般凸印或凹印于螺栓头顶面, 或…
. .. . ..
b) . . . impressed on a flat b) . . .凹印于螺栓头侧面
Cheese-head bolts with hexagon sockets: 内六角圆柱头螺钉：
Fig. 3 An example of the strength class (e.g. 10.9) shown in 图 3: 内六角圆柱头螺钉的强度等级 (例如 10.9) 的标记
cheese-head bolts with hexagon sockets

a) mainly by raised or impressed figures on the top of the a) 一般凸印或凹印于螺栓头顶面, 或…
bolt, or . . . ...
b) . . . impressed on the side b) . . .凹印于螺栓头侧面
Studs: 双头螺柱
Strength class / Symbol 强度等级/ 符号
Fig. 4 Identification of strength class on studs 图 4: 双头螺柱强度等级的标记
a) on the thread pint in figures, or . . . a) 一般通过数字显示在螺纹的突起部位, 或… . .
b) . . . with symbols. b) . . b) …通过符号显示
7-86 926 01050 174 C

Note: 提示：
– If a nut is used the bolt must protrude at – 如果使用的是螺母，螺栓则必须至少凸出

least one turn. 一条螺纹线。
– Bolts of strength class 10.9 and above – 对于旋入铝制件的强度等级大于等于 10.9
which are screwed into aluminium must 的螺栓，仅允许采用强度等级为 8.8 的螺
be tightened only with torques for bolts of 栓的拧紧扭矩。
strength class 8.8.
– For bolted joints for pressurised contain- – 压力容器的螺栓连接件（铝制容器的法兰
ers (flange connections on aluminium 螺栓连接件）与 SA540 等级 B23 /24，

材料编号为
containers) and bolts, nuts, studs of
1.6582 （34CrNiMo6，其抗拉强度为
SA540 Grade B23 / 24, Material No.
1000 N / mm2，延伸率为 12%）的螺栓、
1.6582 (34CrNiMo6, Tensile strength:
螺母、双头螺柱应采用强度等级为 8.8 的
1000 N / mm2, Elongation: 12%) strength
拧紧扭矩。
class 8.8 tightening torques should be
used.
– For studs (conforming to DIN – 双头螺柱（例如符合 DIN 833，835，836
833,835,836 and 939, for example) only 与 939）仅允许采用强度等级为 5.6 的螺
the tightening torques for bolts of 栓的拧紧扭矩。按下表使用螺母的扭矩。
strength class 5.6 may be used. The
torques to be used for the nuts are given
in the table.
– Bolts and cap nuts for pipe connections – 管道螺纹连接的螺栓与锁紧螺母必须根据
must be treated and tightened in accord- 操作说明相应章节进行处理与拧紧。
ance with the appropriate sections.
– Bolted joints that have been tightened to – 按规定扭矩拧紧的螺栓连接应确保即使在
the specified torques will still maintain 出现下沉后还具有足够的接触压力。在今
sufficient contact pressure even after any 后的检查中所测得的拧紧扭矩可能会有偏
settling. If checked at a later stage, differ- 差。
ent tightening torques may be measured.
Procedure: 工作步骤：
• Grease thread of bolt. • 对螺栓的螺纹加以润滑。

• Fit any washers as shown in the drawing. • 根据图纸使用垫圈。
• Lightly tighten all bolts and any nuts at joints using a • 使用扳手轻轻拧紧连接处的所有螺栓及螺母。
spanner.
• Tighten the bolted connection with a torque wrench • 使用根据规定（表格或图纸）设置的扭矩扳手拧紧螺栓
set to the specified torque (given in table or illustra- 连接。必须严格遵守数据说明、数值和容差。相关图
tion). Specifications, values and tolerances must be 纸中的特殊数据说明优先于表格中的数值。
strictly observed. Any special values given in the rel-
evant illustration have precedence over the values in
the table.
926 01050 174 C 7-87

7.24.3 Locking tabs 7.24.3 锁片
All locking tabs must be inspected for proper fit and 对所有锁片的安装位置是否正确以及是否有腐蚀迹象进行
freedom from corrosion. 检查。
Fig. 5 Locking tabs 图 5 锁片
7.24.4 Checking a bolted joint 7.24.4 检查螺栓连接
All bolted joints were tightened with the specified torque 在装配过程中，采用规定的扭矩值拧紧所有的螺栓连接。
during assembly. The bolted joints are to be checked as 按下列步骤对螺栓连接进行检查：
follows:
• Set the torque wrench to the specified torque. The • 将扭矩扳手设置成规定的拧紧扭矩。扭矩值请参见表
torque values are listed in the table. 格。
• Apply the torque wrench to the bolt and tighten it. • 使用扭矩扳手将螺栓拧紧。
Warning 警告
Exposed moving parts are dangerous and 未加遮盖的运动部件可能会对工作人员造成伤

can cause injury. 害。
Parts of the equipment may also be damaged. 开关设备部件也可能被损坏。只有在确定无法对
Work may be carried out only when the 设备进行开关操作的情况下，才允许进行检查工
nec-essary measures have been taken to 作。
ensure that the equipment is disconnected and
cannot be switched on again.
7-88 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C 7-89
7.25 Advice on handling SF6 7.25 关于 SF6 气体处理的建议

– physical and chemical properties of SF6 – SF6 气体的物理与化学特性。
– possible health hazards and general work hygiene – 对健康可能造成的危害以及一般的工作卫生要求。
requirements – SF6 气体处理所需的装备。
– equipment required for handling SF6 – SF6 气室内的工作
– working on SF6 gas compartments – 用过材料与设备的清洁与处理。
– cleaning and disposing of materials and equipment
used.

partments [=> 7.2]
7.25.1 Physical and chemical properties 7.25.1 物理和化学特性
Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) is a colourless and odour- 六氟化硫（SF6）是一种无色无臭的气体。它的比重在

less gas. Its density at 20°C and 1 bar (100 kPa) is 6.07 20°C 和 1 bar 时为 6.07 g/l，大约是空气的五倍。六
g/l. It is therefore approximately five times denser 氟化硫在压缩后易于液化，从而可作为液态气体用压缩气
(heavier) than air. Under compression it can be easily 瓶存储与运输。
liquefied and can therefore be stored and transported in
gas cylinders as liquid gas.
At an ambient temperature SF6 is chemically and ther- 在环境温度下的纯 SF6 气体的化学性能与热性能均具有稳
mally stable, inactive (inert), almost water-insoluble and 定性（惰性），几乎不溶于水，并且不易燃烧。
non-combustible.
Due to its high dielectric strength and excellent arc SF6 气体由于其高绝缘强度与良好的灭弧性能，非常适合
quenching properties, SF6 makes a good insulating and 作为绝缘灭弧介质。
extinguishing medium.
If SF6 escapes from an SF6 installation without becom- 如果 SF6 从 SF6 开关设备中逸出，且未与周围空气进行
ing a turbulent mixture with the ambient air, with its high 充分的混合，则可能由于其高比重而聚集在地面，并涌入
density it may accumulate at ground level and penetrate 低地势的房间。 SF6 一旦与周围空气混合，则无法再分离。
basement areas. Once mixed with the ambient air SF6
will not separate again.
SF6 decomposes if exposed to electrical discharges and 在放电与电弧的作用下，SF6 将发生分解。 SF6 气体一旦
arcs. Upon cooling, recombination occurs to a large extent. 冷却，在很大程度上会进行重组。但也可能与空气、水蒸
However, it may react with air and water vapour, as well as 气以及结构材料（例如触头散发的易挥发性可燃物质）发生
construction materials (e.g. with volatile flammable 反应。由此在潮湿的情况下会形成气态的低硫氟化物与固
substances given off by contacts). Gaseous low sulphur 态（粉尘状）的金属氟化物（即所谓的开关粉尘），也可能
fluorides and solid metallic fluorides (in dust- form – 形成氢氟化物。通过难闻的刺鼻气味可察觉其中某些分解
known as switch dust) may thereby be produced in the 产物。
presence of moisture, as well as hydrogen fluo- ride.
Some of these decomposition products can be detected
by their unpleasant, pungent smell.
7-90 926 01050 174 C

7.25.2 Health hazards and general 7.25.2 对健康的危害性和一般工作卫生要
work-hygienic requirements 求。
Commercially available SF6 is non-toxic. Nor does SF6 商业通用的纯 SF6 是没有毒性的。在可能含有危害健康
employed in the switchgear contain any impurities which 的杂质的开关设备中所使用的 SF6 也没有毒性。但 SF6
may constitute a health risk. However, SF6 dis- places 对氧气具有排斥性。
oxygen.
SF6 concentrations of above 19 volume % require 当 SF6 的浓度超过 19 %的体积百分比时，应采取特定的

special precautions! 防护措施！
Concentrations of this type can occur in opened and 此浓度可出现在开放的、未经通风的 SF6 气室内，在狭隘
non-ventilated SF6 gas compartments, at floor level of 封闭的开关设备气室的地面以及低地势的空间（例如地下
enclosed, constricted sections of the system and in low- 室，电缆沟）内。
er-lying rooms (e.g. basements, cable ducts).
SF6 decomposition products are of varying toxicity. SF6 的分解产物具有不同的毒性。
They may cause irritation of the skin, eyes and mucous 它们可能对皮肤、眼睛和粘膜产生刺激性。若大量吸入，
membranes and – if inhaled in substantial quantities – 可能引起恶心、头晕以及肺水肿。然而短时间内少量的气
nausea, dizziness and pulmonary edema. Even small 态分解产物 –还仅仅是具有潜在的中毒危险– 已通过一种
amounts of gaseous decomposition products will, how- 难闻的刺鼻气味预示了危害性。
ever, draw attention to the hazard – before a risk of poi- 以下为一般适用的工作卫生要求：
soning exists – through their unpleasant, pungent smell.
The following general work-hygienic requirements must
be met:
– Avoid contact of decomposition products with the – 避免皮肤、眼睛或衣服与分解产物的接触。避免吞入
skin, eyes or clothing. Do not swallow or breathe in 或吸入分解产物。
these substances.
– Disposable suits, used material, filters from SF6 in- – 对一次性服装、使用过的材料、SF6 开关设备的吸附
stallations, respiratory equipment, maintenance ap- 剂、呼吸保护设备、维护设备或吸尘器、开关粉尘和
pliances or vacuum cleaners, switch dust and 液体清洁剂应进行处置，以防止粉尘及其所含的水溶
cleaning fluids must be disposed of so that the dust 性氟化物的四散。
and water-soluble fluorides they contain are not re-
leased.
– Ensure the skin, clothing and the workplace are kept – 注意保持身体、服装和工作位置的清洁度！对落在皮
free of contamination. Rinse off any dust on the skin 肤上的粉尘应立即用大量的水加以冲洗。
will plenty of water!
– Before work breaks and after the task is completed, – 在工作休息前以及在工作后应使用肥皂与大量的水对
thoroughly wash face, neck, arms and hands with 脸部、脖颈、手臂与手进行彻底的清洗。
plenty of water.
– Eating, drinking and smoking or storing foodstuffs is – 禁止在放置开放的、含有开关粉尘的 SF6 开关设备的
prohibited in rooms with open SF6 installations con- 房间内进行饮食、吸烟以及存放食品。
taining switch dust.
7.25.3 Equipment for handling SF6 7.25.3 SF6 气体的处理装备
SF6 handling equipment should enable quick emptying SF6 的处理装备应确保气室的快速排空与充气，安全有效

and filling of gas compartments, effective and safe han- 地处理与清除废物，其中最重要的是对人员的安全保障。
dling and disposal of waste materials, and most impor-
tant of all afford protection to personnel.
The range of equipment recommended depends on the 所推荐的设备范围取决于应实施的工作种类。
nature of the work to be carried out.
926 01050 174 C 7-91

7.25.3.1 Carrying out gas-related work 7.25.3.1 在气室外进行与气体相关的工作
outside the gas compartment
The following equipment is recommended if the gas-re- 如果与气体相关的工作仅在气室外进行，则推荐使用下列
lated task can only be carried out outside the gas com- 装备。
partment.
– Notices informing personnel of safety regulations, in- – 工作人员安全行为规范的告示板，包括显示开关设备结
cluding drawings showing the layout of the switch- 构和气室密封隔离部位的图纸的张贴。
gear and division into compartments.
– SF6 maintenance unit or SF6 filling device with gas – SF6维护设备或带有压缩气瓶的SF6充气装置
cylinder
– SF6 percentage measuring device – SF6 百分比含量的测量设备
– device for measuring SF6 moisture content – SF6气体湿度的测量设备
– SF6 leakage measuring device – SF6 测漏仪
– Precision pressure gauge 0 - 10 bar (0 - 1000 kPa) – 精密压力计0 - 10 bar (0 - 1000 kPa)
– First Aid equipment. – 急救设备。
7.25.3.2 Working in open gas compart- 7.25.3.2 在无SF6 气体分解产物的情况下，

ments if no SF6 decomposition 在开放的气室内工作
products are present
In addition to the equipment recommended under 3.1, 对于在敞开的气室内部的工作，除了在第3.1节中所提及的
the following is recommended for work in an open gas 装备外，还将推荐使用下列装备：
compartment:
– Electrical suction blower with hoses for the forced – 用于强制通风的带软管的电动抽吸式鼓风机
ventilation
– Cloth gloves – 布手套
– Sleeve protectors – 袖套
– Oxygen meter – 氧气测量仪
– A sign indicating that there are persons in the gas – 提示有人员在气室内的标牌
compartment.
7.25.3.3 Working in open gas compartment if 7.25.3.3 在有SF6 气体分解产物的情况下，在

SF6 decomposition products are 开放的气室内工作
present
If work is to be carried out where SF6 decomposition 如果在所实施的工作过程中预计将有SF6分解产物生成
products are to be expected (e.g. after a stray light arc), （例如在出现故障电弧后），除了在第3.1节和第3.2节中
the following is recommended in addition to the equip- 所提及的装备外，还将推荐使用下列装备：
ment listed under 3.1 and 3.2:
– Full vision safety glasses – 全视野防护眼镜
– Half-mask breathing equipment with combination fil- – 配有符合B2P2标准的组合式过滤器的半封闭呼吸防护
ter cartridge B2P2 面具
– Cotton tricot gloves worn with protective gloves (rub- – 带有（橡胶）防护手套的棉织手套。
ber) – 用于临时放置使用过的清洁材料的双层塑料垃圾袋与塑
– Double-walled plastic rubbish bags and a plastic con- 料容器。
tainer for the used cleaning material
– A roll of cleaning cloths made of lint-free paper, a – 由无绒纸制成的卷筒清洁纸、簸箕及扫帚
dustpan, brush
– High-power industrial vacuum cleaner with a fine – 配有微尘吸附剂（使用类别 K1）的高效工业吸尘器，
dust filter (Category K1) to trap particles of up to 0.3 用于吸附小至 0.3微米的颗粒。
micrometers
– Pre-filter unit for the maintenance unit with adapters – 用于带接头维护设备的预吸附单元
– Measuring device for decomposition products with a – 配有相应数量检测管的分解产物测量设备。
corresponding number of test tubes.
7-92 926 01050 174 C

7.25.4 Work in gas compartments 7.25.4 气室内的工作
7.25.4.1 Basic requirements 7.25.4.1 基本要求

With all work in the gas chambers, you must ensure that 对于所有在 SF6 气室内进行的工作，必须确保
– no SF6 (even in very small amounts) escapes to the – 无 SF6 气体逸出（即使非常少的量）
atmosphere – 应保持开关设备室内良好的通风条件，尤其是靠近地面
– the room of installation is well ventilated, particularly 的通风效果。
close to ground level – 在工作场所内应确保没有明火（例如焊接焰）以及热的表
– no naked flame (e.g. welding flame) or hot surface 面（例如加热器）。
(e.g. radiator) is located in the vicinity of work. .
In addition, eating, drinking and smoking, as well as 此外，在开放的气室内工作时禁止进行饮食和吸烟以及
storage of foodstuffs, are prohibited during work on 存放食品。
open gas compartments.
SF6 gas compartments may not be opened until they 只有在 SF6 气室被排空后，并且其气压与大气压达到平衡
have been emptied and the has been reduced to atmos- 后，才允许将其打开。
pheric level.
For filling and emptying of SF6 installations, mainte- 应使用适用于在封闭系统内工作的维护设备来对 SF6 开
nance units which operate in enclosed systems must be 关设备进行充气与排气。在将此类设备与 SF6 开关设备
used. After connecting such a unit to the SF6 installa- 相连后，应对连接的密封性加以核查。
tion, the connections should be checked for leaks.
SF6 can be returned to the manufacturer in special cyl-
inders.
Only the SF6 cylinders that are necessary for uninter- 由制造商对用过的 SF6 进行回收后，存放在专用的气瓶内。
rupted continuation of the work and connected to the 在开关设备室内，仅允许放置与抽气装置相连，并对保持
extraction equipment may be located in the installation 工作的持续性必不可少的 SF6 气瓶。此外，还允许在开
rooms. In addition, it is permitted to store the same 关设备室内备有相同数量的气瓶。如 SF6 开关设备上没
number of cylinders again in the installation room. On 有持续连接到抽气设备的 SF6 气瓶，则允许在开关设备室
SF6 plants without a SF6 cylinder continuously at- 内备有一个 SF6 气瓶。其它的 SF6 气瓶应储藏在仓库内
tached to the removal device, you are permitted to hold a 或存放在露天。
SF6 cylinder in readiness in the installation room. Ad-
ditional SF6 cylinders should be stored in a storeroom or
outdoors.
If the occurrence of switch dust and/or decomposition 如果预计将有开关粉尘或分解产物生成，则应遵守以下章
products is anticipated, the following additional precau- 节中进一步的规定。
tions must be observed.
7.25.4.2 Additional requirements in the case of 7.25.4.2 在大功率短路开断操作情况下的特殊要求

heavy-duty switching operations 在正常的运行过程中应不会产生开关粉尘。
Switch dust will not be encountered during normal oper-
ation.
Switch dust is to be anticipated after repeated heavy- 然而在反复进行大功率的短路开断操作后预计会产生开关
duty short-circuiting. In some circumstances it cannot be 粉尘。在有些情况下，无法排除维护人员吸入气态或粉尘
ruled out that maintenance personnel will be exposed 状分解产物的可能性。在这种情况下，则应遵守以下附加
to decomposition products in gaseous or dust form. In 的行为规范：
such cases the following additional procedures must be
introduced:
• If heavy concentrations of SF6 are detected, the vi- • 如果发现有大量 SF6 泄漏的现象，则应立即离开开关设
cinity of the installation, including connected and low- 备室以及与其相通的下方房间及相邻房间。
er-level rooms, must be vacated immediately.
926 01050 174 C 7-93

• Thoroughly ventilate the rooms before re-entering. • 在重新进入前，应对房间进行彻底的通风。
Particularly basement rooms should not be entered 尤其对于低于地面的开关设备室，应先使用氧气测量
until the oxygen content of the air has been verified 仪对氧气的含量进行检测后才允许踏入。
by means of measuring equipment. 由于开关粉尘在吸收了空气中的湿气后将形成一层
Since switch dust forms an adhesive layer once it has 粘附层，因此必须及时进行清除开关粉尘的工作。
absorbed moisture from the air, the dust should be
removed without delay.
• Before opening the circuit-breaker, e.g. also after the • 在任何情况下，例如包括在对开关设备室完成通风后，
rooms have been ventilated, it is essential to put on 都必须穿戴适当的个人防护装备。
suitable protective clothing.
• Effectively remove dust without stirring it up and dis- • 按下列顺序有效地清除产生的粉尘，防止其四处飞扬：
pose of it according to the following procedure: – 使用适当的吸尘器清除零星的粉尘
– remove loose dust with a suitable vacuum cleaner – 使用干的无绒布擦去粘附的粉尘。
– remove more firmly seated dust with dry, lint-free – 使用 ARAL 4005 或 HAKU1025/920 对所有的
cloths 机械部件以及 HAKU 5067 对所有的绝缘部件进
– clean all mechanical components with ARAL 4005 行清洁。
or HAKU 1025/920 and all insulating parts with
HAKU 5067.
• Immediately rinse switch dust from the skin, using • 对掉落在皮肤上的开关粉尘立即使用大量的水及肥
plenty of water or a soapy solution. 皂液加以冲洗。
• Deposit switch dust, absorption agents and filters, as • 将开关粉尘、吸收剂、吸附剂以及使用过的材料与装备
well as used materials and equipment, in suitable 放入适当的塑料容器或双层塑料袋中存放。
plastic containers or double-layer plastic bags.
• Dispose of switch dust, absorption agents and filters • 根据当地的规定对开关粉尘、吸收剂以及吸附剂加以清
in accordance with local regulations. 除。
• Clean or dispose of used materials and equipment. • 对使用过的材料与装备加以清洁或清除。
7.25.5 Cleaning and disposing of used 7.25.5 对使用后的材料和设备进行清洁和清除

materials and equipment
Materials and equipment must be cleaned or disposed of 材料与装备的清洁或清除应确保其所含的分解产物不再扩

so that the decomposition products they contain are not 散。
released.
The owner is always responsible for cleaning and dis- 清洁和清除的工作原则上应由运营商负责。
posal tasks.
• Tools and appliances (e.g. vacuum cleaners) which • 对接触过分解产物的工具和设备（例如吸尘器）应先用
have been in contact with decomposition products 干的清洁布加以擦拭，
然后再用 ARAL 4005 或 HAKU
must be wiped with dry cloths, then thoroughly 1025/920 进行彻底的清洁。
cleaned with ARAL 4005 or HAKU 1025/920.
• Switch dust, absorption agents and filters from gas • 将开关粉尘、气室的吸收剂与吸附剂、呼吸防护设备、
compartments, respiratory equipment, cleaning and 清洁设备、维护设备以及一次性套装和其它接触了分解
maintenance gear, disposable protective clothing and 产物的材料收集在封闭的容器内，并根据当地法规加以
other materials which have been in contact with the 清除，必要时标以垃圾关键编号 ASN59304（含化学物
decomposition products, must be deposited in sealed 质的材料）。
containers and disposed of in compliance with local
regulations, stating refuse code ASN 59304 (materials
contaminated with chemicals) as necessary.
7-94 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C 7-95
7.26 Cleanliness on site 7.26 现场清洁
The section discusses the most important requirements 本章节列出了在开关设备的装配、调试及维护期间对整洁

for cleanliness and tidiness during assembly, commis- 度的重要要求。
sioning and maintenance work on the switchgear.

The high insulation resistance of the metal-clad gas-in- 金属封闭气体绝缘开关设备只有在由制造厂商已实现的基
sulated switchgear can only be achieved when the con- 本结构设计的基础上，还同时能满足对所有组件气室内部
cept realised at the factory is met with equally intensive 的清洁度要求，才能达到其高绝缘强度。
attention to regulations for cleanliness in the gas com-
partments of all module assemblies.
Attention 注意
Danger of damage to the switchgear fol- 由电气闪络引起开关设备受损的危险

lowing electrical flashovers
To this extent, be certain that all interior parts of 为此，应确保气室的所有内部部件不粘有脏物和
gas compartments are free of dirt and foreign 杂质。
particles.
This results in the need for constantly ensuring the nec- 由此得出了必须一直尽力满足的安装现场的必要条件。
essary environmental conditions at the site:
7.26.1 Completing work on the building 7.26.1 建筑物的竣工
Before any assembly housings are opened at the site, all 在现场打开组件壳体之前，应完成在开关设备室内的所有
work in the switchgear room must be completed and the 工作，使用底漆对地面进行处理，理以及确保门窗可关闭。
floor should be coated with a dust-binding primer. 当组件打开后，禁止在放置开关设备的建筑物内进行凿、
Windows and doors should be lockable. Caulking, drill- 钻孔等建筑工作。
ing and other such work must be prohibited inside the
building while module assemblies are open.
If an air conditioning unit exists, it should be in operation 如果设计中配有一台空调，则该空调应在组件安装工作开
before assembly work begins. The air conditioning unit 始前即已处于运行状态。但必须确保不在开关设备的安装
should not be turned on for the first time during switch- 过程中首次接通空调设备（扬起灰尘）。
gear installation due to the likelihood of whirling dust.
7.26.2 Packing material 7.26.2 包装材料
After unpacking the module assemblies, remove the 拆封组件后，应在打开组件前将包装材料从安装现场清除。

packing material from the site before any assemblies are
opened.
7-96 926 01050 174 C

7.26.3 Cleaning the switchgear room 7.26.3 开关设备室的清洁
– Regularly vacuum the floor. – 定期对地面进行吸尘。
Note 提示
Don't use the same devices intended to vacu- 不可使用气室的专用吸尘设备！
um gas compartments!
– 仅可使用专门设计的、能够储存灰尘的“扫帚”进行扫
– Sweep only when using specially-designed brooms
地。应立即清除垃圾。
that hold dust. Dispose of waste immediately.
– Place a grating at the entrance or other floor treat-
– 在入口处放置铁格栅或类似的东西，从而使尽可能少
ment to minimise the amount of dirt carried into the
的脏物被带入开关设备室内。
switchgear room.
7.26.4 Cleanliness and order when working

7.26.4 对拆封后的组件加以清理
with open assemblies
Note
提示
Smoking, eating and drinking are not permit-
在处理打开的组件时，禁止在开关设备室的整个区域内抽
ted in the room while working on open assem-
烟与饮食。
blies.
 Before beginning work on open assemblies, create  在对打开的组件进行处理前，应设立一个专用清洁

an especially clean area and block it off. 区，并加以界定。
 Gather and organise assembly components, tools  按不同的功能对所需装配的组件的零部件、工具及
and other necessary items. 辅助材料加以分类整理。
 Have adequate receptacles available to gather  准备好用于收集小型零部件的适当容器，尤其是在
small parts, particularly for disassembly work. 进行拆卸工作的时候。
 Properly dispose of all waste.  确保垃圾的正确处置。
 Before opening, clean the outside of module  在打开组件之前，对其外部加以清洁。
assemblies.
 Remove cover from the housing only when finally  为了尽量减少湿气的侵入，应在必要时刻才打开壳
necessary in order to maintain low moisture levels 体的盖子。
inside the assemblies.
 For shipment or for intermediate storage, all housing  在运输过程中或暂时存放期间，应在所有壳体的开

openings must be provided with the appropriate cov- 口处配以专用的盖子。
ers.
 Empty the pockets of your clothing before working on  在开放的开关设备模块内进行工作前，应清空衣服

or in opened modules! 的口袋。
 When working inside opened assemblies, the follow-  在开放的开关设备模块内进行工作时，应配戴下列
ing work clothing should be worn: 工作服饰：
– Disposable overalls – 一次性工作服
– Paper hood – 纸帽
– Paper shoe covers – 纸鞋套，以及
 When working through manways (e.g. installing  在通过安装孔进行工作时，例如安装屏蔽件，将根据
shielding), the following work clothes should be worn 进入的深度而配戴下列工作服饰：
depending on the depth of the work:
– Disposable overall or sleeve protectors – 一次性工作服或袖套
– Paper hood – 纸帽
926 01050 174 C 7-97

 Seal off the assembly from dust before every pause  在每次中断工作时，应对组件加以密封，以防止灰尘
in work. 进入。
 Before closing the housing, check all reachable parts  在对壳体进行最终密封前，应确保所有可触及的部件
for cleanliness and absence of grease and clean 上不粘有脏污和润滑脂，必要时，对部件加以清洁。
them if necessary.
 An assembly is considered clean if, when shining a  如果组件在手电筒的光照下，没有肉眼可见的颗粒，
light upon it, no particles are visible to the naked 则可认为组件达到了所要求的清洁度。
eye.
 If grease and Vaseline are required, apply  如果规定要使用润滑脂及凡士林，应少量涂用。
sparingly.
 For cleaning inside assemblies, use a vacuum and  对于组件内部的清洁工作，应使用吸尘器和无绒清洁
lint-free paper. 纸。
 Use only approved cleaning agents.  仅允许使用许可的化学清洁剂。
Cleaning [=> 7.19] 清洁 [=> 7.19]
7.26.5 Cleanliness of tools 7.26.5 工具的清洁
All tools, SF6 pressure hoses and other required items 应保持所有工具、SF6压力软管以及其它辅助设备的清洁。
must be kept clean.
7.26.6 Preventive measures for work 7.26.6 对可能造成污染的作业采取预防措

likely to create dirt 施
As long as assemblies are open, the following meas- 在组件处于打开状态期间，应在开关设备室的整个区域

ures must be carefully taken: 内遵循下列预防措施：
 Drive vehicles slowly into the work area.  在作业区内放缓车速。
 Open walls, windows and doors only when absolute-  只有在需要时，才打开墙面开口及门窗。
ly necessary.
 Ventilators and compressed air can only be used if  只有在确保不会有灰尘扬起的情况下，才可使用通风设
they do not raise any dust. 备与压缩空气。
 Set up workbenches in rooms separate from the  工作台尽量放置在与开关设备室分隔的房间里
switchgear whenever possible.
 Do not drill, file, scrape, sand, grind, brush or weld  不可进行钻孔、锉削、磨光、碾磨、抛光、焊接等
anything. 工作。
 If such work needs to be conducted on an  如果必须对组件进行此类工作，则必须直接将碎屑等
assembly, shavings and residuals must be 吸掉。在此应使用气室清洁专用吸尘器。
simultaneously vac- uumed out. Use the vacuum
designed for cleaning the gas compartments.
 Conduct required reworking on interior parts  应尽量在气室外对内部部件进行必要的返修工作。如
outside the chamber whenever possible. If this isn't 在气室外进行，则必须采取特殊的预防措施，例如遮
possible, use special preventive measures like 盖及吸尘，以确保没有任何异物留在组件内。
coverings or vacuuming to ensure that no foreign
particles remain in the assembly.
7.26.7 Person responsible for 7.26.7 清理工作的负责人

cleanliness and tidiness
It is appropriate to name a responsible person who will 为了维持安装现场的高度清洁，应提名一位负责人。并通

maintain the cleanliness of the assembly area for the 过现场公告的形式来公布其任命
period of installation. The person's name should be
identifiable at the site.
7-98 926 01050 174 C
926 01050 174 C 7-99
Appendix: Form "Person responsible for cleanliness and 附录表格 "清理工作的负责人"。
order".
Page 1 / 1
第 1页共 1页
High Voltage Switchgear Type 8D . . 72,5 kV and above

Person Responsible for Cleanliness and
Orderly Management of Tools and Material
8D 型高压开关设备 . 额定电压为大于等于 72,5 kV
工具和材料清理与管理工作的负责人
.
Form / 表格 AA 2802-02-74 E T HS 12/2003
Customer: Contract No.:
客户合同号：
Consultant: Serial No.: from
顾问：序列号：自
Substation: to
变电站至
Switchgear type: Rated voltage:
开关设备型号：额定电压 kV
During installation and commissioning of switchgear type

在开关设备的安装与调试期间 8D
Mr. is responsible for tidiness.
ist XX 负责现场整洁工作。
先
生
Department:
部门：
Signature:
签名：
Place: 日期*):
地点：
Commited by (contractor): Confirmed / noticed by (client/consultant):
委托方（承包商）：确认方/通知方（客户/顾问）
Name: Name: Name:
姓名姓名姓名
*) *) *)
Date : Date : Date :
日期*): 日期*): 日期*):
Signature: Signature: Signature:
签名：签名：签名：
AA 2802_ _ -
*)
Use following format for date: day/month/year.
*)
采用下列日期格式: 日/月/年.
7-100 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C 7-101
7.27 Disposing of high-voltage 7.27 高压开关设备装置的处理
switching devices and
systems

The switchgear is an environmentally sustainable prod- 此开关设备是一种符合环保的产品，主要由可回收利用的材
uct, consisting mostly of reusable materials.In its 料构成。
delivered state, it contains no dangerous substances or 按照德国当前有效化学物质法规的规定，所交付使用的开关
preparations as defined by the current Chemicals Act in 设备中不含任何危险物质及调剂。
force in Germany.
It must be noted, however, that dangerous substances 但应注意的一点是，在操作充入SF6气体的开关设备时可能
may form if operating the switchgear with SF6. In this 产生危险物质。对此，应参阅“操作“及”维护” 两章中的描
case, please implement the appropriate measures de- 述。
scribed in the chapters on operation and maintenance.
The amounts in the following tables relate to an 8DN8 下表中的数据基于8DN8型的电缆间隔（质量大约为3200
cable feeder bay (approx. 3,200 kg). kg）。
Disposal procedure: 处理的过程方式:

• Lubricants must be removed first. • 必须首先去除润滑剂。
Disposal instructions for lubricants 润滑剂的处理建议 kg
Clean and reuse SF6 净化与重复使用SF6 100

Filter material / after use contains dangerous 吸附剂/使用后含有危险成分，请同时参见“维护”一章的内 7
components, 容。
see also chapter on maintenance.
• A company specialising in the disposal of hazardous • 绝缘液体与吸附剂的处理应委托危险垃圾专业处理公司

waste must be employed to dispose of the insulation 负责进行。
fluid and the filter material.
• The materials to be disposed of should as far as pos- • 在对材料进行处理前，应尽可能地对其加以分门归类。其
sible be sorted and separated. Materials with a con- 含量少于 1% 的材料则可忽略不计。
tent of less than 1% are not counted.
Disposal instructions for materials 原材料的处理建议 kg
Aluminium / Recycle through scrap merchant 铝/通过废料商加以回收 1450
Iron / Recycle through scrap merchant 铁/通过废料商加以回收 900
Copper / Recycle through scrap merchant 铜/通过废料商加以回收 500

Plastic / industrial waste similar to domestic 塑料/可能的话，对与生活垃圾类似的工业垃圾进行回收 220
waste,
thermal recycling if appropriate
Rubber / industrial waste similar to domestic 橡胶/与生活垃圾类似的工业垃圾 50

waste
Electronics, contactors, insulated cables, 电子设备、保护继电器、绝缘导线以及电动机/经由电子垃圾 50
motors /Recycle through electronics waste 处理公司处理后加以回收
disposal company
Due to the long service life of the switchgear, the origi- 由于开关设备具有较长的使用寿命，在其停止运行时，原
nal instructions for disposal post-decommissioning may 先的处理建议可能已过时或国家法规规定了其它的处理途
7-102 926 01050 174 C
be no longer valid, or country-specific laws may allow for 径。
other means of disposal.
Local customer support offices will be able to answer any 当地的客户服务处将随时为开关设备的处理问题做出解答。
questions concerning disposal.
926 01050 174 C 7-103

Siemens 8DN8 Operation Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens 8DN8 Operation Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

8DN8型金属封闭气体绝缘开关设备

Metal-enclosed gas-insulated switchgear 8DN8

Operating instructions 操作说明

926 01050 174 C -1

Reproduction in any form, even of extracts, and passing 若未经西门子公司的书面许可，不允许进行包括摘录在内

D-2 926 01050 174 C

1 Technical Data 1 技术参数

926 01050 174 C D-1

D-2 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C D-3

3 Shipment and storage 3 装运和储存

4 Assembly and 4 安装和调试

D-4 926 01050 174 C

D-6 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C D-7

D-8 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C D-9

D-10 926 01050 174 C

926 01050 174 C 0-1

It is advisable for the operating personnel to familiarize 建议操作人员尽早熟悉本操作说明, 并在所提供的其它文

Should further information be desired or 如需进一步的信息或出现了在本操作说明中

The contents of these instructions shall not become part 本说明内容不得为先前或现有协议、承诺或关系的节选部

0.1.1 Sub-division 0.1.1 分述

The operating instructions are organised as follows: 本操作说明可划分为下列各章：

Chapter 1: Technical Data 第 1 章： 技术参数

Chapter 3: Shipment and storage 第 3 章： 装运和储存

Chapter 4: Erection and commissioning 第 4 章： 安装和调试

Chapter 7: General considerations and instructions 第 7 章： 一般注意事项和说明

– The chapters are subdivided into sections, each – 各章再细分为进行单一主题描述的独立小节。 .

926 01050 174 C 0-3

Chapter 7 contains sections on topics 第7章中各节的内容综合了各章主题。

This more detailed information is referred 这些更为详细的信息在安装和调试、操作

– For each chapter of the printed documentation, all – 对本操作说明打印文档中所有章节的页码进行了连

0.1.2 Cross references 0.1.2 参引

Cross-references will be distinguished using the 由下列图形表示不同类型的参引:

– References to sections that are part of the operating – 引用的章节是本操作说明的一部分。例如在技术参数

Order Documentation 订购文档

Cross-references to designation of parts in illustrations 通过在正文中给出位置编号来引用插图中的零部件名称，

0.1.3 Numbering of chapters, sections, 0.1.3 章、节、段落和部件的编号

– The parts are numbered in ascending order. The – 部件以升序的形式加以编号。 编号仅适用于本操作

0-4 926 01050 174 C

For clear identification of modules, modular assemblies 从安装完毕的开关设备的电路图中可获取有关开关设备结

This will serve to avoid any misunderstandings. 通过此种方式可避免产生误会。

926 01050 174 C 0-5

Provided that the conditions specified in these operating 只要符合本操作说明中所规定的前提条件以及遵守本操作

The quality assurance system assures a uniform high 制造商企业内部的质量保证体系确保开关设备在各方面达

0.2.1 Prescribed use 0.2.1 按规定进行使用

– it is operated in accordance with the agreed terms – 按照协定的交付条件和技术参数对开关设备进行操作

– the equipment and special tools supplied are used – 随同开关设备一起提供的装置和专用工具仅限于指定

Any other use is forbidden, unless the express consent 若未经西门子股份有限公司明确表示同意，禁止开关设备

If the above-mentioned conditions are not observed or 如果未能遵守上述前提条件或未能遵循安全指导，则可能

– gas systems under pressure – 受压气体系统

– charged springs – 储能弹簧

– SF6 gas and its decomposition products – SF6气体及其分解产物

– falling and/or tilted parts, and also confined spaces – 坠落或翻倒的部件以及由移动部件造成危险的狭小空

This can result in death, serious injury, considerable 由此可能会导致死亡、严重的身体伤害、巨大的财物损失

926 01050 174 C 0-7

– that only qulified and instructed personnel are – 仅允许采用经过专业培训的合格人员，

– that before starting work, regularly thereafter and – 定期在作业前后以及在发生特殊事件后向操作人员说

– that regulations and instructions for safety at work – 工作人员可随时查阅安全作业的规章与操作指导以

– that the equipment and facilities required for work – 为了提高作业安全所需的仪器设施以及某些特殊任务

– that the prescribed maintenance intervals are – 遵守所规定的维护周期，只采用经由制造商批准的备

0.2.3 Safety instructions in the 0.2.3 操作说明中的安全指导

With regard to the possible consequences of

Chapter 1: Technical Data 第 1 章：技术参数

Chapter 3: Shipment and storage 第 3 章：装运和储存

Chapter 4: Erection and commissioning 第 4 章：安装和调试

Chapter 7: General considerations and instructions 第 7 章：一般注意事项和说明

– The parts are numbered in ascending order. The – 部件以升序的形式加以编号。编号仅适用于本操作

This shall denote a possibly dangerous 表示一种潜在的有害状况。如果不能避免

) Pole factor according to IEC 62271.100 ) 电极因素符合IEC 62271.100标准要求。

脱扣器瞬时脱扣器瞬时脱扣器 1)